FRONTISPIECE. Vol. III.

[]

Robin with the Pipkin came at last & filling both Porringers approaches his parents, and ſaid, dear Father & dear Mother, there's some breakfaſt for you.

See page 1.

Publish'd as the Act directs July 25th 1787 by John Stockdale Piccadilly.

[]

THE CHILDREN'S FRIEND.

TRANSLATED FROM THE FRENCH OF M. BERQUIN; COMPLETE IN FOUR VOLUMES.

ORNAMENTED WITH FRONTISPIECES.

A NEW CORRECTED EDITION; WITH ADDITIONS.

VOL. III.

LONDON: PRINTED FOR J. STOCKDALE, PICCADILLY; J. RIVINGTON AND SONS, ST. PAUL'S CHURCH-YARD; B. LAW, AVE-MARIA-LANE; J. JOHNSON, ST. PAUL'S CHURCH-YARD; C. DILLY, POULTRY; J. MURRAY, FLEET-STREET; J. SEWELL, CORNHILL; AND W. CREECH, EDINBURGH.

M.DCC.LXXXVIII.

[]
[...]
[]
[...]

CONTENTS OF THE THIRD VOLUME.

[iii]
  • ROBIN Page 1
  • Amelia Page 4
  • The Ruffles and Garters Page 7
  • Abel Page 9
  • Verſes addreſſed by Maurice to Lady Abberville Page 12
  • The Compliment of the New Year Page 13
  • The Chriſtmas-Box Page 20
  • The Commodore's Return Page 43
  • War and Peace Page 64
  • Euphraſia Page 74
  • The Prudent Officer Page 77
  • The Prodigal doubly puniſhed Page 80
  • The Little Gamblers Page 81
  • The Monkey Page 106
  • The Alps Page 107
  • The Breakfaſt Page 115
  • The Three Cakes Page 116
  • Oh the ugly Beauty! out upon her! Page 120
  • [iv] Butterfly! pretty Butterfly! Page 122
  • The Sun and Moon Page 123
  • The Roſe-Buſh Page 126
  • The Noſegays Page 127
  • The Preſent Page 129
  • The Chimney-ſweeper Page 132
  • The Cherries Page 133
  • The Little Prater Page 135
  • Hot Cockles Page 139
  • God's Bird Page 140
  • The Self-corrected Liar Page 142
  • Receipt to be always pleaſed Page 145
  • The Tulips Page 146
  • The Strawberries and Currants Page 148
  • Obligingneſs and Complaiſance Page 149
  • The Linnet's Neſt Page 153
  • The Deſerter Page 156
  • The Bed of Death Page 180
  • Paſcal Page 190
  • The Conjuring Bird Page 198

THE CHILDREN'S FRIEND.

[]

ROBIN.

ROBIN was about ſix years of age. He was not wicked, but his mother let him always have his way; and then his father was afraid that the poor child might cry his eyes out, if he wanted any thing, and ſhould not get it. Being thus indulged, his whims grew every day more frequent, and they could not always be gratified; for his parents were extremely poor, and lived, as the expreſſion is, from hand to mouth. He grew at laſt quite obſtinate and quarrelſome, inſiſted upon having every thing that he ſaw, and when he could not get it, would grow ſulky, tear his cloaths to ſhow his ſpite, do nothing that he was bid to do, and often quite the contrary.

His parents were much grieved to ſee this behaviour in him, and judged it to proceed from a heart naturally perverſe. Alas! cried his mother, I once hoped that our little Robin would in time conſole us under all our griefs, be the joy of our old age, and work for our ſupport, when we were paſt our ſtrength, reflecting that we had done ſo much to feed and bring him up: but, on the contrary, he is our greateſt unhappineſs. His principles are quite corrupt, ſaid the father; every one will hate him utterly, and not a ſoul aſſiſt him in his need. He will commit ſome wicked action, and be puniſhed for it by his country. He will live in ſhame and miſery. God grant I may be dead before this comes to paſs.

Theſe mortifying thoughts would conſtantly be uppermoſt within them. They were now no longer cheerful at their daily toil, and had no appetite for their meals. Their ſorrow had a viſible effect upon their health; their ſtrength ſoon failed them; and one morning, being more [2]depreſſed than uſual, they had not ſufficient ſpirits to get up. Not ſo the little Robin: he was up as uſual, and called for his breakfaſt. Robin, ſaid his mother, I am very ill, and cannot riſe to get it for you. On which he ſulked, ſhe wept, and Hutchinſon his father ſighed. The little urchin waited yet ſome time; but ſeeing neither of them ſtir, reſolved inſtantly what to do. He went to a neighbour's houſe for a light, as he deſigned to make a fire. A little girl came down to let him in; and ſeeing Robin, aſked him what he wanted, with a tone of voice that ſeemed to ſay he was not welcome; for ſhe did not like him in the leaſt. I want to light my candle, anſwered Robin, Well, do ſo, returned the little girl, as I have let you in: but do not come here again. This way of talking Robin did not much like. He was very eaſily offended; ſo he went away and did not even light his candle.

After this he viſited another neighbour, who came down; but ſeeing Robin through the caſement, he would not ſo much as aſk him what he wanted, but went up again. Refuſed admittance every where, he came home, put down the candle, and bethought himſelf of going to a good old woman's, who formerly uſed to treat him with ſweet things. He went and aſked her for ſome breakfaſt. Breakfaſt! anſwered Frances: why has not your mother let you have ſome? She is a-bed, ſaid Robin. Well, your father then? He likewiſe is a-bed. They ſay, they are ill. And would you leave them then, and come to me for victuals? Get you gone! I have nothing for you. Had I more than what I want myſelf, I would give it to poor children who are fonder of their parents than you are, and make them happy, whereas you every day torment yours.

Robin came away in tears, and walked home very ſlowly. In the way, he recollected that he himſelf had frequently ſhammed illneſs; and ſuppoſed it not impoſſible that his parents might now be doing the ſame. For certainty, he got upon a little chair, held back the curtain, and beheld how pale they were. He ſaw that they had been crying too. This ſight affected him. He put the curtains to again, ſat down beſide the bed, and held his hands up to his face. Unhappy that I am! [3]ſaid he, ſuppoſe my parents were to die, what would become of me? I am refuſed admittance every where, and cannot obtain a bit of bread. I muſt then have been very wicked! my poor mother! how you have at all times loved me! and how have I grieved you! And my father, my dear father—Who can tell, alas! but they will die?

He ſat a little longer thinking; and returning afterwards to the houſe where he had been refuſed entrance at firſt, begged for heaven's ſake that they would let him have a little bread and milk, to make a breakfaſt for his parents. His affliction and the humble tone of voice with which he now addreſſed them, eaſily gained him a hearing. Look ye, ſaid the good man of the cottage, ſince you aſk me thus, I will not refuſe you. Take the half of this brown loaf, with ſome of this milk, and warm it for your parents. It is but juſt that you ſhould prepare their breakfaſt, while they are both working ſo hard for you. He durſt not mention that they were ill, becauſe he feared the ſame reproaches which Frances had beſtowed upon him, though he merited them now much leſs: on which account his charitable benefactor did not go himſelf to ſee them; as he would have done, had he but known their ſituation, for he eſteemed them greatly.

In the mean time, Robin brought away the bread and milk, came home, made up a fire, and putting on a pipkin, boiled the milk. It was no ſooner ready, than he drew a little table towards the bed. His mother heard him move about the chamber. What can Robin be doing? ſaid his mother. Nothing good, I fear, anſwered Hutchinſon. She wiſhed to know, endeavoured to ſit up in bed; and looking through the curtains, which were very flimſy, ſaw the little table with two porringers, and Robin, who was cutting bread into them. Upon this, ſhe jogged her huſband. See, ſaid ſhe, I verily believe he is doing this for us; elſe, why two porringers upon the table? Would to God, ſaid Hutchinſon, he were! I am not hungry, but ſhould like to be convinced that he is better than we have thought him.

Robin, with his pipkin came at laſt; and filling both the porringers approached his parents. Hold, ſaid he, [4]dear father; hold dear mother.—Here's ſome breakfaſt for you both.—And is it you that prepared it? ſaid the father. Who could give you all this bread and milk? It was neighbour ſuch-a-one, anſwered he. The father and the mother bade him put down both the porringers again. Their eyes grew bright with joy. Dear child! come hither, cried they. You are not what we thought you to be; you bring both of us to life again. So ſaying, they held out their arms: he bent to their embrace; he wept, as they did likewiſe; he deſired forgiveneſs for the grief which he had occaſioned them; and promiſed that they ſhould henceforth be rejoiced by his behaviour.

He was ſtill in their arms, when Frances entered with her breakfaſt in her hand; which ſhe brought, in order to ſhare it with her indiſpoſed good neighbours. She was moved at ſuch a piteous ſight, ſhed tears of joy, and bleſſed the little Robin, who, on-his ſide, tenderly embraced her alſo. They all breakfaſted together, and had never in their lives before enjoyed ſo ſweet a meal.

The happineſs of ſuch a day ſoon re-eſtabliſhed this good father, and this loving mother, in their former ſtate of health. The little boy alſo became very happy. He acquired the love of every one that knew him, was careſſed with juſtice by his parents and the charitable Frances, who rejoiced to do them all the good in her power.

AMELIA.

AMELIA when ſcarcely ſix years old, was very fond of her mamma, and wiſhed continually to be with her. On a certain day, Amelia's mother wiſhed to go to market, and the little girl entreated to accompany her thither. You will only be troubleſome to me, child, ſaid ſhe. No, no; I hope, I ſhall not be troubleſome to you, ſaid Amelia; and preſſed ſo much that her mama at laſt conſented to give her leave.

[5]They ſet out, therefore, both together. As it chanced, their houſe was in the country, and the paths proved very bad. Amelia frequently was forced to walk behind her mother, when the ruts would not permit them to have hold of one another. They were now come very near the town; and as it chanced, the road was crouded with a multitude of people paſſing every way. The little girl was often ſeparated from her mother; but this gave her no uneaſineſs, as after two or three ſuch accidents, ſhe had rejoined her with eaſe, but the nearer they approached the market, the more ſhe perceived the crowd to augment. This ſhould neceſſarily have made her watchful of the way that her mother went; and yet, a ſort of puppet-ſhow which was exhibiting, had charms ſufficient to detain her. She ſtopped ſhort to gaze at Punchinello. In the midſt, however, of her entertainment, ſhe turned round, but could not ſee her mother; ſhe ran on, called out, and ſcrambling up a bank, at once looked over all the people's heads: but it was in vain. She could not ſee her, could not hear her voice; and now the little maiden, being frightened, durſt not mix among ſo great a crowd, that joſtled one another. So ſhe got into a corner, called out mammy! mammy! and burſt into a flood of tears.

The people that went by, looked at her. There is a little girl, ſaid one among them, in a piteous taking! What is the matter with you? aſked another. I have loſt my mammy! Oh, never mind it; anſwered he. You will find her cut again, I warrant you. A third ſaid, Do not cry, my little girl. She will not come to you the ſooner for that. Thus ſaid many, and they all went on about their buſineſs.

By good luck, at laſt, however, an old woman who ſold eggs and butter, and was lame and therefore could not walk without a crutch, was going by, but ſeeing her in ſuch diſtreſs, ſtopped ſhort and pitied her. And which way was your mother going, little dear, ſaid the woman, when you loſt her? She was going to the market, ſaid Amelia. Well, be comforted, replied the firſt; and come along with me. I will take you to the market. You will find her there, no doubt. Amelia gave her hand, that moment, to the good old woman, and ſoon reached the market. As they entered, ſhe perceived her mother, gave a cry of joy, and up her mother came immediately. She took the little girl into her arms, and ſaid, You frightened me exceedingly, [6]my dear, by wandering from me: and the child, that moment, fell a hugging her, and cried.

She told her of the puppet-ſhow, and that ſhe had ſtopped to look at it; how ſhe called out after her, and how the good old market-woman, and ſhe only, had taken pity of her and brought her through the crowd. Amelia's mother thanked her, bought what eggs and butter ſhe had left, and gave her more than ſhe aſked. Amelia kiſſed her ten times over; and while going home, would talk of nothing but the good old market-woman.

When the firſt fine weather came, Amelia begged her mother to go ſee Dame Dunch, which was the market-woman's name: and ſhe conſented, took a loaf of bread, and half a pound of tea, with ſugar in proportion. Dame Dunch's dwelling was a wooden one: it was not large, but very clean and comfortable. In the front, there was a little graſs-plat, ſhaded on every ſide by fruit trees; upon which, Amelia danced till evening with a niece of the Dame's who was as kind and good natured as her aunt.

Amelia's mother always bought Dame Dunch's eggs and butter, but complained that ſhe rated them at too low a price; while Dame Dunch would have it that ſhe was paid too much. Amelia and her mother gave the good old woman all the aſſiſtance in their power; and when in her turn the old woman could be ſerviceable to Amelia or her mother, ſhe would put on her cloth apron, take her crutch, and come quite out of breath, but very joyous.

Thus they did each other mutual ſervice: but the good old woman had the greateſt reaſon to rejoice, that ſhe had taken pity on a little girl in trouble. In the act of helping her, ſhe did not think that her good heart would gain her ſuch a world of happy hours.

THE RUFFLES AND GARTERS,

[7]
Letitia, Serina.
Letitia.

WHAT a charming day is Chriſtmas Monday, when one has ſuch handſome preſents! How I long to ſee it!

Serina.

O! do not ſpeak about it, ſiſter. The firſt five and twenty days of this dull gloomy month, appear much longer than the reſt all put together. What fine things we are to have! I dream about them every night, and wake a dozen times, when Chriſtmas Monday is the firſt thing that takes up my thoughts.

Letitia.

Do you recollect, laſt year, how all mama's acquaintance brought us play-things and ſweet-meats. We had really ſo much, we knew not where to put them.

Serina.

They were ſpread upon a large ſquare table, and mama came out to call us with her charming voice. Come, come, ſaid ſhe, and take theſe preſents. She embraced us, and ſhed tears. I never ſaw her half ſo happy as that day, when ſhe beheld us jump about the room for joy.

Letitia.

I think, indeed, ſhe ſeemed much happier than ourſelves.

Serina.

One would have thought that ſhe had received the Chriſtmas-boxes.

Letitia.

There muſt conſequently be a pleaſure, I ſuppoſe, in giving: ſo I will tell you what we ought to do, Letitia. We are very little, and of courſe have little that we can give. But ſtill we have it in our power to get this pleaſure.

Serina.

How, pray, Letitia?

Letitia.

Why, it wants a fortnight now, you know, of Chriſtmas Monday: and we both have money in our pockets.

Serina.

Yes; I have upwards of a crown. What ſhall we do then?

Letitia.

You recollect, our fair comes on to-morrow. Well then, we muſt get up early, and work hard, and ſtudy diligently, and do every part of our buſineſs well, that in the afternoon we may have leave to go and ſee the [8]fair. Now I have more a good deal than nine ſhillings. We will each take half our money, and go buy the prettieſt things that we can ſee. We will bring them home all cleverly wrapped up, and early upon Chriſtmas Monday, give them to our gardener's children.

Serina.

Yes; but then, Letitia, the poor woman's children, who comes here to work occaſionally, muſt have ſomething likewiſe.

Letitia.

Right; I did not think of them. O, how delighted they will be! I fancy the poor little children, in their joy, will ſay that they never had a Chriſtmas-box before.

Serina.

In that caſe, we ſhall be the firſt to cauſe them ſuch a deal of pleaſure.—O, my dear, dear ſiſter! I muſt hug you for that thought!

Letitia.

Yes, but ſtay a little. I have another in my head. This money which we deſign to ſpend—

Serina.

Is ours; and we may lay it out as we think proper.

Letitia.

Yes, that is true. But—

Serina.

Well, but what?

Letitia.

We had it from mama, you know; it was her preſent to us, as in general all our money is. Now ſiſter, if we lay this money out in preſents for the children, it will then be mama that has made theſe preſents, and not we.

Serina.

That is true indeed; and yet we have no other money.

Letitia.

We can, notwithſtanding, hit on ſome expedient for the purpoſe, I dare ſay. For in the firſt place, I can work indifferently at my needle, and you knit with tolerable eaſe.

Serina.

Of what uſe will this be?

Letitia.

You will not be long before you have knit a pair of garters for papa; and I have been this fortnight at a pair of ruffles, which he does not know. What then hinders, pray, but we may finiſh theſe two articles a day or two on this ſide Chriſtmas Monday?

Serina.

Well, and if we do, what then?

Letitia.

Why then we can preſent the garters and the rurfles to papa, who will be glad to buy them of us, and pay thrice as much as they are worth.—

Serina.
[9]

Yes; I am ſure of that. But ſtill the fair will be to-morrow; and we cannot before then finiſh what you know is to procure the money that we would lay out at the fair.

Letitia.

Nor is it neceſſary; for the money that we ſhall want, to make our purchaſe at the fair, we may borrow of ourſelves; and afterwards repay it upwards of two days before we make our preſents. Thus then we ſhall really have it in our power to ſay, that we alone gave Chriſtmas-boxes to the poor children.

Serina.

A good ſcheme indeed! Well, you are always the readieſt at theſe matters, I confeſs; but then that is becauſe you are the eldeſt.

Letitia.

Bleſs me! How we ſhall both rejoice, in being able to afford them ſo much pleaſure!

Serina.

I could wiſh that to-morrow were the day.

Letitia.

Never fear, it will ſoon come now; and we ſhall be happy even in the expectation of its coming.

ABEL.

LITTLE Abel was ſcarce turned of eight years old, when he had the misfortune to loſe his mother. It afflicted him ſo much, that nothing could reſtore him to the gaiety ſo natural to young children. Mrs. Donaldſon, his aunt, was forced to take him to her houſe, for fear his ſadneſs ſhould ſtill aggravate her brother's inconſolable diſtreſs.

They went, however, frequently to ſee him; and at laſt, the time was come for going out of mourning. Abel therefore quitted his; and, though his heart was full of ſorrow, he endeavoured to aſſume a lively countenance. His father was affected at this ſenſibility: but alas! it only occaſioned him more ſorrow, by cauſing him to reflect that he had for ever loſt the mother of this amiable child; and this reflexion, every one remarked, was bringing him with ſorrow to the grave.

It was a fortnight now, ſince Abel had been to ſee him as uſual. His aunt always urged ſome pretext or other during that time, as often as he wiſhed to go. The truth [10]is, Mr. Donaldſon was dangerouſly ill. He durſt not aſk to ſee his child, from apprehenſion that the ſight of his condition might too much affect him. Theſe paternal ſtruggles, joined with the former depreſſion of his ſpirits, ſo exhauſted him, that very ſoon there was no hope remaining of his cure. He died, in fact, upon the day before his birth-day.

On the morrow, Abel, having waked betimes, tormented Mrs. Donaldſon ſo much for leave to go and wiſh his father joy, that ſhe at laſt conſented; but he ſaw his mourning was now to go on again.

And why this ugly black, ſaid he, to-day, when we are going to papa?—Who is dead now, aunt?

His aunt was ſo afflicted, that ſhe could not ſpeak a word.

Well then, ſaid Abel, if you will not tell me, I will enquire of my papa.

At this ſhe could no longer refrain from weeping, but burſt out into a flood of tears, and ſaid, It is he, it is he himſelf that is dead.

What, my papa dead! anſwered he. O heaven! take pity on me. My mama firſt dead! and now papa! Unhappy as I am, and parentleſs! what will become of me? O my papa! mama!

Theſe words were ſcarcely uttered, when he fell into a ſwoon; nor could his aunt, without much difficulty, bring him to himſelf again.

Poor child, ſaid ſhe, do not be thus afflicted. Your parents are ſtill living.

Abel.

Yes; but where?

Mrs. Donaldſon.

In heaven, with God. They are both happy in that place; and will at all times have an eye upon their child. If you are prudent, diligent, and upright, they will pray that God may bleſs you; and God certainly will bleſs you. This was the laſt prayer that your father uttered yeſterday, when dying.

Abel.

Yeſterday! when I was thinking of the pleaſure that I ſhould have in ſeeing him this morning.—Yeſterday! Then he is not buried yet? O aunt, pray let me ſee him! He would not ſend for me, fearing to afflict me; and perhaps I, on the contrary, ſhould have afflicted him. But now, as I cannot poſſibly give him any pain, I would [11]once more behold him, for the laſt, laſt time! Pray let me go and ſee him, my dear aunt!

Mrs. Donaldſon.

Well then, we will go together, if you promiſe to be calm. You ſee my tears, and how much I am grieved for having loſt my brother. He was always doing me ſome good or other: I was poor, and had no maintenance but what his bounty gave me. Notwithſtanding which, I yield myſelf, you ſee, to Providence that watches over us. Be calm, then, my dear child!

Abel.

Yes, yes; I muſt indeed be calm. But pray, aunt, carry me to my papa, that I may ſee at leaſt his coffin.

Mrs. Donaldſon then took him by the hand and inſtantly went out: the day was very dark and even foggy. Abel wept as he went on.

When they were come before the houſe, the mutes were at the door, and Mr. Donaldſon's late friends and neighbours were ſtanding round his coffin. They wept bitterly, and praiſed the integrity of the deceaſed. Little Abel ruſhed into the houſe, and threw himſelf upon the coffin. For ſome time he could not ſpeak a word; but at laſt raiſed his head a little, crying out, See how your little Abel weeps for having loſt you! When mama died, you conſoled me, and yet wept yourſelf; but now, who will conſole me for your loſs! Oh! my papa! my good papa!

He could utter no more: his ſorrow almoſt ſtrangled him. His mouth was open, and his tongue ſeemed motionleſs. His eyes at one time fixed; and at another, rolling in their ſockets, had no tears to ſhed. His aunt had need of all her ſtrength to pluck him from the coffin. She conducted him to a neighbour's houſe, begging her to keep him till his father's burial was over; for ſhe durſt not think of carrying him to ſee it.

Very ſoon the bell was ſet a tolling. Abel heard it; and the woman to whoſe care he had been truſted having quitted the apartment for a moment, he availed himſelf of the opportunity, got out, and ran that inſtant to the church-yard, whither the funeral was gone. The miniſter had finiſhed, and the grave was filling up;—when, all at once, a cry was heard of, Bury me with my papa! and Abel jumped into the grave.

[12]The mourners were affected at it: Abel was drawn out all pale and ſpeechleſs, and, in ſpite of his reſiſtance, carried home.

He was for upwards of three days continually fainting; and his aunt could not bring him to be compoſed, even at intervals, except by ſpeaking to him of his dear papa. At length his firſt exceſs of anguiſh was allayed: he wept no longer, but was very ſorrowful.

A worthy merchant heard of this deplorable affair. He had not been without ſome knowledge of the father; therefore he repaired to Mrs. Donaldſon, that he might ſee the little orphan. He was very much affected at his ſadneſs, took him home and was a father to him. Abel ſoon conſidered himſelf as really the merchant's ſon, and every day gained greater ground in his affection. At the age of twenty, he conducted all the buſineſs of his benefactor with ſo much ſucceſs, that in reality the merchant thought it his duty to aſſign him half the profits of it for the future; to which recompenſe he added his beloved daughter.—Abel hitherto had maintained his aunt out of the little perquiſites belonging to him; and, by this event, he had the further happineſs of making her quite eaſy for the remnant of her days. But never did his father's birth-day come about, but he was ſeized in ſome ſort with a fever, on recalling to his memory what he once had ſuffered at that ſeaſon; and to thoſe ſenſations which then affected him did he impute the principles of honour and integrity that he ever afterwards cultivated during the whole of a long life.

VERSES addreſſed by MAURICE to LADY ABBERVILLE. (See Vol. II. p. 1.)

YOUR kindneſs, madam, ev'ry day renew'd
With cordial amity and tender grace,
Once made me dread, left feeble gratitude
Should with your friendſhip hold unequal pace.
But no, dear lady! 'twas a groundleſs fear:
My heart, a debtor for its happineſs,
[13]As reaſon ripens, each ſucceeding year
Shall aſk her aid its throbbings to expreſs.
The joy which from this grateful taſk I feel,
If ſuch your gen'rous acts to you convey,
Light ſhall old age upon your virtues ſteal,
And all your hours glide happily away!

THE COMPLIMENT OF THE NEW YEAR.

UPON a certain new-year's day, little Peregrine came into the parlour, juſt before breakfaſt was ready. He advanced, and with the greateſt gravity ſaluting his papa, began as follows, in a ſolemn tone of voice:

"As formerly the Romans were accuſtomed every new-year's day to wiſh their friends all happineſs; ſo I, thrice honoured father, come—So I, thrice honoured father, come—come—come—"

The little orator at this ſtopped ſhort. It was in vain; he fretted, rubbed his forehead, and began to fumble in his pocket. The remainder of this excellent harangue was not forth coming. The poor little boy was vexed, and quite in agitation. Mr. Veſey ſaw and pitied his embarraſſment, embraced him tenderly, and ſaid as follows: "Truly a moſt elegant oration! You yourſelf, no doubt, compoſed it?"

Peregrine.

No. papa; you are very good to think ſo, but I am not half learned enough for ſuch a taſk. It was my brother that drew it up. You ſhould have heard the whole. He told me that it was in periods; and the periods, he ſaid, were rounded off into the bargain. Look ye, I will but run it over once, and you ſhall hear it then: or would you rather hear mama's? I have that perfectly, I am ſure. It is extracted from the Grecian Hiſtory.

Mr. Veſey.

No, no, Peregrine, it is not neceſſary; and your mother and myſelf, without it, are as much indebted both to your affection and your brother's.

Peregrine.

Oh, he was a fortnight, I aſſure you, at the work; and I employed a deal of time in learning them. What an unlucky thing that I ſhould now forget, when I [14]moſt wanted to remember it! No longer ago than laſt night, believe me, I delivered the whole ſpeech without the leaſt heſitation, in the ſervant's room, and ſpeaking to your wig-block, if it could but tell you.

Mr. Veſey.

I was then at ſtudy in my cloſet, and to comfort you, muſt ſay, I heard it.

Peregrine,
(brighteming up:)

Did you?—I am glad of that! and do not you think, papa, that I ſpoke it very well?

Mr. Veſey.

Surpriſingly, I muſt acknowledge.

Peregrine.

Oh, but it was very fine!

Mr. Veſey.

To ſay the truth, your brother has quite crammed it full of eloquence. And yet, I ſhould have liked a ſingle word or two much better from yourſelf.

Peregrine.

But ſure, papa, to ſay that I wiſh the perſon to whom I am ſpeaking a happy new year, and nothing elſe, is far too common to give pleaſure.

Mr. Veſey.

Yes: but why then nothing elſe? as if, inſtead of offering ſuch a naked compliment, you could not previouſly have thought within yourſelf, what I wiſhed moſt of all to enjoy during the courſe of this new year.

Peregrine.

Oh, that is not difficult. You wiſh, no doubt, to have your health, to ſee your family, your friends and fortune flouriſh, and to enjoy a deal of pleaſure.

Mr. Veſey.

Well; do not you wiſh me all this?

Reregrine.

Yes, with all my heart.

Mr. Veſey.

What hinders then, but you could have made me up yourſelf a charming compliment, without requiring the aſſiſtance of another?

Peregrine.

Really, I did not think myſelf ſo learned; but it is always thus, when you inſtruct me; ſince I find out things which I did not think were in me. I can now make compliments to every one that I know. I need ſay nothing but what I have mentioned juſt this moment.

Mr. Veſey.

It may ſuit, I muſt acknowledge, many people; but ſhould certainly be different with reſpect to others.

Peregrine.

Yes, I underſtand you pretty well, papa; but I do not know what the difference ſhould be; ſo explain it to me, now we are alone.

Mr. Veſey.

With all my heart. There are a multitude of what are called good things, that one may wiſh any [15]perſon whatſoever to enjoy; ſuch as what you mentioned juſt now: there are others, that refer to different individuals according to their ſituations, age and duties. For example; one may wiſh to a man who is happy already, the long continuation of his happineſs; to an unhappy man, the end of his affliction; to a man in office, that God's providence may bleſs his labours for the public welfare, give him neceſſary penetration, with the gift of perſeverance to continue in them, and eſtabliſh the enjoyment of felicity among his countrymen, by way of recompence on his endeavours. To an old man one may wiſh a length of life exempt from every inconveniency; to children, on the other hand, the preſervation of their parents, progreſs in their ſtudies, with a love of arts; to parents, the completion of their hopes, in bringing up their children; every ſpecies of proſperity to ſuch as are our benefactors: and the long continuation of their kindneſs. It is our duty even to bethink us of our enemies, and to pray that God may ſhow them the injuſtice of their conduct, and inſpire them with a wiſh of meriting our friendſhip.

Peregrine.

O papa, how much I thank you! I have now a budget full of compliments for every one. I ſhall know what ſort of wiſhes they will expect, and have no occaſion for my brother's rounded periods, as he calls them: but why, as we ſhould always have theſe wiſhes in our heart, pray tell me why the firſt day of the year, in preference to any other, ſhould be pitched upon to publiſh them?

Mr. Veſey.

Becauſe our life is, as it were, a ladder, every ſtep of which is repreſented by a year. It is natural that our friends ſhould flock together, and make merry with us, when our foot has got in ſafety on the ſtep next to that which we lately trod, and to expreſs their wiſh that we ſhould climb the reſt with equal ſafety. Do you underſtand me?

Peregrine.

O papa, quite clearly.

Mr. Veſey.

It is however in my power to make this clearer ſtill, by uſing what we call another figure.

Peregrine.

Ah, let us have it, pray, papa.

Mr. Veſey.

Do you remember, then, our going to the top of that fine church in London, called St. Paul's?

Peregrine.
[16]

Oh! what a charming proſpect from the golden gallery there! Why, you remember we could ſee all London and a great deal of the country from it!

Mr. Veſey.

Greenwich hoſpital particularly ſtruck your eye; and as you could not then have any notion of the diſtance, you propoſed that we ſhould the following week go there on foot to dinner.

Peregrine.

Well, papa; and did I not, pray, walk the whole long journey like a man?

Mr. Veſey.

Yes, well enough. I had no reaſon to find fault with your performance; but remember, I took care, at every mile-ſtone on the road, to make you ſit and reſt a little.

Peregrine.

So you did indeed; and it was in my opinion, no bad idea at the firſt, to put up thoſe figured ſtones beſide the road. One knows at any time what diſtance one has walked, how much is ſtill to come, and ſo regulates one's pace accordingly.

Mr. Veſey.

In this you have yourſelf explained the advantages which ariſe from our dividing life into thoſe equal portions that we call years: for every year is ſomething like a mile-ſtone in the road of life.

Peregrine

I underſtand you. And the ſeaſons are, perhaps, ſo many quarter-miles, which tell us that we ſhall very ſoon arrive at the next ſtone.

Mr. Veſey.

Your obſervation is extremely juſt; and I am glad that this little journey is ſtill freſh in your remembrance. If you take it in a proper point of view, it will exhibit a true picture of life. Remember, if you can, the different circumſtances that took place while you were poſting on to Greenwich; tell them in the order in which they fell out, as well as you are able, and I will make the application.

Peregrine.

I ſhould ſcarce remember the whole buſineſs better, had it happened yeſterday. At firſt, as I was full of ſpirits and deſired to let you ſee it, I ſet out upon a trot and made a number of trips; I do not well know how many. You adviſed me to go ſlowly, as the journey would be rather long. I followed your advice and had no reaſon to repent. Upon the way, I aſked for information at the ſight of every thing of which I did not know the meaning, and you were pleaſed to tell me. When we happened to go by a bit of graſs, we ſat down on it, and [17]you read a ſtory-book that you had brought out in your pocket to divert me. Then we got upon our feet again; and as we went along, you told me many other things not only uſeful but diverting likewiſe. In this manner, though the weather was not altogether fine, though we had ſometimes rain, and once a hail-ſtorm to encounter, we arrived at Greenwich, I remember, very freſh and hearty, and made afterwards a charming dinner.

Mr. Veſey.

Very faithfully related, Peregrine! but for ſome few circumſtances, which, however, I am glad you have not introduced; as for example, your attention to a poor blind man whom you caught by the arm, if you remember, to prevent him from falling upon a heap of ſtones that lay before him, and on which he might have broke his legs; the aſſiſtance that you afforded a poor waſher woman's boy, by picking up a handkerchief of linen which had fallen out of the cart; but particularly the alms that you gave to ſeveral people on the road.

Peregrine.

Do you think, then, papa, that I forgot them? I know that we ſhould not boaſt of any good, that we may have had the opportunity of doing.

Mr. Veſey.

And on that account, I am greatly pleaſed in dwelling on it, as a recompence for ſo much modeſty. It is juſt that I ſhould repay you ſome ſmall portion of the joy which you cauſed me.

Peregrine.

Oh! I ſaw tears rolling in your eye, not once alone, nor twice, but often. I was ſo delighted! if you knew how much that ſight made me forget my wearineſs! I walked much the better for it. But let me have the application that you juſt mentioned.

Mr. Veſey.

It is as follows, Peregrine. Give me all the attention in your power.

Peregrine.

Fear nothing. I will not loſe a ſyllable, ſir, of what you tell me, I aſſure you.

Mr. Veſey.

The look, then, which you caſt round you from the golden gallery, all over London, and a great deal, as you mentioned, of the country, is expreſſive of the firſt reflexions of a child upon the multitude about him. The long walk that you choſe to Greenwich, is the journey which we propoſe to ourſelves through life. The eagerneſs with which you wiſhed to hurry on at ſetting out, without conſulting your ability for running, and which coſt you ſuch repeated trips, is the natural [18]impetuoſity of youth which would excite us to the worſt exceſſes, if a faithful and experienced friend were not to moderate it. The inſtruction that you derived, as we were walking on, from reading and converſing with me, and the actions of good-will and charity that you performed, took off from the fatigue of ſuch a journey; and you finiſhed it thereby with ſatisfaction to yourſelf, though there had fallen a deal of rain, and even hail. Theſe circumſtances, too, convey inſtruction; for in life there are no other means than the performance of our duty, to keep off diſquietude and to cheriſh peace within us, notwithſtanding thoſe viciſſitudes of fortune which would otherwiſe, perhaps, go near to overwhelm us: and the comfortable meal that we made at the concluſion of our journey is no other than an emblem of the recompence which God gives us when we die, to crown thoſe virtuous actions that we have laboured to perform while in this world.

Peregrine.

Yes, yes, papa; all this ſquares wonderfully well, and I ſhall have a deal of happineſs, I ſee beforehand, in the year that is now begun.

Mr. Veſey.

It reſts with yourſelf alone to make the year quite happy; but once more, let us return to our excurſion. Do you recollect when in going round, that we might ſee a little of the park, we came upon Blackheath? The heavens were then ſerene, and we could ſee behind us all the way that we had been walking.

Peregrine.

Yes, indeed, papa! and I was proud of having walked ſo far!

Mr. Veſey.

By proud, you mean rejoiced. Are you then equally rejoiced at preſent, while your reaſon which now dawns within you, pauſes and caſt back a look upon the way that you have already made in life? You entered it quite weak and naked, without any means of making, in the leaſt degree, proviſion for your wants. It was your mother who gave you your firſt food, and it is I that have the forethought to ſubſiſt you. How do we deſire you to repay us? We want nothing more, than that you ſhould yourſelf endeavour to be happy, by becoming juſt and honeſt; by acquiring a due notion of your ſeveral duties; and by ſeriouſly intending to diſcharge them. Have you then fulfilled theſe few conditions, no leſs advantageous to yourſelf than eaſy? Have you firſt of all been grateful [19]to God's goodneſs, who has willed that you ſhould be born of parents poſſeſſing wherewithal to bring you up in eaſe and honour? Have you always ſhewn thoſe parents the obedience and reſpect that you owe them? Have you paid attention to the precepts of your teachers? Have you never given occaſion for your brothers or your ſiſters to complain of envy or injuſtice in you? Have you always treated thoſe who wait upon you, with a proper ſort of condeſcenſion, and at no time claimed from their inferior ſituation, what it was their duty to refuſe you? In a word, do you poſſeſs that love of juſtice, that equality of conduct, and that moderation which we, by our inſtruction and example, are at all times doing what we can to ſet before you?

Peregrine.

Ah, papa, let us not look ſo much at what is paſt, but to the future. Every thing that I ſhould have done, I promiſe by God's bleſſing to do hereafter.

Mr. Veſey.

That is well ſaid: embrace me, therefore, Peregrine. I accept your promiſe, and confine to its performance all the wiſhes that I need make, on my ſide, for your happineſs, on this renewal of the year.

THE CHRISTMAS-BOX.
A DRAMA, in Two ACTS.

[20]

CHARACTERS.

  • MR. DAMER.
  • EDWARD, his Children.
  • VERONICA, his Children.
  • CHARLES, Edward's Friend.
  • ARCHIBALD, an Orphan.
  • CLEMENT, a Servant.
SCENE. An apartment in the houſe of Mr. Damer.

ACT I.

SCENE I.
Charles, Archibald.
Archibald.

SO early with us, Maſter Charles?

Charles.

Yes, Archibald; and what is more, I want to ſpeak with you.

Archibald.

With me, ſir? What can occaſion me the honour of your viſit?

Charles.

What except the pleaſure, Archibald, of ſeeing you? The truth however is, that I am come to know what Chriſtmas-boxes you have had.

Archibald.

What Chriſtmas-boxes, do you aſk me? If my mother, ſiſter and myſelf have but the neceſſary things of life, we are content.

Charles.

But Mr. Damer, ſurely, lets you want for nothing.

Archibald.

It is true, indeed, we are his debtors for whatever we poſſeſs, and he continues in our favour the reſpect, as I may call it, that he had for my poor father; and his ſon, too, has a friendſhip for us. Do you ſee, ſir, this new ſuit of clothes upon me? it is Edward's preſent. It was bought for him, but his papa permitted him to give it me, by way of Chriſtmas-box. He has prevailed [21]too on Miſs Veronica to preſent my ſiſter with a few of her caſt clothes; and we were laſt night very happy in receiving them.

Charles.

I ſuppoſe ſo; but if you talk of Chriſtmasboxes, it is he that has received ſome fine ones no doubt!

Archibald.

Certainly, his father is ſo rich! and yet, I know not if his pleaſure was as great as ours. Fine things are no novelties to him. And what we may receive, whenever we think proper, never gives us ſo much joy as what they feel to whom their benefactors unexpectedly make preſents.

Charles.

I agree with you in this: but cannot you tell me what Edward has received? No doubt he has ſhown you all his preſents.

Archibald.

Yes, yes, that he has indeed: but how ſhall I remember the whole catalogue? Let me reflect a little. In the firſt place, he has had ſome books, a caſe of mathematical inſtruments, a microſcope, ſilk ſtockings, and a ſet of ſilver buttons for a ſuit of clothes, compleat.

Charles.

But thoſe are not the things that I mean. What I want to know about, friend Archibald, are the ſweetmeats and nice things, that generally are preſented, at this ſeaſon of the year, to children of our age.

Archibald.

Oh! his papa has given him no ſuch things: he ſays that ſweetmeats do but rot the teeth; and as for play-things, certainly Edward is too big, to wiſh for ſuch matters. It is only from his aunt that he received trifles of this ſort. She, indeed, has given him ſome of what you mention.

Charles.

Ay, ay! and what for inſtance?

Archibald.

How can I remember them? There is in the firſt place, a great cake; a quantity of candied orange peel; ſome capillaire; and ſweetmeats; half-a-dozen companies of French and Engliſh ſoldiers, caſt in lead, and in their uniforms; a draft-board; fiſh and counters; and about a dozen china figures made in Derbyſhire. But rather go and ſpeak to him yourſelf. He will ſhow you every thing that he has received. Why do you put theſe ſeveral queſtions to me?

Charles.

Oh! I know what I am doing. I had my reaſons for interrogating you, before I went up ſtairs into Edward's room.

Archibald.
[22]

And what, pray, are thoſe reaſons? May I know?

Charles.

I had determined never to reveal them: but, provided you will but be ſecret—

Archibald.

I am no prater.

Charles.

Then give me your promiſe.

Archibald.

There is my hand.

Charles.

Well then, I will tell you, as a ſecret that I would have you keep, Edward is finely taken in!

Archibald.

Edward finely taken in! my friend? I cannot endure ſuch language.

Charles.

Then I will tell you nothing. I am ſtill maſter of my ſecret; you know that.

Archibald.

How, Charles! And can you wrong, then, my dear friend Edward at this rate?

Charles.

O! be aſſured, I ſhall not wrong him perſonally: but I ſpeak of an affair in which we both have come to an agreement.

Archibald.

But, if taken in, he is deceived.

Charles.

No, no: he has deceived himſelf entirely.

Archibald.

I do not underſtand a word of this enigma.

Charles.

I will explain the matter to you. We had previouſly agreed to go equal ſharers in our Chriſtmasboxes, whatſoever they might be, reſpecting every thing that in its nature was diviſible.

Archibald.

Well, pray, and can he loſe by ſuch a bargain? His papa is not ſo rich as yours. Your Chriſtmasboxes therefore muſt, at leaſt in point of value, equal his, and very probably exceed them.

Charles.

It is true, indeed, I have received a very handſome Chriſtmas-box. This watch, for inſtance; but a watch, you know, cannot be divided.

Archibald.

On your honour, you have had no other preſent?

Charles.

Nothing, I aſſure you, but a cake and two ſmall boxes of preſerves. My father ſays, as Mr. Damer does, that ſweetmeats hurt one. While mama was living it was quite another thing, for then I had ſuch delicacies in abundance; and Edward knows as much, who ſaw my laſt year's Chriſtmas-boxes. It was this that induced him to make ſuch a bargain with me; and laſt week too, we confirmed it on our word. You ſee, then—

Archibald.
[23]

Yes, I ſee too clearly, that Edward is to be your dupe. He will have only half a cake and ſome preſerves for what he is to give you up. It is true, his aunt has ſent him more than he can eat. But is it true then, Maſter Charles, that you had nothing elſe? I muſt confeſs, I find it very difficult to credit your aſſertion.

Charles.

Difficult to credit my aſſertion! Shall I ſwear, then, to the truth of what I ſay?

Archibald.

Swear! Fye! Should a little gentleman, as you are, think of ſwearing in this matter? It is entirely your affair; and if you are deceiving my good friend Edward, you will loſe much more than he, Charles.

Charles.

But, Archibald, do you know that I do not approve of ſuch remonſtrances? It is Edward's buſineſs to reflect on the affair. Suppoſe Edward had received no Chriſtmas-box?

Archibald.

There was no fear of that. His friends are generous, and Edward's conduct pleaſes them. Your Chriſtmas-box is ſuch a trifle! It would be quite unhandſome in you, to expect that Edward ſhould have all the diſadvantage on his ſide; and therefore we muſt go and tell him.

Charles.

Oh! that is done already. Late laſt night I ſent him half the cake that I received, and part of my preſerves. I have likewiſe written him a little letter on the ſubject.

Archibald.

What then, you will perſiſt in your demand upon him?

Charles.

And pray what would you do, in my ſituation? You that talk ſo much!

Archibald.

I would have nothing from him, having nothing upon my ſide to beſtow; and therefore quit him of his promiſe.

Charles.

Oh! your humble ſervant! Keep your counſel to yourſelf. Our bargain is a wager; and when people think of laying wagers, it is that they may win. Next year it ſhall be as he pleaſes; but at preſent, if he does not give me half of every thing that he has received, his cake, his orange-peel, his ſweetmeats, ſoldiers, fiſh and counters, china ware, and any thing elſe that you may have forgot to mention, I will follow him through all the ſtreets, courts, lanes, and every thoroughfare in London, and proclaim him for a cheat. Yes, tell him that from [24]me, friend Archibald; and, that ſuch as we ſhould keep our promiſe, after we have ſworn to one another.

Archibald.

After you have ſworn! Fie, fie upon your oaths! I am very poor; and yet, if you would give me all the Chriſtmas-boxes that ever you received, not excepting even your fine watch, I would not ſwear in ſuch a trifling matter. It ſhould be a very ſolemn buſineſs only that would make me take an oath.

Charles.

Why, Archibald, you are a downright ſimpleton. Without this ſwearing, how ſhould any one be bound to keep his promiſe?

Archibald.

Do you aſk that ſeriouſly? His very promiſe ſhould compel him to obſerve it, and the word of honeſt people be as ſacred as an oath. If you judge otherwiſe, I do not know what I am to think of you.

Charles.

It is your idea, then, that Edward will be faithful to his promiſe?

Archibald.

My idea? Should he break it, inſignificant as I muſt own myſelf, I would never look upon him as long as I have breath. But no, he will not break it; and to keep his word, will have no manner of occaſion for an oath.

Charles.

That we ſhall ſee. However, tell him every thing that I have ſaid, that he may act accordingly.

Archibald.

I need tell him nothing. He does not want a monitor to do his duty.

Charles.

And pray add, I wiſh him joy that he is ſo finely taken in.

Archibald.

What then, you would inſult, as well as—

Charles.

No: but I divert myſelf at his expence, as he would do at mine. Let him alone! Another time, if he thinks proper, he may be revenged.

Archibald.

No, no; this is the only buſineſs of the kind that ever he will tranfact with you.

Charles.

As he pleaſes. I have wherewithal, by this day's lucky buſineſs, to conſole myſelf.

(He goes out.)
Archibald,
(alone.)

I could not have imagined Charles ſo mercenary. If, in truth, he has no more than what he tells me from his father, why then did he not break off the bargain, when he found it likely to preſs ſo hard upon his friend? What avarice! and what meanneſs likewiſe! It is Edward's fault, however, and will hardly ruin him. But here he comes.

SCENE III.
[25]
Archibald, Edward.
Edward,
(with a paper.)

Ah! dear Archibald, I deſerve, and richly, to be hooted for my folly!—Read this letter.

Archibald.

I have learned what it contains. But pray how came you to make ſuch a bargain? Certainly you ſhould have firſt aſked leave of your papa and aunt, ſince what your parents and relations give you ſhould not be diſpoſed of without their conſent.

Edward.

That is true; but it is done.

Archibald.

And you muſt keep your word. But wherefore give it then?

Edward.

Becauſe laſt year, and the preceding, Charles had better Chriſtmas-boxes than myſelf; and I ſuppoſed—

Archibald.

Ah, ah! I underſtand the matter. You deſigned to dupe him then; therefore you are puniſhed with juſtice.

Edward.

Had I been contented with my own!

Archibald.

Well, no complaints, Edward. Is not your half ſtill ſufficient for you?

Edward.

So you fancy—

Archibald.

Do not go on. Edward means to aſk me if he ought to keep his word.

Edward.

But are you certain that every thing was fair and open on the part of Charles?

Archibald.

I think him honeſt, ſince he told me ſo himſelf; and it is my practice to think well of every one, till he has once deceived me.

Edward.

But how happens it that his father ſhould have been ſo ſparing towards him? Every former Chriſtmas he has had a ſtore of preſents.

Archibald.

They were his mama's; and now ſhe is dead, his father thinks as yours does, and inſtead of childiſh toys, has bought him a fine watch.

Edward.

Yes, yes; I know it. He will conceal what ought to be divided, of his preſents, and yet I muſt give him up half mine.

Archibald.

Should he behave ſo; he would be a knave.

Edward.

And ſhould I, in that caſe; be bound to keep my promiſe with him?

Archibald.
[26]

What is this queſtion, my good friend Edward? Juſt as if you were to aſk me, whether, if he proves a cheat, you might not be ſo likewiſe.

Edward.

But, unleſs I tell him, he will never know what I have had.

Archibald.

And can you hide this knowledge from yourſelf?

Edward.

But I have hardly had, from my papa, more things that can be ſhared, than he. The reſt, you know, were from my aunt.

Archibald.

Did you except what any one but your papa might give you, in your bargain?

Edward.

Oh! no, no.

Archibald.

Then your objection is anſwered.

Edward,
(vexed.)

What ſhall I do then?

Archibald.

I have told you that, already. You have but one way to take in this affair.

Edward.

If I think fit to take it, to be ſure I may; but what can force me, if I do not?

Archibald.

Your honour. Should you be ſo ſhameful as to break your word, then Charles will certainly expoſe your conduct, and with juſtice.

Edward.

Oh! I do not mind that a ruſh. I will anſwer him at any time. But how, pray, will he be convinced that I have broke my word?

Archibald.

He knows, already, every thing that you have received. I told him.

Edward.

What, and can you have betrayed me, Archibald?—I will preſerve no future friendſhip with you.

Archibald.

I ſhould die with grief, if I had willingly betrayed you, dear Edward; I can very eaſily excuſe my conduct, by declaring, that before I knew of your agreement, Charles contrived to take me by ſurprize. But if it were not ſo, and he had called upon me to ſpeak truth, I muſt have done it. To be honeſt, one ſhould no more lie than break one's word.

Edward.

You take his part againſt me! and ſhall I be ſtill your friend? No, no!

Archibald.

As you pleaſe. I know what it muſt coſt me if I loſe your friendſhip, which is much more precious to me than even all the gifts that your family have heaped upon me; but at every riſque, I have no other counſel [27]for you: and although you ſhould not reſt my friend, nothing ſhall keep me, while I live, from being yours.

Edward.

A good friend, truly, to look on while I am robbed!

Archibald.

And pray who robs you but yourſelf? Why ſhould you thus have entered into an agreement, at the riſque of loſing?

Edward.

But I might have gained.

Archibald.

And then would you have claimed your bargain from Charles?

Edward.

Would I?—What a queſtion!

Archibald.

Why then would you not fulfil it on your part, and ſhow that you can be juſt, when the conditions are ſo eaſy?

Edward.

Are ſo eaſy? What! the loſs of half my property?

Archibald.

Have you not the other half ſtill left? Well then, imagine yourſelf to have received no more; but think particularly how much reputation ſuch an action will procure you in men's eyes, when they obſerve that you put no value upon what the generality of children ſo fondly prize, but can ſcorn them when your word is to be kept. As many as are told of your fidelity will love you. Granting Charles deſigns to trick you, I am ſure, he will never have the courage afterwards to look you in the face; whereas, upon the other hand, you will walk before him with your head up, ſure of the eſteem of all good people. Yes, my dear Edward, let us always deal uprightly, whatſoever price it coſts us. Ah! if I were rich, you ſhould not have to mourn your loſs a moment upon this occaſion. I would give you every thing in my poſſeſſion to make you amends.

Edward,
(embracing him.)

Oh! how much, my deareſt Archibald, is your behaviour to be praiſed? while I muſt hate myſelf for mine. Yes, I confeſs it, I was mercenary and unjuſt, but will be ſo no longer. I will look with ſcorn upon the baubles that had charms enough, as I imagined, to corrupt me: ſo let Charles directly have his ſhare, and you yourſelf ſhall halve them; give him what you pleaſe. I only deſire that you would not ſcorn me for indulging ſuch mean thoughts: I will be henceforth worthy your eſteem and friendſhip.

Archibald.
[28]

And you are ſo. You were never worthier of it than at preſent. I was well acquainted with your heart, and knew what meaſures you would take. This conqueſt of yourſelf will cauſe you much more ſatisfaction than the trifles that you give up: when ſome few days are paſſed, they would have loſt their charms, and you would certainly have given the whole away at once, to any child that ſhould have wanted them.

Edward.

Yes, yes: you know me very well. What therefore can I do, to ſhow you my regard and gratitude for having ſaved my honour?

Archibald,
(embracing him.)

Still love me, Edward.

Edward.

Always, always: but it is proper that I ſhould now go fetch my preſents, and make haſte to ſhare them. I am quite uneaſy till they are gone, and fear I ſhall repent of what I am about to do, if I do not ſoon diſpatch it.

Archibald.

You would ſoon repent of that repentance, ſhould it happen: I am certain of it.

(Edward goes out.)
Archibald,
(alone.)

No; were all his preſents mine, I ſhould not be ſo pleaſed as I am now, in thus ſaving Edward's reputation. And, in fact, how happy muſt he be himſelf, in having kept his word at the expence of what he thought ſo precious! Doubtleſs this ſacrifice coſts him dear: well then, it will be on that account more glorious. I was certain of his principles. He needed nothing but a little explanation of the matter, to behave with honour.

SCENE III.
Archibald, Edward.
Edward,
(bringing in a large two-handled baſket.)

Come and help me, Archibald, that I may not let the baſket fall; for every thing within it, now, I look upon as ſacred. I have left the cake in the beaufet, for fear of breaking it: but when it is wanted, I will go fetch it. Here is the candied orange-peel, however:

(he opens the parcel and gives it to Archibald)

This, I take it, is about the middle. Take this ſide for Charles, and let me have the other in the box.

Archibald.

No, no; it will be better far to halve it in his preſence; he may otherwiſe imagine that you have eat [29]ſome of it. So let us ſee the reſt of the confectionary.— Firſt, four bags of ſweetmeats.—Two for each.—Two bottles, next, of capillaire.—One Charles's, and the other yours.—How many fiſh and counters are there here?

Edward.

Two hundred fiſh, and twenty counters.

Archibald,
(after having counted out half of each.)

Theſe are his. The bag cannot be divided. You muſt therefore take it with the other fiſh and counters.

Edward.

And theſe ſoldiers. How delighted we ſhould both have been, in ranging them againſt each other, when the winter evenings were come on.

Archibald.

We ſhould, indeed; but I am more delighted as it is. The Engliſh ſoldiers ſhall be yours. Their uniform is red, and therefore much more lively than the white.—A draft-board, and a microſcope.

Edward.

Ah! luckily, they cannot be divided!

Archibald.

In reality they cannot; but together they may make two lots, and each of you take one: for Charles, when he appears, may fall a quibbling with us; and I recommend you to keep clear no leſs of his ſuſpicions, than his open accuſations. Give him up the draft-board, and keep you the microſcope. You may employ it, to obtain the knowledge of a thouſand beauteous objects, that eſcape our eye-ſight.

Edward.

Ah! here comes what I ſhall be the moſt grieved to give up!—Theſe ſweet china figures.

Archibald.

You could not have put all together on your chimney-piece. Can you inform me what they repreſent?

Edward.

The Muſes and the Seaſons.

Archibald.

Then give him the Seaſons. You may juſtly take the beſt in your diviſion, and the Muſes cannot, with propriety, be parted. But Edward, not to ſettle things by halves, let me adviſe you to throw in the other fiſh and counters with the bag. His Seaſons will be taken as valuable as your Muſes.

(He puts all the fiſh and counters into Charles's heap.)

There they are.

Edward.

You make me do whatever you think fit.

Archibald.

What I would do myſelf, if I were in your place. But what comes here?—Ha! ha! a ſet of copperplates!—I did not mention theſe to Charles.

Edward,
(overjoyed.)

You don't ſay ſo!

Archibald.

But what of that? It is juſt the ſame as if he knew it. Let me count the number: one, two, three;

[30] (he counts two dozen, reading over their inſcriptions, and dividing them accordingly.)

Theſe,

(taking up one parcel,)

it ſeems, are the reigning kings of Europe; and theſe other,

(counting,)

one, two, three, four, five, ſix, ſeven, great men, that flouriſhed once in England.

Edward.

Well, which parcel ſhall we chuſe?

Archibald,
(ſhewing him two plates, ſelected from the ſecond parcel.)

Here; here is our choice: this portrait is that Howard of whom you have heard your father ſo often ſpeak with rapture: and here is Gay, whoſe Fables always give you ſo much pleaſure. Keep, by all means, ſuch a good companion.

(He puts the kings into Charles's lot, and Howard, with the other fix, into Edward's)

That is the whole.

Edward,
(with a ſigh.)

Yes, yes.

Archibald.

But why that ſigh?

Edward.

Becauſe you make me give him up ſo many charming things.

Archibald.

Not I, my dear Edward: you make yourſelf do this. It was your reſolution; and is ſtill ſo, is it not?

Edward.

Yes, yes. I have nothing elſe to beg, dear Archibald, but that Charles may have his ſhare immediately. The ſight of ſo much that I muſt give away grieves me.

Archibald.

Think no more about it. You have done your duty. I will go ſpeak to Charles, and bring him hither. If, as you imagine, he has cheated you, I wiſh— I cannot well tell you, how much harm I wiſh him.

(He goes out.)
Edward,
(alone.)

Yes, yes, how much harm you wiſh him! In addition to my loſs of all theſe charming things, the harm to me is, that he will laugh at my ſimplicity in making ſuch a bargain. When he ſent me, late laſt night, my miſerable portion of his preſents, doubtleſs he began that moment to enjoy his triumph.

(He approaches the table, and ſurveys the things upon it with a look of ſorrow.)

I muſt part then with ſo much! and part with it to one that meant to trick me! I cannot help preferring, now, whatever is not in my ſhare. Theſe bags of ſweetmeats ſeem much bigger than my two. That draft-board likewiſe, that I thought to play on, when my friends ſhould come and ſee me, ſeems much prettier now than before. And thoſe ſoldiers! they would have made me up an army. [31]All this, but juſt now, was mine, and I muſt give it up, and give it up for nothing too!—for nothing!

(He reflects within himſelf a little.)

Is my word then nothing? and my honour, is that nothing? If—but don't I hear a ſtep? Yes, yes, it is Charles; or now I look again, not he, but Veronica.

SCENE IV.
Edward, Veronica.
Veronica,
(looking eagerly at every thing upon the table.)

What are you about, Edward? What is the meaning of all this? Do you intend me one of theſe two ſhares? I can hardly think ſo; yet I ſhould look upon it as quite loving in you—

Edward.

Ah! my deareſt ſiſter, I would give you half my Chriſtmas-box with pleaſure; but it is not in my power, as half of what you ſee, is mine no longer to diſpoſe of as I pleaſe.

Veronica.

Is yours no longer?—Why ſo, Edward?— But oh, now I underſtand you!—This is ſome new trick of Archibald's. He is always wheedling you for ſomething, which he tells you others want, and what he can pinch out of you this way, he is ſure to keep himſelf.

Edward.

Do not ſpeak, dear ſiſter, in this manner of that worthy boy. I would give every thing in my poſſeſſion to have his principles.

Veronica.

Well then, why are you no longer maſter of your own?

Edward.

You will ſay, I am juſtly puniſhed for my gripingneſs; for I muſt yield to Charles one part of the preſents made me by my aunt and my papa.

Veronica.

Inſtead of giving me that half! and why!

Edward.

Becauſe we bargained to divide our Chriſtmasboxes. I have had a deal this year, and he unfortunately nothing.

Veronica.

Then I would give him nothing: that is but juſt.

Edward.

But we have pledged our honour to each other. He has kept his word, and I muſt keep mine alſo, or be looked on as a thief.

Veronica.
[32]

Ay, ay, you have got this notion from your Archibald. I am mad to think that you let yourſelf be governed by a chit who lives on our aſſiſtance.

Edward.

But pray, ſiſter, though the notion ſhould be Archibald's, is it not a juſt one?

Veronica.

Is it not a juſt one! Never. Look ye, I would lay a wager that he is now agreed with Charles to ſhare whatever he can thus perſuade you to give up.

Edward.

Do you think ſo ſeriouſly? But no; you do him wrong: he is too generous to do that.

Veronica.

It is you, Edward, that are too weak! or you might think that he would much more naturally take your part than any other's, if he were not intereſted.

Edward.

I profeſs myſelf his friend, and he is intereſted that I ſhould not be a cheat.

Veronica.

Good!—Ha! ha! ha! And ſo then, that you may not be a cheat, you will willingly be cheated by another?

Edward.

Better than cheat him myſelf.

Veronica.

And in a manner ſo ridiculous!—Ha! ha! How finely they are laughing at you!

Edward.

What, is Archibald laughing at me?

Veronica.

If he helps to cheat you.

Edward.

But I have pledged my word. The ſhares are made as you may ſee, and Charles is coming.

Veronica.

Well; and let him go away. I ſhall be glad to ſee you catch them, when they think you caught.

Edward.

You would have me then diſgrace myſelf, that I may ſave theſe baubles.

Veronica.

But ſuppoſe you could ſave them with honour?

Edward.

Ay, pray how?

Veronica.

Why, papa, or rather aunt, for ſhe may be more eaſy of perſuaſion, muſt be told the whole affair, and they will forbid your parting with their preſents.—I myſelf will take the buſineſs on me.

Edward.

No, no, ſiſter; if you love me—

Veronica.

You are determined to be pillaged. Be it ſo, then. I have no objection in the leaſt, ſince I ſhall not be the loſer by it: on the other hand, I ſhall enjoy the opportunity of laughing at your coſt. And yet, on ſecond thoughts, I will run and tell papa, if it be only to obtain you a good ſcolding, ſince you will not follow my advice.

Edward.
[33]

But, ſiſter—hear me!—Pray come back a little!—What! you won't?—You cannot imagine how much you will diſpleaſe me!

(He follows and endeavours to bring her back, but ſhe refuſes.)

ACT II.

SCENE I.
Edward,
(returning after a few minutes abſence.)

I could not poſſibly prevail upon her to come back; but ſhe would go and tell papa.—In fact, ſhe is in the right.—If my papa and aunt forbid me, I keep every thing, and do not break my word. I wonder that this idea did not ſooner ſtrike me. It is indeed unjuſt in ſome degree; and there is a voice within me that condemns it. I ſhould not have entered into this agreement, without thinking of each ſeparate circumſtance, and guarding properly againſt them. I wiſh Archibald were but here, to fix me one way or another. I am at a loſs for his counſel. When he comes, I hope it will be alone. Ah! here he is; and as I wiſhed to have it, no one is with him.

SCENE II.
Edward, Archibald.
Archibald.

Charles will very ſoon be here. He is gone to aſk his father's leave for coming. Be of courage, dear Edward; nor let Charles ſuſpect that theſe play-things are of any value to you. I begin to think he does not deal with you upon the ſquare in this tranſaction. I ſpoke to him rather ſeriouſly; and by his anſwers, he appeared embarraſſed.

Edward.

Oh, I am ſure he means to trick me; notwithſtanding which, I muſt be ſatisfied.

Archibald.

And have you not great cauſe for ſatisfaction? You have done your duty.

Edward.

Well, I will try to conquer my reluctance in this point, and put on a good face before him; but would any one conceive what Veronica told me not ten minutes ſince? That I ſhould beg papa or aunt to lay their orders [34]on me, who would certainly forbid my giving any thing away; and thus I ſhould preſerve my Chriſtmas-box and reputation?

Archibald.

And your peace of mind;—would you preſerve that likewiſe?

Edward.

No, indeed. I even thought, while ſhe was ſpeaking, how diſgraceful ſuch an application would be to me.

Archibald.

Why then heſitate a moment longer? O, my dear Edward! let us never ſtifle thoſe firſt whiſperings of integrity and generoſity that may be heard within us. You will ſoon experience how much inward ſatisfaction flows from liſtening to them. Have we any real need of theſe poor gimcracks here, to make us happy? Oh! when you have parted with them, I will be more induſtrious to procure you other ſources of amuſement. If my friendſhip is of any value to you, be aſſured I ſhall eſteem you ten times more, if you conſult your honour in this matter.

Edward.

Yes. I will do ſo, dear Archibald, and be proud of yielding to your counſel, as in every other matter, ſo in this too. I will follow it, however Veronica may perſuade me to do otherwiſe. Theſe gimcracks—as you call them. Out upon ſuch childiſhneſſes! for to prove how truly I deſpiſe them, look, I will add my two remaining ſweet-meat bags to Charles's.—There—they ſhall be mine no longer.

Archibald.

Bravely done, Edward! You are like a general who returns in triumph, after having won a battle.

Edward.

Always have an eye upon me; and if you obſerve—

Archibald.

I know what you would ſay; but ſoftly, here comes Charles.

SCENE III.
Edward, Archibald, Charles.
Charles,
(ſomewhat embarraſſed.)

Good morrow, dear Edward; I am told, you want to ſpeak with me.—It grieves me, notwithſtanding—

Edward.

What grieves you, pray?

Charles.

That my Chriſtmas-box has been ſo trifling; and—

Edward.
[35]

Oh, never mind it, if that be all.

Archibald.

Edward is but ſo much the more pleaſed, that he can compenſate for what you want; and I could wiſh that you knew with how much pleaſure he fulfils his promiſe now; but he himſelf can tell you what he thinks on this occaſion.

Edward.

Yes. What I am now to do, I do with all my heart.

(He takes Charles by the hand, and brings him to the table.)

So look ye; here are all my preſents: we firſt halved them pretty nearly; after which I added ſomething to your ſhare, that you might have no reaſon to complain.

Archibald.

Two articles, the microſcope and draft-board could not be divided. By the terms of your agreement, therefore, your friend might have kept them both; but he has honourably choſen to give up the draft-board; and accordingly I put it to your ſhare.

Edward.

I am ſorry Charles, that theſe china figures could not be divided equally. I have kept the Muſes: but becauſe the Seaſons were leſs valuable, I have added to them all the fiſh and counters in this bag, which were my own. You may ſtill, however, make choice of which lot you pleaſe.

Charles.

No, no, my friend. I am quite content already.

Edward.

But not I. There is beſides all this, a cake below, of which the half is mine. I make a preſent to you of the whole, and run to fetch it.

Charles,
(calling him back.)

No, not now, Edward.

Archibald,
(ſtopping Charles.)

Let him, let him, Charles. —

(To Edward.)

Yes, go my friend.

(Edward goes out.)

Well, I am ſure, you will own Edward thinks quite nobly, ſince you ſee his promiſe is ſo ſacred to him. Any other in his ſituation might have been afflicted at the diſadvantage of the bargain made between you; but Edward goes beyond the agreement, and is happy in thus exceeding your expectations.

Charles,
(confuſed.)

True: you make me bluſh, dear Archibald. And I cannot tell how it is—

Archibald.

You have no need to bluſh, as if it were a fault in you, that you received no greater preſents from your father.

Charles,
(turning away.)

Poor Edward!

Archibald.
[36]

Should you pity him, he would have reaſon to complain: whereas at preſent he has none. It would have been the ſhame of tricking you, and nothing elſe, that muſt have rendered him unhappy. Look at what you have, and be rejoiced, as he is.

Edward,
(coming in with the cake.)

Hold; here is what I give you: half, as I have already ſaid, is over and above the bargain.

Charles,
(putting back the cake with one hand, and with the other concealing his face.)

No, Edward; it is too much.

Edward.

Take it, take it, Charles: but do not imagine that I am doing thus, through ſhame, for having wiſhed to keep back any of my preſents from you. Archibald, I am ſure, will witneſs for me as to that.

Archibald,
(looking ſtedfaſtly at Charles.)

That I will; and in the face of the whole world.

(Charles wipes his eyes.)
Edward.

But ſure you are crying, Mr. Charles? What ails you?

Charles.

Nothing, nothing—Only that you ſee me here, a pitiful, mean, ſorry fellow, and that I have cheated you.

Edward.

You cheated me? that cannot be! have we not been acquainted with each other from our infancy? And are we not both children of good friends and neighbours?

Charles.

Yes; and that very circumſtance Edward, aggravates my guilt. I do not deſerve that you ſhould think ſo generouſly of me.

(He takes Edward by the hand.)

It is however in my power to prove that I am not totally unworthy of your friendſhip. In reality, I have received no playthings, or the like, this Chriſtmas from my father, but—

(ſearching his pockets)

here are three new guineas that I requeſted him to give me in their ſtead. You ſee then, I was only a deceiver, while you acted towards me with ſuch generoſity: but I repent, and give you up the half. In fact it is your own, but if you have any pity in you, pardon me my knavery and be ſtill my friend.

Edward,
(embracing him.)

Yes, always while I live.— How you rejoice me! Not however with your money, as I ſhall not take it.

SCENE IV.
[37]
Archibald, Charles, Edward, Veronica.
Veronica.

Archibald muſt come immediately to my papa.

Archibald.

O my dear young lady, cannot he ſtay a little? I ſhall loſe the pleaſure—

Veronica.

Yes—of ſqueezing ſomething from my brother! but you have heard the meſſage; ſo come with me. What! you would have papa wait for you!

(She gets hold of his hand, and pulls him along.)
Edward.

Siſter! ſiſter! only a few minutes.

Veronica,
(mocking him.)

Brother! brother! No; I will have him with me.

(She goes out with Archibald.)
Edward,
(taking hold of Charles's hand.)

O my dear friend Charles, how I rejoice while I am ſpeaking! I could have no right to hope for ſuch ſincerity of conduct from you.

Charles.

How! When you beſtow upon me half your things, without expecting any in return from me.

Edward.

No; no: you muſt not thus applaud my generoſity. You cannot imagine how reluctantly at firſt I parted with this half; and had it not been for the exhortation that Archibald gave me to ſo good a work, I ſhould not have kept my word after all.

Charles.

And to him I am indebted likewiſe for the ſatisfaction of not having quite compleated my unworthy tricking ſcheme. He ſet the baſeneſs of it in ſo full a light before me! And when afterward I entered here, and found with how much generoſity you had proceeded in your diſtribution—

Edward.

In my diſtribution! It is Archibald that has all the merit of it. I cannot tell what happy art he has; but to deprive myſelf of what I had beforehand ſo much cheriſhed, was a pleaſure to me. Yet there is ſomething in your ſhare that I added of myſelf.

Charles.

But you ſhall keep the whole: for I will have nothing of it, and am happy to get rid of ſuch a burthen. I ſhould never have preſumed to look you in the face. I could not think how much one ſuffers by becoming a diſhoneſt man.

Edward.

And how was I tormented alſo? But at preſent I experience how much pleaſure flows from generoſity. [38]All this is due to Archibald. So neceſſitous, and yet ſo upright! Sure he could not claim a recompence for telling you my Chriſtmas-boxes?

Charles.

He, my dear Edward! What can cauſe you ſuch a thought?

Edward.

My ſiſter, in her jealouſy, would fain have had me think ſo.

Charles.

Ah, if you had heard how handſomely he ſpoke about you, and eſpouſed your intereſts in our converſation! I had need of all my art and cunning to get from him what you had received. And therefore, henceforth he ſhall have what he has merited ſo well, my friendſhip: and I will give him the remaining half of my three guineas.

Edward.

No, no, Charles; leave me to recompenſe him as I well know how: and keep your money, with the half that is yours, of my Chriſtmas-boxes.

Charles.

What? I keep it? Never. Look ye; rather let us give him every thing that we ſhould have ſhared between us. We have well deſerved to loſe, and he to have it.

Edward.

Yes, with all my heart. And do you know what you muſt do? We have it in our power to pleaſe him very much. I will order all theſe things upon the table to be carried to his mother's; ſo that he may ſee them there, the firſt time he goes home.

Charles.

Good! good! provided by the bye, he does not return too ſoon, and interrupt us.

Edward.

I will go fetch the ſervant. In the mean time pack them up as quick as you are able, in the baſket. I ſhall be back again immediately.

(He goes out.)
Charles,
(alone, filling the baſket.)

Oh, the good, good Archibald! I cannot help thinking with myſelf how happy we ſhall make him! and what is more too, I ſhall have my part therein. I would not give it up for all theſe pretty things. Who could have perſuaded me yeſterday, that I ſhould enjoy more ſatisfaction in beſtowing on another what had been ſo much the object of my wiſhes than in keeping it myſelf? I wiſh I were papa, to recompenſe him as he merits. Thanks to his perſuaſion, I am now convinced that to be juſt gives much more happineſs than to poſſeſs great riches.

Edward,
[39]
(returning with Clement.)

Come in, Clement.

(He bolts the door.)

What we want you for is this; to take the baſket here before you on your ſhoulder, and convey it to where Archibald's mother lives, for Archibald.

Clement.

Oh, with all my heart, ſir; we are every one of us fond of that young man!

Edward,
(to Charles.)

I hope, you have almoſt finiſhed.

Charles.

In a moment. I have got in every thing except the china figures, which I will put at top, that they may not be broke.

Edward.

A good thought; but make haſte, for fear of his return.

Charles.

There, that is the laſt.

Edward,
(to Clement.)

Now, Clement, you have nothing elſe to do than carry it this moment where you know. Do not loiter by the way, and take eſpecial care of breaking any thing.

Charles.

Stay: here is the guinea and a half that I ſaid I would give him. I will juſt wrap them up, and put them with the fiſh and counters.

Archibald,
(at the door without.)

Open, open: it is Archibald.

Edward.

Bleſs us! what are we to do?

(coming towards the door.)

A moment, friend, and we'll admit you.

Charles.

Hark ye, Clement, here is the money: ſlip it ſome how or other, as you go, into the baſket.

Edward,
(to Clement.)

He will ſuſpect us; ſo take up the baſket, and withdraw into a corner of the room, here juſt behind the door, till he has paſſed you.

Charles.

Yes, cloſe up againſt the wall; and afterwards ſlip out without his ſeeing you.

Clement.

I underſtand you.

Archibald,
(as before.)

Well, Edward, am I not to enter? Your papa is coming.

Edward,
(to Charles.)

I may open now?

Charles.

Yes, yes; all is done.

(The ſervant goes behind the door.)
Edward,
(opening to Archibald, who comes in.)

I aſk your pardon, my good friend, for keeping you ſo long without: but we were buſy.

(He takes his hand, and places him in ſuch a manner, that he cannot ſee the ſervant without turning round.)
Archibald.
[40]

Buſy, pray? And at what?

(He turns and ſees Charles making ſigns to the ſervant.)

Why all theſe ſigns?—

(Perceiving the ſervant with the baſket.)

Ah, ha! —what has Clement got there in the baſket?

(He goes up to Clement, and attempts to look into the baſket.)
Clement,
(preventing him.)

Softly, ſoftly.—It is a ſecret.

Archibald.

How! a ſecret?

Clement.

You will know what it is when you get home.

Archibald,
(keeping him from going out.)

No: I will know this moment! Is it poſſible that I can have gueſſed! and would my dear friends then affront me ſo?

Edward.

Affront you? It is a poor acknowledgment with which we pay thoſe ſervices that you have ſo lately done us.

(He offers him the baſket.)

Yes, dear Archibald, all theſe things are yours.

Charles,
(preſenting him the money likewiſe, which the ſervant has returned him.)

And this gold alſo.

(Archibald puts his hand aſide. Charles throws the money, thus refuſed, into the baſket, which Edward ſtill offers to Archibald.)
Archibald.

What are you about? no, never, never.

Edward.

I will have it ſo.

Charles.

And I entreat it as a favour of you. Be my friend, as you have ſhown yourſelf Edward's.

Clement.

If I durſt but add my prayer to that of theſe two gentlemen! You will occaſion them more pain than they deſerve to ſuffer, by refuſing their requeſt. I wiſh I had it in my power to offer you my preſent, as they have. It would indeed be little, but come wholly from my heart; for all the family, and every one that knows us, loves you.

Archibald.

O, my deareſt Edward! my kind Charles!

(he embraces them.)

and you, my good Clement! you draw tears of joy and admiration from me; but your generous boſoms carry you too far. I have not merited what you are doing for me, and ſhall therefore never take it.

Edward.

You would wiſh to mortify me then? And cruelly refuſe my friendſhip?

SCENE the laſt.
[41]
Archibald, Charles, Edward, Clement, Mr. Damer.
Mr. Damer,
(having entered ſome little time before unnoticed, and ſtood ſtill to be a witneſs of the converſation; but advancing now, as if he had heard nothing.)

Well; ſhall I always find you ſparring thus at one another?

Edward.

O papa, let your authority determine our diſpute; for Archibald treats us very harſhly. He has made me faithful to my promiſe—

Charles.

He has brought me to preſerve my honour.

Edward.

And now ſcorns us, when we would be grateful.

Archibald,
(throwing himſelf into Mr. Damer's arms.)

O, my worthy patron! and my ſecond father! ſave me, ſave me from their generoſity. I was ſo happy juſt this moment, as to vindicate my conduct from the accuſation thrown thereon, and ſhall I now belie it? No: I ſhould, in that caſe, juſtly be ſuſpected of a mercenary diſpoſition. Let them not corrupt me, I beſeech you.

Mr. Damer.

How you charm me, my dear children. No, good Archibald, theſe their preſents, are a very nothing, when compared with ſo much delicacy and diſintereſtedneſs. I will put an end to ſuch an honourable conteſt.

(To Charles and Edward.)

Keep you each your own: I will take it on me to evince your grateful natures.

Edward.

O, papa! of how much pleaſure you deprive my heart!

Charles.

And how you puniſh me; as, very likely, my behaviour merits: but you are witneſs on the other hand to my repentance. Condeſcend then to prevail on Archibald—

Archibald,
(to Mr. Damer.)

No; for heaven's ſake, ſir, do not liſten to him.

Mr. Damer.

I do liſten to him; and will have you be compliant upon this occaſion. It would look too much like pride, ſhould you refuſe him: and beſides, it would be cruel to deprive him of the pleaſure ariſing from a generous action. Take this money then, and ſend it to your mother, who firſt taught you ſuch a noble way of thinking.

Archibald.
[42]

You compel me to accept it, ſir, and therefore I obey. Oh, how rejoiced ſhe will be to have it; but at leaſt, ſir, let Edward keep his preſents.

Mr. Damer.

Well then, let him; but to ſhare them with his friend. I will buy the whole again with theſe three guineas.

Archibald.

Ah my kind, good benefactor! put ſome limits to your generoſity. I do not know well what I am doing. So much beyond all meaſure is my joy. My poor dear mother! it is a long while now ſince ſhe has been ſo rich as I ſhall make her!—O, my good, good friends!

(He embraces Charles, and afterwards Edward, without power of ſpeaking to them.)
Mr. Damer.

I owe you likewiſe a reward, Edward, for complying thus with Archibald's noble counſels.

Edward.

How, can you reward me ſo much to my ſatisfaction, papa, as by what you have ſo recently done for him?

Mr. Damer.

That is a very nothing. Hitherto he has been only the companion of your pleaſures, but ſhall henceforth be the partner of your ſtudies: I will make no difference between you in reſpect to education.

THE COMMODORE's RETURN.
A DRAMA, in ONE ACT.

[43]

CHARACTERS.

  • COMMODORE FREEPORT.
  • MRS. FREEPORT.
  • MELISSA, their Children.
  • CONSTANTINE, their Children.
  • ARABELLA, their Children.
  • MATILDA, their Children.
  • LIEUT. BOARDHAM, betrothed to Meliſſa.
  • MR. ASCHAM, Tutor to the Children.
  • THOMAS, the Gardener.
  • FANNY, his Wife.
  • COLIN, their Son.
  • MATTHEWS, an old Farmer, Tenant to the Commodore.

Young Men and Maids of the Village.

SCENE. The garden of Commodore Freeport's country ſeat, cloſe by the ſea ſide.

SCENE I.

Thomas, Colin.
(While Thomas is raking one of the walks, Colin runs in trembling and out of breath, as in a fright: he throws his arms round his father and clings faſt to him.)
Thomas.

WELL, what now, you little blockhead? what now? Where are you running in ſuch a fluſter?

Colin.

Ah! father, father, I am frightened out of my wits. I'm dead.

Thomas.

It is very lucky that you are able to tell me ſo. But what is the matter?

Colin.

A ghoſt! a ghoſt!

Thomas.

What in broad day-light? I believe, thou art gibing thy father. Well, what is it like? a beaſt or a man?

Colin.

It is—it is like a man.

Thomas.

Silly oaf! why then it is a man. Has it a mouth, and eyes, and hands, and feet?

Colin.
[44]

Oh, yes, a mouth, and eyes, and hands, and feet, like one of us, and yet it is not like we for all that.

Thomas.

What nonſenſe is all this?

Colin.

Oh! if you had but ſeen it! Bleſs the maſk! it is the ghoſt of a Turk.

Thomas,
(a little frightened.)

The ghoſt of a Turk?

Colin.

Yes, indeed, father. You ſhewed me ſome Turks when we were in London, well, it is the ſame for all the world. A long gown down to his heels, a yellow thing like a lady's muff upon his head, a long carving knife by his ſide, a great black beard, and a dead man's face over his own.

(A noiſe is heard behind the hedge row.)

Oh! there it is father; there is the ghoſt, the Turk. Help; murder.

(He runs out.)
Thomas,
(alarmed.)

Colin, Colin! won't you come back.

(Colin inſtead of returning, runs away precipitately. Thomas goes to follow him, but his rake falling trips him up, and while he is entangled with it, Colin eſcapes.)

A little coward, to leave me here all alone! And then, if what he ſaid were true. I do not like meddling with your Turks, not I. By the maſs, I will not ſtay here to meet with him.

(While he ſtoops to take up his rake, Commodore Freeport, dreſſed in a long red gown with a turban and a maſk, comes ſoftly up to him and plucks him by the ſkirt. Thomas turning about, perceives him, and attempts to run away; but finding himſelf held faſt, he roars out)

Help! murder! A ghoſt! A Turk!

SCENE II.

Commodore Freeport, Thomas.
Com. Fr.
(putting his hand on Thomas's mouth to ſilence him.)

Why, Thomas, do not act the child. Don't you know me?

Thomas,
(without looking at him.)

Avaunt! none but Satan knows you. I am none of your acquaintance.

Com. Fr.

Oh! I ſee what deceives you.

(He takes off his maſk.)

Look at me now.

Thomas,
(hiding his face with his hands.)

What, I look at your terrible viſage? No, let me go, or I ſhall cry out ten times louder.

Com. Fr.
[45]
(trying to part his hands.)

What, are you afraid of me?

Thomas.

Say no more. You want to roaſt me. Oh! how hot you are!

Com. Fr.
(letting go his hands.)

Why, Thomas, are you mad? Do not ſhake ſo man. Can't you recollect my voice?

Thomas.

It is a main hollow ghoſtly voice; that is certain.

Com. Fr.

Only look at me between your fingers.

Thomas.

Well—well—I will—but get a little farther off.

Com. Fr.
(drawing back.)

There, now are you ſatisfied?

Thomas.
(drawing back too.)

Are you a good way off? Stop a while.

(Separates his hands a little, and looks at him)

Eh! what! the Commodore? Is it you, ſir?

Com. Fr.

Why yes, Thomas, it is I, your maſter.

Thomas.
(ſhewing his face a little more.)

Are you ſure though that it is not his ghoſt?

Com. Fr.

Nay, Thomas, I can hardly take you for the ſame man. I did not think you had been ſo chickenhearted.

Thomas.
(letting fall his hands, and looking ſtill at the Commodore.)

Oh! yes, now I ſee it is you.

(Taking off his hat, and advancing towards him.)

Dear maſter, I beg pardon for not knowing you at firſt. It was my ſon, a little blockhead, that put all theſe frights into my head.

(Beginning to ſwagger.)

A ghoſt, truſy! Aye, juſt as if I believed in ghoſts!—But, after all, your honour has got a huge ugly cap there. For my part, I think, it is dangerous jeſting with ſuch outlandiſh gear. Suppoſe one was to remain a Turk all one's life. I remember as well as if it was yeſterday, my mother's telling me a hundred times how ſhe ſaw one that had heard of a thing that happened in a family as long ago as any one could—Oh! it is all very true that I am telling you, I aſſure you.

Com. Fr.

Well, come, you ſhall tell me your ſtory another time. Is there nobody within hearing?

Thom.

Nobody, ſir, for that ſilly boy of mine will hardly venture back. He is afraid! Ha, ha, ha! Yet only mind, maſter, if you had been a ghoſt, he would have let you twiſt his father's neck off.

Com. Fr.
[46]

Are my wife and children all here? Is the Tutor with them?

Thomas.

Oh! certainly, ſir. They ſtaid in the country on purpoſe to prepare a revel againſt your return, as they knew that you would come ſtrait hither from Portſmouth. How happy they will all be! But what a blockhead am I not to go and tell them the news, and then ſpread it all through the neighbourhood!

(Going.)

There will be rare doings!

Com. Fr.
(ſtopping him.)

Avaſt! avaſt! it is the very thing that I do not wiſh you to do at preſent.

Thomas.

How! Won't your honour make one at the revel? It is all on account of your honour's return, and the whole neighbourhood will take part in the rejoicing.

Com. Fr.

They are very kind.

Thomas.

By the maſs, they have good reaſon. There is not a ſet of tenants in England happier under their landlord than your honour's are; and they love you accordingly. All the bells ſhould have been ringing before now. I wonder what the ringers are about.

Com. Fr.

Thomas, have a little patience. I ſhall ſhew myſelf in proper time.

Thomas.

Proper time, ſir? Alack, it is eaſy talking; but for my ſimple part, I ſhall be out of patience if you are long about it.

Com. Fr.

And I ſhall be out of patience if you are not a little more diſcreet. Do not deprive me of the ſatisfaction that I promiſed myſelf at my return! Would you, by way of welcoming me home, oblige me to diſcharge you?

Thomas.

Nay, that is enough; now I am dumb. Yet I muſt ſay, ſir, it was ill done of your honour to leave us in uncertainty ſo long. We thought you were either drowned or taken priſoner. You cannot think, ſir, how dull it made us. O, dear maſter! if we had loſt you, and been obliged to put on mourning, inſtead of keeping a revel! The very thought makes my blood run cold. We would rather the war ſhould have laſted ten years longer.

Com. Fr.

I thank thee, Thomas, for this language of unaffected friendſhip. It preſages, I hope, a reception ſtill more tender from my family.

Thomas.

Then, ſir, why do not you come to them directly?

Com. Fr.
[47]

No, no. I tell you, my deſign is to double the pleaſure of my return by an agreeable ſurprize. Only let me ſpeak with my children's tutor.

Thomas.

With Mr. Aſcham?

Com. Fr.

Yes, I wrote to him from Portſmouth to prepare him. You and he ſhall be the only perſons in the ſecret. But hiſt! I hear ſomebody coming down this next walk.

(He goes to hide himſelf behind the bedge-row.)

Snug's the word, Thomas! Be diſcreet!

SCENE III.

Thomas, (alone.)

Diſcreet, quotha? Aye, it is eaſy to be diſcreet when one has nothing to talk of; but when one knows as much as I know—This ſecret, I feel, begins to ſwell me already.

(Turning, he perceives Mr. Aſcham.)

Thank my ſtars! they ſend me at leaſt ſomebody to talk to.

SCENE IV.

Thomas, Mr. Aſcham.
Thomas,
(running towards him.)

Joy, joy, Mr. Aſcham! The fleet is come; the Commodore is come; you are come; and I am come.

(Flings up his hat for joy.)
Mr. Aſch.

What, is Mr. Freeport here?

Thomas,
(with an air of importance.)

Do you think he is not, ſir, when I tell you ſo? I am in the whole plot, as well as you.

SCENE V.

Commodore Freeport, Mr. Aſcham, Thomas.
Com. Fr.

My ſecret was well truſted. I ſee, Thomas, I need only depend upon you at all times.

(He takes Mr. Aſcham's hand.)

My dear Aſcham, I am glad to ſee you once more!

Mr. Aſcham.

Sir, this will be a day of feſtivity for us.

Com. Fr.

Provided that Thomas do not diſconcert all my plan with his ſilly joy and his chattering.

Thomas.
[48]

Nay, look ye there! did not your honour tell me that Mr. Aſcham was in the ſecret? Did I blab the leaſt word to any body in the world?

Mr. Aſch.

True; becauſe you ſaw nobody but me.

Com. Fr.

Let us not loſe a moment. Thomas, you muſt hide me in the green-houſe, until the moment of making my appearance.

Thomas.

That I will, and welcome; and you will find it in good order, I'll warrant.

Com. Fr.

That is not all; but you muſt plant your ſon on the watch, to let me know when any body approaches.

Thomas.

But if Madam herſelf ſhould take a walk towards the green-houſe, or ſome of the young folks, I could hardly hinder them from going in.

Mr. Aſcham.

Pſhaw! a man of your ſenſe will eaſily find an excuſe to prevent them.

Thomas.

Why aye, ſir, as you ſay—

Com. Fr.

Do not forget to let us have ſome good fruit, Thomas.

Thomas.

Oh! ſir, never fear! I'll warrant your honour ſhall ſhew the fineſt melons and pine-apples, and every fruit of the ſeaſon, at your table to-day, that is to be ſeen in this county.

SCENE VI.

Commodore Freeport, Mr. Aſcham.
Com. Fr.

Do you imagine, Aſcham, that my wife ſuſpects nothing of our preparations?

Mr. Aſcham.

It would have been impoſſible for me to conceal them from her; I choſe therefore to make them in concert with her, while ſhe ſuppoſed that ſhe ſhould ſurprize you agreeably with this revel at your return. I told her that your cruize might perhaps continue longer. She was happy, therefore, to amuſe the weariſomeneſs of your abſence, by occupations that would ſhew you how her mind was employed during that time.

Com. Fr.

Thus I ſhall be the giver of the entertainment with which ſhe propoſes to receive me. My dear Aſcham, your contrivance charms me!

Mr. Aſcham.

I hope you will be pleaſed with our performance. Indeed every one was eager to contribute to [49]your pleaſure. I have already inſtructed a few young men and maids amongſt your tenants, and they know their parts to admiration.

Com. Fr.

And I have brought my future ſon in law, Lieut. Boardham, who behaved ſo gallantly, you remember, during the war. What recommended him to my notice, was his attacking a pirate ſloop in the Eaſt-Indies with no more than an armed boat, and taking her. Theſe Turkiſh dreſſes were part of her ſpoils, and we put them on for this frolic, the better to diſguiſe ourſelves. Oh! I forgot to mention too, that I have brought a band of muſic from Portſmouth. I left them to refreſh themſelves at a public houſe cloſe by our park: here, within a ſtone's throw of us.

Mr. Aſcham.

So much the better; for we were but indifferently provided in that reſpect.

Com. Fr.

I ſhould be ſorry that any thing were wanting to our feſtivity. I would not have a ſingle tenant of mine unconcerned in it. I hope and flatter myſelf that they have reaſon to rejoice in my proſperity. It has always been my endeavour to make thoſe happy whom Providence has placed immediately under me, both on board and aſhore; for he but half ſerves his country, Aſcham, who fights her battles with ſucceſs abroad, but returns to be deteſted for injuſtice and oppreſſion by his poor dependants at home.

Mr. Aſcham.

Excellent ſentiments! Commodore, you are deſervedly beloved by your tenants, I can anſwer for ſo much without flattery; and that your public ſervice has been approved, your reputation and your Sovereign's favour ſufficiently teſtify.

Com. Fr.
(taking him by the hand.)

Theſe, my friend, are the ſources from which every man of ſpirit ſhould ſeek to derive his happineſs and ſatisfaction.

(Colin is ſeen approaching by the hedge row.)

SCENE VII.

Commodore Freeport, Mr. Aſcham, Colin (carrying a baſket of flowers on his arm.)
Colin.

This ghoſt of a Turk cannot be very ill-natured. How friendly he talks with Mr. Aſcham. He is ſhaking hands with him.

Mr. Aſcham.
[50]

Don't I hear ſomebody?

Com. Fr.

Yes, I muſt go and hide.

(He turns to go behind the hedge-row, and meets Colin full in the face, who trembles and ſtares at him awhile, but at length cries out in a tranſport of joy,)

Oh! law: it is his honour; it is the Commodore!

Com. Fr.

Come hither, my little godſon!

(Colin throws down his baſket, and runs eagerly up to him, jumping for joy.)

Softly, my man; ſoftly! I do not wiſh any body to know that I am arrived. Do not you tell, for the world!

Colin.

What, ſir, neither to madam, nor the children?

Mr. Aſcham.

It is from them particularly that you muſt conceal it.

SCENE VIII.

Commodore Freeport, Mr. Aſcham, Thomas, Colin.
Thomas,
(enters without ſeeing Colin.)

Now every thing is ready for your honour.

Colin.

Well, I am ſure! It was not I that told my father, however.

Thomas,
(perceiving Colin.)

Plague on it, we are all ruined! This monkey will go and blab. I was thinking of ſending him on a meſſage a mile or two off.

Mr. Aſcham,
(patting Colin on the head.)

Nay, I dare ſay he will be as diſcreet as yourſelf. Won't you, my little friend?

Colin.

Oh! never fear, ſir: I can keep a ſecret as well as another. It won't be the firſt time, neither.

Thomas.

No! when was the firſt time, then?

Colin.

I 'fegs, t'other day, when you threſhed me to make me tell whether I had ſtolen the apples off our tree at home. Did I tell you it was I?

Thomas.

It was you then that ſtole my apples, was it? Stop a moment!

(Colin runs behind Commodore Freeport.)

Oh! you ſhall pay for them!

Mr. Aſcham.

Agreed, if he ſays a word about the Commodore.

Com. Fr.

And if he holds his tongue, a guinea for his reward.

Thomas.

Do you hear that, Colin? a guinea!

Colin.

Tut! I would have held my tongue for nothing, out of regard to my godfather.

Com. Fr.
[51]

There is a good boy. Well, now for our concealment.

Thomas.

And you, Colin, ſtand here. If any body comes up this walk, as it leads no where but to the greenhouſe, run thither immediately, and let his honour know. But if you open your lips, ware the apples, I'll cut your ears off with the Commodore's cutlaſs there.

(They go out.)

SCENE IX.

Colin, (gathering up his flowers, and making a noſegay.)

If they know nothing, unleſs from me, they will not know much. But the poor children, Miſs Arabella, Maſter Conſtantine, and Miſs Matilda; it grieves me to think they ſhould not know that their papa is here. Suppoſe I were juſt to whiſper it to Miſs Matilda: ſhe is very fond of me, and though ſhe is the youngeſt of them all, ſhe is the drolleſt little body.—Ah, but ſhe would tell it to Miſs Arabella, and Miſs Arabella to Maſter Conſtantine, and Maſter Conſtantine to Gatty, and Gatty to Miſs Meliſſa, and Miſs Meliſſa to her mama; and then every body would be in the ſecret. There would be a guinea loſt, and my ears cut off. Oh! it is better pretend to be dumb. In the firſt place, if I do not ſpeak I ſhall tell nobody any ſecrets, that is plain.

(Clapping with his hand on his mouth,)

There, you are locked up till to-morrow morning!

SCENE X.

Conſtantine, Arabella, Matilda, Colin.
Conſtantine,
(clapping Colin gently on the ſhoulder.)

Good morrow, little Colly.

Arabella,
(curtſying to him with affected ſolemnity.)

Mr. Colin's moſt obedient humble ſervant!

Matilda,
(taking him by the hand in a friendly manner.)

How do you do, my little man?

(Colin hows to her, and gives her a noſegay.)
Conſtantine.

You are all alone?

(Colin anſwers him with a nod.)
Matilda.
[52]

Mama wants to ſpeak with your father.— Where is he?

(Colin points the way by which Thomas went out.)
Arabella.

Are you making game of us? Have you loſt your tongue?

(Colin looks about him without anſwering.)
Conſtantine.

Well, but ſpeak.

Arabella,
(ſlapping him on the hands.)

Hah! I'll teach you another ſort of drollery.

Matilda,
(holding Arabella.)

Softly, ſiſter! Do not hurt my little Colin.

(Colin looks kindly at Matilda.)
Conſtantine.

Let him ſpeak, or I'll—What is he dumb?

Arabella.

Or deaf?

Matilda.

Perhaps ſomething may have happened to him. Is any thing the matter, my little man?

(Colin makes ſigns in the negative.)
Upon this the other two children fall upon him, ſhaking him, pulling him, pinching him and tickling him, crying out all at once,)

You muſt ſpeak! you muſt ſpeak! you muſt ſpeak! or we will know the reaſon why!

Matilda.

Have done, or I ſhall join him againſt you.

Arabella.

A fine champion, truly, he would have to defend him!

Matilda,
(to Conſtantine.)

Brother, you are the eldeſt; make her have done, pray do. I will talk to him gently, and perhaps I may get a word or two from him.

Conſtantine,
(haughtily.)

No, I inſiſt, he ſhall obey me when I order him.

Matilda.

Let me try what I can do.

(To Colin.)

Colin, my good little Colin, anſwer me, if it be only one word.

(Colin ſmiles; but makes ſigns that he is not to ſpeak.)

Do you know now that I ſhall be angry with you too.—But no. Arabella, go and fetch his father, mama wants him you know.

Arabella.

Yes, yes, I'll tell Thomas of it. He will make him ſpeak, perhaps.

(As ſhe is going, Colin ſtands full in her way to ſtop her, ſhaking his head.)
Conſtantine,
(with an air of authority.)

What does he dare to ſtop my ſiſter? Let me manage him.

Matilda,
(holding Conſtantine.)

Why, you ſee, he does her no harm—Well, Colin, go yourſelf and fetch your father; tell him that mama wants him; will you?

(Colin nods conſent, and goes out. The children follow him with their eyes.)

SCENE XI.

[53]
Conſtantine, Arabella, Matilda.
Arab.

He can hear at leaſt if he cannot ſpeak.

Matilda.

I knew I could make him do whatever I had a mind.

Conſt.

He did well to get away. But I will make him pay for not obeying me.

Matilda.
(ſeeing Thomas approach.)

Oh! here comes Thomas. We will know what is the matter with my little friend.

SCENE XII.

Conſtantine, Arabella, Matilda, Thomas.
(All the Children run up to Thomas, and jump about him.)
Thomas.

Good morrow, maſter Conſtantine, Good morrow young ladies. How do you do to day?

Matilda.

Oh very well, very well; but tell us what is the matter with your ſon, poor little Colin?

Thomas.

The matter with him? A good appetite; that is always with him I think.

Matilda.

Then he is not ſick?

Thomas.

He ſick?

Conſtantine.

Then he is very obſtinate.

Arabella.

The little monkey made game of us.

Matilda.

Ah! how you talk!

Thomas.

What, miſs; made game of you?

Matilda.

I was afraid he was ſtruck dumb.

Thomas.

He dumb?

Arabella.

We pinched him, and tickled him, but not a word.

Thomas.

Is it poſſible? why he bawled loud enough to deafen me here this morning, and frighten me too. I might have been afraid at leaſt, if I had not a good heart.

Conſtantine.

As for us, he did not vouchſafe to honour us with a ſingle word.

Thomas,
(ſmiling.)

No? a little knave! only mind his cunning! He has ten times more wit than his father.

Matilda.

Wit? how, in not ſpeaking?

Thomas.

Where could he have hit upon ſuch a thought?

Arabella.
[54]

What do you mean?

Thomas.

And then, people will talk that the world is growing worſe and worſe. By the maſs, children have at this time of day more ſenſe than all their family.

Arabella.

For my part I believe they are both out of their ſenſes. The one did not ſpeak at all, and the other ſpeaks without anſwering us.

Thomas.

Oh! he knew very well what he did not ſay and I know very well what I do ſay.

Arabella.

That is more than we do.

Thomas.

Well, there is no harm done. But where is Madam? Colin told me that ſhe aſked for me.

Conſtantine.

He told you!

Matilda.

Then he can ſpeak.

Conſtantine.

Oh! if he can ſpeak, I'll make him ſpeak.

Arabella.

Let us go and find him.

Thomas.

Aye, aye, go. He has walked into the park. You will hardly come up with him. He has a pair of legs if he has not a tongue.

(Conſtantine and Arabella go out.)

SCENE XIII.

Matilda, Thomas.
Matilda.

O dear Thomas, pray tell Colin to ſpeak a little, if it were only for my ſake. I do ſo like to talk with him!

Thomas.

Yes, yes, let me manage. I'll talk to him, and he ſhall talk to you, and we'll all talk to one another very ſoon. Oh! what talk we ſhall have!

Matilda.

That is charming! I will run after my brother and ſiſter, and hinder them from teazing him.

SCENE XIV.

Thomas, (alone.)

I think I did right to ſend him a pretty way off. Theſe young ones would have mawled him ſo, that he muſt have told his ſecret at laſt. But did any one ever ſee ſuch a cunning fetch? Not to talk for fear of blabbing! One could not have hit upon a more cunning ſcheme. But here comes Madam with Miſs Meliſſa. Now for it, friend Thomas, [55]take care of yourſelf. One man againſt two women; and hampered with a ſecret beſides! It is hard odds.

SCENE XV.

Mrs. Freeport, Meliſſa, Thomas.
Mrs. Fr.

Well, Thomas, I muſt come to ſeek you myſelf. I ſent the children for you an hour ago.

Thomas.

Madam, I was this moment coming to you.

Mrs. Fr.

I wanted to ſpeak with you about this Revel. Mr. Aſcham has juſt now mentioned that it would be proper to have as it were a general rehearſal of it. Perhaps it is to divert my uneaſineſs, but he aſſures me that it cannot poſſibly be long before my huſband returns. This idea, which ſeems to haſten his return, ſtill more—

Thomas.

He is perhaps not ſo far off as people think. What would you ſay, Madam—

(turning aſide.)

Hiſt! what were you going to ſay, Thomas?

Mrs. Fr.

Have you heard any news of him?

Thomas.

News, Madam? By the maſs what I know is truer than news.

(aſide.)

Where the plague is my tongue running?

Mrs. Fr.

What would you ſay, Thomas? Explain yourſelf.

Thomas.

The matter is this—Lookye, you underſtand— When I come from market, I put the beſt leg foremoſt to get home; not that I have ſo fine a woman to my wife, Madam, as you are, neither! nor ſo fine a daughter as Miſs Meliſſa here.

(aſide.)

Plague on it! I'll turn it off ſome way.

(to them.)

Juſt ſo for all the world, in a manner, as a body may ſay, the Commodore is galloping home here as faſt as he can. That is a clear caſe, I defer it to you elſe.

Mrs. Fr.

Ah! when will that happy moment come, that I may welcome him to my expecting arms?

Thomas.

Who knows how ſoon? I will beſtir myſelf however, perhaps that will haſten him. I wiſh every pull of my rake were a laſh to his horſe's ſides. I would not let the young Lieutenant lag behind neither, Miſs Meliſſa.

(Meliſſa ſmiles.)
Mrs. Fr.

Well, it is very obliging of you Thomas.

Thomas.

Why, Madam, the truth is, I am ſorry to ſee you [56]melancholy. You are like flowers impelled with the dew, as the ſong ſays. But hang tears, the ſun will come and dry up all ſorrow preſently. Joy! joy! Madam, here comes Mr. Aſcham, he ſeems full of joy.

SCENE XVI.

Mrs. Freeport, Meliſſa, Mr. Aſcham, Thomas.
Mr. Aſcham.

All goes right, Madam. I have ſent to aſſemble the young men and maids of the hamlet, who are to figure in our pageant. We are almoſt ready to begin. I was very well pleaſed yeſterday to ſee them all ſo orderly, and ſo perfect in their parts, and I hope the general rehearſal to day will amuſe you, if you do us the honour to be preſent at it.

Mrs. F.

I ſhall certainly not deprive myſelf of ſo agreeable an entertainment. I ſhould otherwiſe pay an ill compliment to the obliging exertions of your zeal and friendſhip for our family.

Mr. Aſcham.

Madam, I could not receive a more flattering reward. But indeed my cares were already repaid, in the thought of ſeconding your wiſhes, and anticipating thoſe of your huſband.

Mrs. Fr.

How I pleaſe myſelf with the idea of his ſurprize and ſatisfaction!

Thomas.

He won't perhaps be the moſt ſurprized in the company neither.

(Mr. Aſcham looks ſternly at Thomas.)
Mrs. Fr.

What do you mean by that, Thomas?

Thomas,
(embarraſſed.)

Why, Madam, with regard—with regard to that there—I think you will be as much ſurprized to ſee him return freſh and hearty; full of health, honour and joy. Miſs Meliſſa too, will perhaps be ſurprized to ſee her young intended. I'll lay my ſpade to one of your pins, that ſhe will bluſh like a roſe. Marry, we ſhall all be ſurprized, for ſo good a maſter as his honour, is not a ſight to be ſeen with indifference.

Mr. Aſcham.

I think, Madam, it would affect you in a pleaſing manner, to ſee the impatience with which all the neighbourhood waits his arrival. At every ſtep I meet ſome one or other who enquires eagerly for him. I figure to myſelf a numerous family enquiring for their father, their brother, their ſon, their huſband. What will be their joy when they ſee him returned?

Mrs. Fr.
[57]

I can imagine their tranſports by my own. But when will he return! I ſhall ſhudder with apprehenſion until I behold him ſafe.

Mr. Aſcham.

What can give riſe to your terrors? This is not the ſeaſon when thirſt of glory might expoſe him to danger.

Meliſſa.

Ah! mama, do you remember thoſe diſmal days when we could not take up the newſpaper without trembling? when we dreaded to ſee his name in every liſt of killed and wounded?

Mr. Aſcham.

At preſent therefore indulge the ſweets of hope. The tranquility of peace leaves us no ſubject of inquietude.

Mrs. Fr.

Ah! ſweet Peace, many a mother, many a wife bleſſed its return.

Thomas.

Aye and many a gardener. Ah! if you had ſeen a little of the world, Madam, as I have. You would not think that I ſerved during the German war. Yes I ſerved—in a garden. There came ſome of thoſe curſed Huſſars. In an hour's time there was not a ſingle hedge left ſtanding in all that part of the country. Then the ſtatues in our garden, your Apollos, your Jupiters, and your Mercuries, thoſe they ſoon turned topſy-turvy. I ſhould not have cared a ſtraw for them; but my poor melons! my poor aſparagus! it grieved me to the heart to ſee them demoliſhed. And yet I was not the head gardener neither. Now that I am gardener in chief, only think if that was to happen. I ſhould throw myſelf head foremoſt into the draw-well. But come, a fig for thoſe madcaps. It is peace timenow; huzza! Come, Mr. Aſcham, we will go and ſettle this buſineſs.

SCENE XVII.

Mrs. Freeport, Meliſſa.
Mrs. Fr.

Honeſt Thomas's chearfulneſs has enlivened me a little. I find myſelf now much more at eaſe. I feel nothing now but the pleaſing throb of hope. Yes Meliſſa, my heart tells me, we ſhall ſoon ſee them once more.

Meliſſa.

Alas, mama, I riſe every day to indulge this flattering idea, and every day it vaniſhes.

Mrs. Fr.
[58]

Our murmurs againſt heaven are always unjuſt. How did I curſe the cruel war, that ſnatched my huſband from me. Well, peace was made, he returned covered with laurels, and admired by his countrymen, whoſe commerce he protected at ſea. Shall we grudge another ſhort abſence in the ſervice of his country? He will come home when his preſence is moſt neceſſary for the education of his children. He will bring with him the perſon whom your choice and ours has deſtined to be your huſband. Ah! my dear, how many women in the world envy our lot!

Meliſſa.

True, mama; but for my part, your kindneſs hitherto has rendered me ſo happy, that I cannot ſupport the leaſt alteration in my happineſs.

Mrs. Fr.

Come to my arms my dear child, and reſume y [...] natural gaiety, it becomes you ſo well. Do not let us poiſon, by an appearance of ſorrow, the ſatisfaction which theſe good people are going to feel, while they make us the witneſſes of their joy.

SCENE XVIII.

Mrs. Freeport, Meliſſa, Conſtantine, Arabella, Matilda, Matthews.
Matilda,
(running up to her mother.)

Mama, mama! we are bringing you the good farmer Matthews.

Arabella,
(following her.)

Here he is, here he is!

(Farmer Matthews enters, ſupporting himſelf with a ſtick in one hand, and leaning the other upon Conſtantine. When he perceives Mrs. Freeport, he endeavours to double his pace and totters. Mrs. Freeport and Meliſſa advance towards him.
Conſtantine.

Lean heavier on my ſhoulder, do; you won't hurt me.

Meliſſa.

Softly, Mr. Matthews.

Mrs. Fr.

Take care you don't fall.

Matthews.

They came to aſſemble my children, and all the young people of the hamlet. Is the Commodore returned then? I ſhould never forgive myſelf if he was.

Mrs. Fr.

No, Mr. Matthews, we are ſtill expecting him.

Matthews.

Ah! ſo much the better. Which way does he come? tell me. I have a good head ſtill, but my legs [59]fail me. I ſhould ſet out long before the reſt, to be up with them at the ſame time.

Mrs. Fr.

How, would you go to meet him, weak as you are?

Matthews,
(with vivacity.)

Would I? He has all his life-time haſtened to meet my neceſſities, doſt think then, madam, that I would ſit ſtill and wait his coming? I would ſooner be carried by my children.

Meliſſa.

No, Mr. Matthews. I am ſure, my papa would be angry if you expoſed yourſelf to ſo much fatigue.

Matthews.

Why, madam, it is for my own ſake as well as his. The ſight of him is neceſſary to me. He is like the ſun that chears my declining life.

Mrs. Fr.

But friend Matthews, at your age—

Matthews.

My age is the cauſe why I have more obligation to him than the young ones. I know the Commodore, madam, longer than you do. Many a time have I ſet him a riding upon this very ſtick. He was not ſo big as maſter Conſtantine here, when he began to be my benefactor. I was poor then, and he had no more than his pocket-money. Well, he found means to relieve me out of many difficulties even with that. It was in vain that I told him only half of my diſtreſs. He could gueſs more than I could hide from him. As ſoon as he came to his eſtate, he made me a preſent of the cottage that I inhabit, and let me ſome lands which are round about it, but on ſo favourable a leaſe that I ſoon got above the world. Thanks to his friendſhip, I have been able to bring up all my children, and to ſettle them eaſily in the world, which as I have done through his means, I count them as much his family as mine, and love them the better on that ſcore.

Mrs. Fr.

You know his friendſhip for you continues ſtill. There are few of his letters in which he does not mention you.

Matthews,
(overjoyed.)

Is it poſſible! But I believe it, and it is no more than he ought. For why? he has done good to a great many of his tenants; he has rebuilt their cottages when thrown down by ſtorms, or burnt; he has helped them in bad ſeaſons; he has forgiven them their rent. Let them bleſs him, let them love him, let them revere him; but I ſhould be main vexed if I thought, that [60]next to his family, any body loved him better than I do. I mean the ſame to you, madam; and to you alſo, miſs.

The Children,
(jumping about him.)

And us too, Mr. Matthews, don't you?

Matthews.

I muſt needs love you, my dear little ones, that are my benefactor's children. And yet ſometimes you make me angry.

Matilda.

We make you angry?

Matthews.

Yes, you make yourſelves too uneaſy about me ſometimes. It looks as if I were ſo old, ſo very old.

Matilda.

Oh! no, you are quite hearty ſtill. Hold, I will dreſs you up like a beau. Here is my noſegay; I will ſtick it in your button-hole.

Arabella.

I have a fine ribbon here. Give me your hat, and I will fix a cockade in it.

Conſtantine,
(ſtanding on tiptoes to reach his ear.)

The next time you come to the hall, I'll have a glaſs of our beſt wine for you.

Matthews.

O, ſweet little creatures! you are all heart, like your father. Come and let me kiſs you. Madam, will you give me leave—

Mrs. Fr.

Nay, it gives me the higheſt pleaſure. Nothing can be more agreeable to my eyes than to ſee my children in the arms of an old man. It is the picture of innocence and virtue.

(The children throw themſelves into Matthews's arms, who embraces and kiſſes them. Muſick is heard.)
Matthews,
(ſtarting up briſkly.)

What do I hear? Can it be the Commodore?

Meliſſa.

Ah! would to heaven it were.

Mrs. Fr.

No, farmer, it is the young folks of the hamlet coming to amuſe us with a rehearſal of their entertainment.

Matthews.

Oh! then I'll ſee it. I figured in theſe merry-makings formerly; but now I could ſcarcely hobble to keep in ſight of them. Give me leave to go and place myſelf at the foot of this tree. This very tree I planted when I was a child. We were then much about the ſame age: at preſent it is a good deal younger than I am.

Mrs. Fr.

No, Mr. Matthews; you ſhall ſit down beſide me.

Meliſſa.

Yes, between us both.

Matthews.
[61]

I, madam? it is too great an honour. Before all the folks too!

Mrs. Fr.

I hope the folks will learn by our example to reſpect age and honeſty. Come, farmer.

(Mrs. Freeport and Meliſſa lead him towards a green bank, and make him ſit down betwixt them. Arabella and Matilda ſettle his coat ſkirts, and Conſtantine aſſiſts him to take a firm hold of his ſtick in order to ſupport himſelf.)
Matthews.

I wiſh my joy may let me live till I ſee the Commodore.

(The young men and maids enter on different ſides, and join in the middle. After walking in proceſſion round the ſtage two and two, they file off before the bank on which Mrs. Freeport is ſeated with Matthews and the children.)
RECITATIVE, By a young VILLAGER.
LET the ſoft pipe's melodious ſwell
In lively notes our jocund purpoſe tell!
Let the ſprightly tabor ſound,
To welcome home the brave
From perils of the diſtant wave,
Safe return'd to Engliſh ground.
AIR.FIRST STRAIN, a VILLAGE MAIDEN.
Full long the ſtern commands of War
Have ſent our chiefs and warriors far
From Albion's plenteous ſhore:
Now white-rob'd Peace hath ſmooth'd the main,
And homeward led the hardy train,
To taſte her joys once more.
SECOND STRAIN, a HUSBANDMAN.
Commerce and Peace, with bloodleſs toil,
Unite to cull the wealthy ſpoil
Of Nature's boundleſs reign:
No more the lily and the roſe
Shall marſhal hoſts of banner'd foes,
By land, or on the main.
[62]THIRD STRAIN, a VILLAGE MAIDEN.
Our ſhips from port to port ſhall ſail,
(While wealth deſcends in ev'ry gale,)
And plow the ocean o'er;
And free as air the wave ſhall be
To waft my Sailor home to me,
With his brave Commodore.
CHORUS.
Welcome, thrice welcome, be the brave,
From perils of the diſtant wave,
Return'd to Britiſh ground!
Let pipe and tabor's mingled ſwell,
Our brave Commander's welcome tell
To liſt'ning hills around.
(The Chorus being ended, the young men and maids join two and two, and walk back in proceſſion round Mrs. Freeport, &c. ſaluting her, and ſcattering flowers as they paſs.)
Mrs. Fr.

My dear friends, how your joy affects me! What would I not give at this moment to ſhare it with my worthy huſband!

Matilda.

Ah! mama, if he was here? Eh, Mr. Matthews?

Matthews.

I do believe I ſhould forget my rheumatiſm, and dance for joy.

(Military muſic is heard. The curtain riſes, and diſcovers Commodore Freeport and Lieutenant Boardham in Turkiſh dreſſes, but unmaſked. Beſide them ſtands Mr. Aſcham, with Thomas, Fanny, and Colin. The rear of the garden appears illuminated. Groups of peaſants are ſeen mixed with ſailors in jackets and trowſers. The children ſtare as ſtruck with aſtoniſhment. Conſtantine approaches firſt, looks ſteadfaſtly at the Commodore for a while, then knowing him, he cries out,)

Oh! it is my papa!

Arabella and Matilda,
(following him.)

It is! it is!

(Mrs. Freeport, Meliſſa and Matthews, riſe from the bank, and beſitating a moment, run up to Commodore Freeport and Lieutenant Boardham, whoſe Turkiſh habits drop off, and ſhew them in their naval uniform. Commodore Freeport [63]ſprings forward, and embraces Mrs. Freeport and Meliſſa by turns.)
Mrs. Fr.

My dear huſband!

Meliſſa.

My father!

The Children,
(pulling him by the ſkirt.)

O papa! O papa! it is our turn now.

Com. Fr.

I would I could embrace you all at once. Dear wife, and my dear little ones!

Mrs. Fr.

We are too good for loving you ſtill, after the trick you have played us. But whence comes this diſguiſe?

Com. Fr.
(preſenting Lieut. Boardham.)

There, there is the gentleman that you are to ſcold for this whole adventure. I give him up to your vengeance.

(Lieut. Boardham ſalutes Mrs. Freeport and Meliſſa.)

It was a ſmart action of his that firſt put us in poſſeſſion of theſe clothes; ſo that he is the original cauſe of our frolic. I had a mind to ſhew him to you in his eaſtern ſpoils.

Lieut. Boardham.

I hope, every action of my life will make me ſtill more worthy of this lady's favour.

(He kiſſes Meliſſa's hand.)
Com. Fr.
(turning towards Matthews.)

But don't I ſee my good old friend here?

(He ſteps up to Matthews, and takes him by the hand.)
Matthews.

I could not ſpeak, I was ſo intoxicated with joy. Now I have ſeen you, my noble landlord, I can die content.

Com. Fr.

No, my dear friend! you ſhall live. This day ſhall make you younger by ten years.

(To Mrs. Freeport,)

My dear, I thank you for the diſtinction that you have ſhewn him. There is not in all this country an honeſter man, and our family will never have a more worthy friend.—

(He turns towards the other country people.)

And you, my friends, my children, how rejoiced I am to ſee you once more! I am fixed amongſt you now, probably, for ſome years. Let us all ſtudy to make each other mutually happy. I ſhall look upon your happineſs as a proof of your gratitude.

All the Country People.

Long live our noble landlord! Long live our brave Commodore!

Com. Fr.

And you too, my friends, long may you live happy, and for that purpoſe let us be joyous. I have received [64]your entertainment, I will return you mine. We ſhall not want for refreſhment. Every thing is prepared.

Mr. Aſcham.

We thought, Madam, to ſurprize the Commodore, but he is more alert than we are.

Thomas.

I hope you will allow, Sir, that nobody could be more diſcreet than I was.

Colin.

Then what do you ſay of me, father?

Matilda.

Ah! you have found your tongue now at laſt.

Fanny.

You may all ſay what you will, but I think mine has been the hardeſt part to-day; for I have only this word to ſay, and I am the laſt ſpeaker of all.

(A general dance. Commodore Freeport joins in it with all his family, to the found of military muſic, which is relieved at intervals by the pipe and taber. After the dance all adjourn to tables, which are ſpreed with refreſhments of all forts, in another part of the garden.)

WAR AND PEACE.

Commodore Freeport, ſtill agitated with the pleaſing ſenſations that he experienced during the courſe of the day, could not cloſe his eyes till long after midnight, when at length a grateful ſlumber ſtole upon him, and ſoft dreams compoſed his agitated boſom. In the morning, the firſt objects that he beheld about him were his children, who had placed themſelves around his bed in expectation of his waking. He received their ſweet careſſes, claſped them tenderly himſelf, and putting on his clothes as quickly as he could, went down into the garden with them.

The ſerenity then reigning round about, the pleaſure of reviſiting thoſe places which his own hands had cultivated in times paſt, and of being once again reſtored in ſafety to his family, when ſuch an interval of ſeparation had elapſed, and even the recollection of the dangers to which he had often been expoſed, every thing inſpired him with unſpeakable affection; and his children, ſenſible of this, employed the opportunity to aſk him queſtion after queſtion.

[65]He gave a relation of every thing worth knowing, that had happened to him in his many and perilous voyages, of the ſtorms that had attacked his ſhips, and the hazardous expeditions in which he was concerned. He deſcribed to them the ſolitary uninhabited regions viſited by his people, and, on the other hand, the populous nations that he had ſeen, together with their cuſtoms, characters, and manners.

During his recital, he was careful to remark what ſort of feelings it excited in their hearts, and what was the expreſſion of thoſe feelings on their countenances. At the ſlighteſt mention of the dangers that he had encountered, he felt the little girls, by inſtinct as it were, preſs tenderly to him: they ſighed, and now and then let fall a tear; while Conſtantine, his ſon, was animated, and ſeemed ready, or at leaſt his features ſpoke him ready, to encounter the ſame degree of danger. In particular, at the recital of any warlike action, you might ſee his breaſt heave, and his eyes ſparkle like fire.

Papa, cried he at length, if I were but as big as you, how I ſhould like to go to war, that, in my turn, I might appear as brave a man as you.

Com. Fr.

But, Conſtantine, you know not what a cruel wiſh you indulge now.

Conſtant.

Why, papa! do not you mean me for a ſoldier?

Com. Fr.

Yes, I do, indeed.

Conſtant.

And is not the profeſſion of a ſoldier neceſſary?

Com. Fr.

Too much ſo, I muſt confeſs. It is with a kingdom juſt the ſame as with a human body. Both are ſubject to interior maladies, and outward accidents. The phyſician watches the body carefully, to prevent complaints within it, which might happen through the fermentation of ſharp humours, or to ſave it from thoſe ills that it might ſuſtain from hurtful objects. Juſt ſo, likewiſe, does the ſoldier watch the ſtate, of which he is a member, to ſuppreſs ſeditions that might riſe within it, and repel the invaſion of ambitious nations dwelling round about it.

Conſtant.

But, papa, if the profeſſion of a ſoldier be ſo neceſſary, ought not I to wiſh for opportunities of exerciſing it?

Com. Fr.
[66]

What would you think of that phyſician, who, impreſſed with a deſire of practiſing his art, ſhould wiſh a dangerous malady, a plague for inſtance, or ſomething like it, to befal his fellow-creatures?

Conſtant.

O, papa, how wicked!

Com. Fr.

What then muſt I think of him, who, to gratify a principle of pride, or ambition, ſhould deſire to ſee the greateſt ſcourge that can attend on human nature lay waſte his country?

Arabella.

Ah! Conſtantine, think of that, and let us ſee what you will anſwer!

Conſtant.

And yet war, papa, is quite delightful, and particularly if one were a king.

Com. Fr.

In what, then, do you think it ſo delightful?

Conſtant.

In the firſt place, becauſe then a king may make himſelf more powerful.

Com. Fr.

Be it granted, kings may have recourſe to war with juſtice. But when they wiſh to have more power, do you imagine that in prudence they ſhould do ſo; that is, go to war? Suppoſe within yourſelves, dear children, that the lands about my eſtate here were as many little empires, and their owners, Mr. Marchmont and the reſt, as many kings within them.

Arabella.

Ay, like thoſe of France and England. Do you underſtand?

Conſtant.

Don't be uneaſy, ſiſter, upon my account. I underſtand extremely well. Pray, dear papa, go on!

Com. Fr.

If I prevail upon my tenants to take arms, and if they can obtain poſſeſſion of a field belonging, as I ſaid juſt now, to Mr. Marchmont, is it not pretty likely that Mr. Marchmont will give his tenants arms, and beg them to defend that field, which they muſt know is his; and very poſſibly encourage them to ſeize on ſomething that belongs to me?

Matilda.

Yes, that is quite natural.

Com. Fr.

If ſo, then I am plunged into a ſea of trouble, and muſt always be upon the watch, that I may rob my neighbour, or prevent his robbing me. Of which the conſequence is this: if I proſper, I muſt reaſonably fear that my neighbours will conſpire together to impede my further violences; and divide my ſpoils, if I am beaten.

Conſtant.
[67]

Ay, papa; but then, the glory that you would gain, by letting all the neighbours ſee how brave you are!

Com. Fr.

I underſtand you; and to gain this glory, which at beſt is but imaginary, I ſhall go and hazard the repoſe and life of thoſe whom I ought to regard as my children! But it is very poſſible that my neighbour may be braver by a deal than I; what then ſhall I have gained by this fantaſtic wiſh of glory?

Conſtant.

As I take it, you ſhould previouſly provide yourſelf with ſuch a force, as to be ſure of conqueſt.

Com. Fr.

I might ſtill reply, by hinting that my neighbour certainly would take the ſame advantages, might poſſibly be more ſucceſsful, and ſo make my enterpriſing diſpoſition coſt me dear at laſt. But for the ſake of argument, Conſtantine, I will ſuppoſe that fortune favours me, and my eſtate is much enlarged: alas! this very circumſtance, in all probability, may become my ruin.

Conſtant.

How, papa? Methinks you would become the richer for it. With a greater quantity of land, you would have much more money coming in.

Com. Fr.

Ah, Conſtantine! it is not on the ſize of an eſtate that its worth depends, but on the care which one takes to cultivate it.

Arabella.

Certainly; for only think of Wilſdon-heath, where Mr. Bramble lives. Why, no one in his ſenſes would give up the fourth part of ſuch an orchard as we have for all that heath.

Matilda.

I eaſily believe you. Wilſdon-heath produces only furze and thorns, while our orchard bears a deal of fruit.

Conſtant.

But what would hinder you from cultivating all the land that you might have taken from your neighbour?

Com. Fr.

If I have before hand loſt in the diſpute a number of my tenants, and a portion of the reſt are ſtill employed in arms, who then will cultivate my fields? I ſhall notwithſtanding, in the interval, be obliged to feed thoſe men who have forſaken agriculture, and who, inſtead of following it, are occupied in laying waſte the ground on which they tread. Now, to feed them, I muſt put freſh burdens upon thoſe that ſtill remain employed in cultivating my eſtate, and make them pay me largerrents. [68]If I impoſe upon them, they will leave their farms, and chuſe more kind and peaceful landlords than myſelf. Of courſe, I ſhall have none about me but armed tenants. who, if ever they conceive themſelves ill treated, will be likely to conſpire againſt me.

Conſtant.

I have read, indeed, ſuch things in hiſtory: my tutor very lately, I remember, pointed one out to me.

Com. Fr.

Let us now, on the other hand, ſuppoſe, Conſtantine, that inſtead of vexing any of the nations round me; for I drop the idea of a landlord and ſpeak as if I were the king of England and alluded to the king of France; ſuppoſe, I ſay, that inſtead of vexing any of the king of France's ſubjects, I ſhould do my utmoſt to attach them to me by a commerce advantageous both to them and my own people, and by being ſcrupulouſly careful to prevent whatever might oceaſion, for the time to come, diviſion and diſpute between us; and ſhould give encouragement, within my own dominions, to the arts of agriculture, ſo that every one of my ſubjects might enjoy, if he thought fit, the ſweets of peace, and that ſerenity which always flows from juſtice; ſhould I not be happier, through the happineſs of every one about me, than from any boaſt of having conquered? And in that caſe, would not my dominion be eſtabliſhed on a much more ſolid baſe than if I had enlarged its limits, when the conſequence muſt be, that every part becomes much weaker?

Conſtant.

But papa, do not you remember that you compared, juſt now, a kingdom to a human body? If a human body then, like mine, grows ſtronger every day as it grows bigger, ſure a kingdom muſt become more powerful in proportion as its ſize increaſes.

Com. Fr.

So it would do, I confeſs, if that increaſe were carried forward, as it is in nature, by a ſlow and gradual rate, and not in conſequence of ſudden revolutions.

Conſtant.

Pray, explain this laſt particular.

Com. Fr.

I will make it clearly underſtood, by what I ſaw take place between a little boy and girl, on board the ſhip in which I came to England.

Conſtant.

What you ſaw take place between a little boy and girl? I cannot conceive how any thing like that can be of uſe in ſettling this affair!

Com. Fr.

One evening, their mama gave each of them a piece of cake. The girl was leſs a great deal than her [69]brother, and had notwithſtanding very near as large a piece. The boy remarked that circumſtance, and ſnatched her ſhare away. Now, what do you imagine led him to this action of injuſtice?

Conſtant.

I ſuppoſe he thought it wrong that his ſiſter, being leſs than he, ſhould have a piece almoſt as large.

Matilda.

Oh! what a mighty man!

Com. Fr.

Exactly ſuch is the pretext aſſigned in general by all conquerors. But what happened to the little boy? When he had finiſhed eating, he grew ſick. The aliments that we ſwallow, being meant to ſtrengthen us, it is very natural to fancy that the more we take the ſtronger we ſhall be: ſo alſo it is not unnatural for a child to fancy that a prince, whoſe territories are increaſed, ſhould find his power increaſed in proportion. But in reality, it is with a kingdom juſt as with our ſtomach. Being overcharged, it muſt be out of order. If the little boy had been contented with the piece that he had received, (for you muſt know he was an ailing child, and therefore had not ſo much as his ſiſter who was very hearty,) it would have digeſted properly and ſtrengthened him; whereas, by eating more than he could bear, it had the effect upon him which I have juſt now mentioned. If his ſiſter, following the example that he had ſet her, had proceeded upon this to take away his bit of cake by force, as little as ſhe was, he would not have had ſufficient ſtrength to ſave it from her.

Conſtant.

But, perhaps, he would have thought of the injuſtice that he had done, and yielded it without a ſtruggle?

Com. Fr.

That is a generoſity of which the common ſort of conquerors are not capable to one another. If they were but ſo in favour of their ſubjects only, how could they reflect upon the multitude of victims which they muſt ſacrifice upon the altar of their vengeance or ambition, the firſt time they combat with the people whom they have made their enemies, and not be ſtruck with horror at the thought? I ſhould imagine it would be well, if kings, upon the point of undertaking any war, ſhould have a picture hung before them, ſetting forth the horrors of that war, ſo that their fancies might be inceſſantly affected with the idea of it; and at midnight, when all nature otherwiſe is ſtill about them, might hear the groans of [70]wounded men reproaching them as the occaſion of thoſe pains which they ſuffer, the deſpairing cries of wives and mothers loading them with curſes, and the clamours of a people famiſhing for want of bread. Their ſouls are ſometimes wrought on, by unjuſt ſolicitations, to grant criminals their life; and yet they ſign, without remorſe, what ſhall condemn to death even thouſands of their unoffending ſubjects. A good king employs whole years in meditating on a project that may finally prove beneficial to ſome portion of his ſtate, to population, trade, or agriculture. Twenty years ſhall paſs away before the project is perfected; while a warlike, that is, cruel king ſhall, by the reſolution of a moment, half exterminate his people, put a ſtop to agriculture, tie up the induſtrious hands of artizans, deprive the poor of their ſubſiſtence by depriving them of daily work, reduce whole families to diſſolution, and at laſt entirely overthrow his realm!

Conſtant.

And yet, papa, I have often heard that great fortunes are made by hundreds, in the time of war.

Com. Fr.

And this is an addition to the evils which it foments; for, not to ſpeak of thoſe antipathies which the inequality of wealth produces in the hearts of ſuch as are each other's neighbours, thoſe enormous fortunes cheriſh a degree of luxury that cannot but corrupt men's manners to the laſt exceſs. The pomp with which it is ſurrounded, the enjoyment which it procures, the ſhameful deference or reſpect which men dare not, if they would, refuſe it, ſtimulate the generality of thoſe who are upon an equal footing in regard to rank with the luxurious, but leſs wealthy, to affect it with the ſame indecency, that they may either ſatisfy their pride or keep up their reſpectability. They waſte their real wealth in keeping up their luxury, that they may gain poſſeſſion of that ſhadowy wealth which they fancy they ſhall get. Intimidated by the dread of their approaching ruin, if they do not haſten to prevent it by unlawful methods, they embark in dangerous enterpriſes, and expoſe not only their own property, but whatever may be entruſted in their hands by others whom the hope of a fallacious profit will inveigle to be partners in their ſchemes. Their ruin is at laſt announced; but the example will not terrify cupidity which always hopes to proſper more than others, by employing ſubtler artifices: and as ſoon as probity is given up, then [71]mutual truſt is baniſhed, and a nation's commerce periſhes through the exceſs of that abundance which it created.

Conſtant.

But if any land grows rich by peace, ſhould we not always have ſufficient cauſe to fear the ſame miſfortune?

Com. Fr.

Not at all. It is only ſuddenly made fortunes that intoxicate the minds of their poſſeſſors, and excite them to abuſe their wealth. Fortunes gradually gained, or in the ordinary courſe of commerce, are in conſequence of many years conſumed in toil. Men hardly ever diſſipate the treaſure which they have laboured hard to acquire, but lay it by, to ſerve them in the weariſome condition of old age: beſides, their fortunes are, in that caſe, much more equable, and every one is rich, while no one overflows with wealth. The country, having far leſs wants in that ſerenity with which commerce bleſſes it, is not under the neceſſity of grinding the laborious huſbandman; but, on the contrary, is able to encourage him in furniſhing the trading part of the community with thoſe ſupplies of corn and other fruits of the earth which it requires.—An empire ſtrengthened thus by trade and agriculture, may give laws to other empires, even on account of its tranquillity. Its neighbours fear it, and inſtead of making inroads on a people who muſt be too powerful for them, ſeek alliance with that people. This alliance draws mankind together, roots out national antipathies, and kindles ſentiments of unity and concord in their ſtead. The prince has only to prevent abuſes in the ſtate. A perfect legiſlation cauſes juſtice and ſtrict order to prevail among his people, and they paſs from individuals to whole ſtates. Trade, arts, and ſciences, may be compared to bridges that extend from one to the other, and on which not only Peace, but Plenty, conſtantly walk to and fro, that they may keep inviolate the happineſs of thoſe whom they have united.

Conſtant.

I conceive your meaning pretty clearly: yet, in caſe there be no war, then ſoldiers are unneceſſary, and my regiment muſt be broke before I join it?

Com. Fr.

Not ſo faſt, Conſtantine; for an undefended ſtate would be expoſed, by reaſon of its riches, to a multitude of enemies. It ſhould keep up a regulated force in peace, if it would have one in the time of war. But then, inſtead of looking on an unconcerned ſpectator, [72]while the military quench their ſpirit in debauchery and ſloth, it ſhould aſſign them labours to keep up their ſtrength, and make them uſeful to the ſtate. They ſhould be ſtationed on the public roads, and ſuch as are employed at preſent on them never quit the plow and ſickle: an additional connexion would, in that caſe, forcibly unite them to their country, in that natural propenſity which men feel to value what their induſtry in ſome ſort has created, and the pride with which they are at all times ready to defend it. The ſuperior officer, who ſhould direct their labours, would not, we muſt own, obſerve his name recorded in the papers of the day, and no where elſe, for trifling enterpriſes, ſuch as hiſtory deſcends not to perpetuate; but would himſelf engrave it on a pillar, raiſed upon the ſpot where once aſcended a high hill that he ſhould have levelled, on the ſide of a canal or poſt that he ſhould have dug, or at the opening of a bridge that he ſhould have built. The traveller then would come from the remoteſt part of Europe to conſider the magnificence and boldneſs of his toil, his countrymen would bleſs the benefits accruing from it, and a generation not then born, would in future time riſe up, and wonder at its durability. The colour of his coat no longer would excite one thought of bloodſhed, but of gratitude, ſo juſtly due to benefits, and of reſpect invariably paid to the ingenious. His leiſure moments would be ſpent in the extenſion of thoſe ſciences which he had formerly ſtudied, and in ſuggeſting plans of policy, reſulting from his obſervations made in different countries. Retiring in the end, to paſs away the reſidue of life on his eſtate with honour, in the recollection of thoſe benefits which he had communicated to his country, his activity would flouriſh ſtill in agriculture. I even dare propoſe myſelf as an example. I am inclined to think that I have been ſerviceable to my king in India; but ſhall much more boaſt of benefiting for the time to come my native land, by cultivating the inheritance which a father left me, and by giving you, my children, a becoming education. I ſhall do my utmoſt to atone for any involuntary violence that I may have done humanity, by being henceforth a protector of the needy round about me; and I hope I ſhall not die without the conſcious ſatisfaction which a good citizen enjoys, in having carefully diſcharged his duty.

Conſtant.
[73]

What you ſay, papa, appears to me quite reaſonable. Then why do not all men think as you do?

Com. Fr.

Why, Conſtantine, but becauſe they have unfortunately been brought up in prejudices, and not had ſufficient reſolution to correct them? Hitherto, philoſophers have ſpoken to none but thoſe whoſe underſtandings could not ſee the truth and beauty of thoſe principles which I have happily been taught. Nor is there any hope that men, now come to years of reaſon and reflexion, ſhould be taught to ſee them! ſo that thoſe philoſophers muſt get new pupils. In infancy the future man muſt be prepared. By giving him betimes a tincture of integrity, beneficence and generoſity, he will obtain, in his maturity, the habit of diſplaying them in every action of his life; and place his glory in contributing, as far as he is able, to that general revolution ſo much to be wiſhed for in behalf of virtue. A young prince poſſeſſed of theſe exalted notions, and perſuaded that the riſing generation have them too, might rationally hope to govern a new ſort of people, who would certainly afford a model to all other lands. Congratulate yourſelves, dear children, on the circumſtance of being born in thoſe auſpicious times, when children are, not only here, but univerſally throughout all Europe, the peculiar objects whoſe felicity philoſophers are ſtudying to promote; and not they only, but even women—women, notwithſtanding narrowmindedneſs delights at all times to diſparage, as it does, their underſtanding. Perhaps for you, and your contemporaries, is reſerved the happineſs of ſeeing the laſt traces of injuſtice and barbarity effaced among mankind. Thrice happy I, myſelf, if giving now theſe firſt ideas of a ſyſtem of morality, ſo ſimple but ſublime, I take but one ſtep forward in the buſineſs of eſtabliſhing this ſyſtem in your hearts. You will do all that you can to ſecond my endeavours, by communicating my inſtruction to your future children.

EUPHRASIA.

[74]
Euphraſia,
(to her doll.)

WELL, Miſs Obſtinate! you won't then, I ſuppoſe, do what I bid you? you'll be always with your neck as ſtiff as if you were a ſentry in St. James's park. Hold up your head! and look at me! See how I put my neck.—There.—Don't you think that's charming! O, you're mighty dull this morning. Tuke care, Miſs, however, and don't put me in a paſſion; or depend upon it I ſhall be as angry with you, as mama was yeſterday with me, for beating Pompey.

Mrs. Stepney,
(having heard a few of theſe laſt words.)

Why, you ſeem quite ſerious! Has your doll failed in her behaviour towards you?

Euphraſia.

I am ſhowing her what airs and graces would become her; and ſhe wont even hear me.

Mrs. Stepney.

I confeſs, it cannot but diſpleaſe one, that ſuch ſalutary counſel ſhould be thrown away. However, you were ſpeaking, I believe, of being angry.

Euphraſia.

O, no, no, mama: I was only finding fault;—but very likely you heard every thing that I ſaid?

Mrs. Stepney.

Suppoſe me not to have heard a ſyllable; now let me know what you were ſaying to her. Is it poſſible that you can object to my knowing your little ſecrets?

Euphraſia.

No, mama, I cannot. On the contrary, I am ſenſible that young ladies ſhould have no ſecrets between them and their mama.

Mrs. Stepney.

Well ſaid, my little heart! and therefore tell me word for word, as well as you are able, every thing that you ſaid to your doll.

Euphraſia.

Well then, mama, ſhe would not hold her head a little thus, upon one ſide, and I was telling her that if ſhe refuſed to follow my directions, I would be as angry with her, as you were with me laſt night for beating Pompey.

Mrs. Stepney.

You ſuppoſe then that I was angry with you?

Euphraſia.

I imagined, when I ſaw you looking at me, it was not as you were uſed to do; and therefore I ſuppoſed ſo.

Mrs. Stepney.
[75]

No: it was not anger, it was ſadneſs. In the firſt place, I was ſorry that you could have a heart to hurt your dog; and in the next place, I was apprehenſive leſt Pompey might avenge himſelf, if you went on to ſtrike him without mercy: if you recollect. I told you ſo; and as you ſeemed to be ſo much offended at my admonitions, I was fearful that you would ſhow yourſelf quite diſobedient in the end: on which account I was ſo much afflicted, that I could not but ſhed tears. You ſaw me do ſo; and therefore you ſuppoſed me in a paſſion.—In a paſſion!—out upon the word! I ſhould have been then as faulty in reſpect to you, as you were in reſpect to Pompey.

Euphraſia.

But you are not angry, mama, at what I told my doll?

Mrs. Stepney.

Well; not a word of being angry: but reſpecting certain airs of coquetry that you wiſhed to teach your doll, and of which you even gave a pattern yourſelf—I ſhould be glad to touch on that a little.

Euphruſia.

They ſet me off, as I thought, to advantage; for Miſs Humphreville, not long ſince, told me ſo.

Mrs. Stepney.

I think, I ought to know better than Miſs Humphreville; and I aſſure you, I am not at all of her opinion.

Euphraſia.

Yet I practiſed ſomething of that kind, mama, before my looking-glaſs laſt night, and thought it became me mightily.

Mrs. Stepney.

You imagine then, that ſuch twiſts and monkey tricks are worth the native grace of childhood! it is plain, you do not know to what they tend.

Euphraſia.

To what, pray? Tell me.

Mrs. Stepney.

Why to nothing leſs, Euphraſia, than to make you give into the habit of an odious affectation, and be as hypocritical in heart as in carriage.

Euphraſia.

Bleſs me! is that true, mama? I am very glad then, that I was drawn into this converſation on the ſubject; as without it, I ſhould certainly have run the riſque of falling into ſuch a vice, without intending it.

Mrs. Stepney.

And I, Euphraſia, full of confidence in your ingenuous candor, ſhould probably not have perceived [76]it, till the malady had made ſo great a progreſs, as to render difficult the application of a proper remedy. You ſee, then, of what conſequence it is to pay no manner of attention to the inſtruction which children, hardly more experienced than yourſelf, may give; but rather to conſult me always, when you want advice.

Euphraſia.

Yes, yes, mama; I promiſe you, I will, ſince you will give me good inſtruction. How ſhould I feel hereafter, were you to charge me with this vice of affectation, as you know you have done with reſpect to other faults, in company? They have always been trifling faults; and yet, to be reproved in public for them ſhamed me: but for affectation—Oh, I verily believe, to be accuſed of that would kill me with confuſion.

Mrs. Stepney.

I have ſometimes been obliged to take this method of public accuſation, that the leſſon I deſigned you, might impreſs itſelf more deeply; but-believe me, we may ſtrike a plan out that will ſave you, for the time to come, all ſuch humiliation.

Euphraſia.

Ah, mama, how good you are! I ſhall be glad to have it.

Mrs. Stepney.

Then the plan is, to obey me at the ſlighteſt nod that I give, when any thing is to be done, or left undone. You will do well to think within yourſelf, and find out, if you can, the reaſon of my prohibition or command; but if you cannot find it out, be obedient nevertheleſeſs, and the firſt time that we are alone, come then and aſk me. I ſhall very willingly explain my reaſon.

Euphraſia.

Ah, mama, your plan is indeed a very clever one; and I ſhall ſave myſelf a deal of care by following it.

Perſuaded of the wiſdom of this plan, Euphraſia never ventured for the future upon any the leaſt doubtful action without firſt conſulting her mama. She came at laſt to underſtand the ſlighteſt token from her, and could tell what was proper for her to do, in circumſtances of embarraſſment. The tender admonition of the mother, and her own reflexions, gradu [...]l [...]y gave her an experience far above her age; and all who knew her were as much ſurprized as captivated with the prudence of her conduct and the ripeneſs of her underſtanding. At the age of [77]twelve ſhe was poſſeſſed of all the happineſs to be enjoyed on earth, the inward ſatisfaction of her own approving heart, the attachment of her friends, and the affection of her parents.

THE PRUDENT OFFICER.

COLONEL Ormſby, who by his merit had attained to that high rank, obſerved with great concern that the officers belonging to his regiment gave their time and faculties entirely up to play. Intent upon their reformation, he invited them one day to dine with him; and having brought the converſation round to ſuch a point that gaming might be naturally introduced, he gave them the ſubjoined ſhort narrative of his own life.

I was no ſooner come from college, than my parents bought me an Enſigney, then vacant in the regiment which I have now the honour to command. The love that I had contracted in my infancy for ſtudy, made them hope to ſee me equally deſirous of diſcharging the duties of my new condition, and of attaining the reputation at which in the confidence of their hope they deſtined me one day to arrive. For ſome few months, I acted ſo as not to diſappoint their expectations; but ſoon after, the pernicious model ſet before me by my brother officers, together with their perſuaſions, having drawn me in to make one with them at their meetings, the inſatiate demon Play obtained ſuch ſtrong poſſeſſion of my heart, that every duty which hindered me from gratifying this new paſſion, ſoon became int [...]lerable. I could hardly bring myſelf to quit the gaming table for an hour, however I might ſtand in need of reſt. In ſleep, I dreamed of heaps of good and ſilver. I was always ſhuffling cards, and a continual noiſe of dice was in my ear.

The natural neceſſity of eating was become my puniſhment: I ſwallowed up my meat in haſte, that I might be as little abſent from my gambling partners as I could.

[78]The beauteous mornings of the ſpring, the charming evenings of the ſummer, the voluptuous calmneſs of Autumnal weather, every thing in ſhort, moſt capable of pleaſing the imagination when it contemplates nature, was to me entirely loſt; even friendſhip had no further place within me. I was only in the company of gameſters. The idea of my parents was grown painful to me; and if ever I reflected upon God, it was in blaſphemies poured out againſt his ho [...]y name.

At firſt, I muſt acknowledge, fortune was particularly favourable to me; which had ſo bewildered and debaſed my underſtanding, as to make me often ſpread my winnings on the ground and lie upon them, that all thoſe who knew me might aſſert with truth, and in the litteral ſenſe of the expreſſion, that I was uſed to roll on gold.

For three whole years my life paſſed on in theſe unworthy occupations. It is impoſſible for me, at preſent, to remember them without bluſhing at the ſtain which they have reflected on my honour: and if poſſible, I would efface them now, by giving up a half of the remaining days that I have to live. But how ſhall I preſume to mention an exceſs more frightful ſtill, of which no worthy conduct will remove the blot, even after twenty years all paſſed in probity and honour? Judge, my friends, how anxious I muſt be to render my deplorable example uſeful to you, by the pain which I am content to ſuffer, when I thus ſubmit to ſo humiliating a confeſſion.

I was once upon a time commanded to go out with a recruiting party; but, alas! reſigned the buſineſs of it to my ſerjeant, while I followed my unhappy paſſion. Two days afterwards he brought me twenty men to have their bounty money paid them. I had loſt the night before, not only every thing that I poſſeſſed in the world myſelf, but likewiſe the whole ſum delivered me for this recruiting ſervice. Think then, gentlemen, what muſt have been my ſorrow and deſpair in ſuch a ſituation! I diſpatched that moment an expreſs to where our regiment lay in quarters; and ingenuouſly confeſſing my miſconduct, begged a brother officer to lend me what I wanted.

How! replied that officer, give up ſo great a ſum of money to a profeſſed gambler? No; if I muſt either loſe [79]my property, or give up my connection with a man whoſe conduct makes his friendſhip infamous, I chuſe to keep my property.

Immediately on reading this inſulting anſwer, I was utterly beſide myſelf; and ſtill remember, as what happened yeſterday, the dreadful images which all at once came crowding into my imagination: on the one hand, the diſtreſs and indignation of my father, the diſhonour that I was fixing on my family, as well as on every one that knew me, and the dread of being broke with infamy; on the other hand, the briliant proſpect of that promotion which I might have obtained, by an honourable conduct in my poſt: nor did I afterwards recover the poſſeſſion of my underſtanding, but to think of perpetrating a new crime, that I might be delivered from that ignominy which my firſt would bring upon me. I was ready to go through with ſuch a deſperate reſolution, when I ſaw the very officer come into my apartment, whoſe reply had hurried me, as I have ſaid juſt now, into this ſtate of madneſs.

In the firſt emotion of my rage, I fell upon him like a fiend; but he diſarmed me very quickly; and while I but little thought of what was to enſue, embraced me, and began as follows. "I replied a little harſhly to your letter, as I meant, by ſuch an anſwer, that you ſhould ſee the horror of that ſituation into which your raſhneſs has pecipitated you; and I perceive what effect it has upon you. Now therefore that you repent, my property, my life, and every thing that I have, you may command, as you think proper."

"Here," continued he, and threw his purſe upon the table, "here is what will ſerve to pay your new recruits: and the remainder may ſupply you at the gaming-table, if you mean to return thither."

Return to the gaming-table! Never, never, anſwered I; and claſped him to my heart.

Since which, I have preciſely kept my word. From that day forward I determined to have done with all expenſive pleaſures, and apply my ſavings to the purpoſe of repaying what my generous friend had lent me. I employed my leiſure time in ſtudy. My attention to the ſervice recommended me to my ſuperiors; and to ſuch a happy [80]lution in the courſe of my affairs I am indebted for the honour of my preſent ſtation in the army.

This recital made ſo powerful an impreſſion on his officers, that every game of hazard ceaſed among them, and a noble emulation to arrive at uſeful knowledge quenched that low ambition of winning money which was their ruling paſſion before. Such was the good conſequence reſulting from their prudent colonel's leſſon.

THE PRODIGAL DOUBLY PUNISHED.

A Worthy private gentleman, obſerving with concern his only ſon upon the point of taking to a ſpendthrift way of living, let him do as he thought proper; and it was not long before the ſon had run himſelf behind hand to a great amount. I will pay whatever debt you may contract, ſaid the father to him, as my honour is much dearer to me than my money; but take notice of what follows: You love joyous living, and I love the poor. I have given away in charity a great deal leſs than I was uſed to do before I thought of your eſtabliſhment. I will think no longer of it; a libertine ſhould never marry; ſo indulge yourſelf as much as you think proper, but on this condition: I declare, that when, at any time, you ſpend beyond the money which I allow you to keep yourſelf as a gentleman, ſome hoſpital, or other charitable inſtitution, ſhall receive from me as much as you require to ſatisfy your debts; and I will begin this very day. Accordingly the money was that moment ordered to a certain charity; and thus the youth, on being doubly puniſhed for his prodigality, was quickly cured of a diſeaſe which otherwiſe would have inſured his ruin.

THE LITTLE GAMBLERS.
A DRAMA, in ONE ACT.

[81]

CHARACTERS.

  • Mr. FLETCHER.
  • HONORIA, his Daughter.
  • AUGUSTINE, his Son.
  • JONATHAN, Auguſtine's Neighbour.
  • ALBERT, his Friend.
    • RICH,
    • VYSE,
    • CRIB,
    Gamblers.

The SCENE is in the garden of Mr. Fletcher; during the firſt act, in one part, after which it changes to another part.

SCENE I.

Jonathan, Albert.
Albert.

WHAT have you to do at Auguſtine's, then?

Jonathan.

I want to have a little converſation with him, Albert; and you know him likewiſe.

Albert.

Yes, by ſight. You have not always been ſo intimate, I fancy, as you are at preſent.

Jonathan.

Not before my father took a lodging here, adjoining his apartments. We ſee one another often now; and laſt night were together for an hour or two, at cards.

Albert.

I think, of late, you talk of nothing elſe but cards; and I have ſeen you frequently along with Rich and Vyſe, of whom I cannot ſay any good.

Jonathan.

You know them but too well; and would to heaven that I had never ſeen them!

Albert.

Is it ſo? But you may break off their acquaintance when you pleaſe.

Jonathan.

That is not, at preſent, in my power. Would you betray me, if I told you ſomething?

Albert.
[82]

We have long been friends; and would you fear to truſt me, Jonathan?

Jonathan.

O my dear good Albert! they have made me miſerable, and engaged me to do things for which my father would renounce me if he knew them. I have not a moment's peace.

Albert.

Alas! what are they?

Jonathan.

Yeſterday they got me to go with them to a place where one Crib waited for them. We ſat down to play, and I loſt all I had.

Albert.

They cheated you, no doubt. But ſtill there is no great miſchief done; for never play again, and then your loſs will be a gain.

Jonathan.

But this is not the whole. As I had no more money, and ſtill wanted to win back my loſs, I ſtill played on, and in the end they got poſſeſſion of my watch, my coat and waiſtcoat buttons, buckles, and, in ſhort, of every thing that I had worth ſelling. I owe Crib a guinea likewiſe, and he will tell my father, if I cannot find means to pay him to-day.

Albert.

There is but one thing that you can do. Confeſs the whole directly to your father. I am ſure, he will pardon you on your repentance.

Jonathan.

Never! never!

Albert.

What will you do, then?

Jonathan.

I dare not tell you.

Albert.

Let me know it.

Jonathan.

I communicated my diſtreſs to Rich and Vyſe, and they adviſed a ſcheme to extricate me.

Albert.

A fine ſcheme, no doubt!

Jonathan.

It is not certainly the faireſt, as you will ſay; but what am I at liberty to do I have already introduced them to young Auguſtine. He has money.

Albert.

Well: you do not intend to rob him, ſurely?

Jonathan.

Heaven forbid! They only mean to ſerve him juſt as Crib ſerved me; and then we are to ſhare the winnings, ſo that I may pay my debt.

Albert.

And ſo, becauſe you have been pillaged yourſelf, you would aſſiſt them to defraud your friend too? But how know you that Auguſtine will not win?

Jonathan.

Oh! no: he plays quite fair.

Albert.

And you like a ſharper?

Jonathan.

Like a ſharper?

Albert.
[83]

No; I am ſenſible that you play as fair as Auguſtine, and therefore you loſt. Now, as I hope you always mean to play ſo, how can you be ſure of winning?

Jonathan.

I do not know how it is; but they inform me that they have certain ways by which they are ſure of winning.

Albert.

Ways! They are knaviſh tricks, and would you uſe them? I am not rich, and yet I would not mend my fortune by your certain ways. I am even ſorry that you have told me your intention.

Jonathan.

My dear Albert, have compaſſion on me, and I promiſe—

Albert.

Promiſe! What can bring me to aſſiſt in your deception?

Jonathan.

No; I mean to ſay, that if I am but ſo lucky as to pay this odious Crib, I will break off all connexion with him and his friends; and never touch a card again. If I ſhould break this promiſe, you ſhall be at liberty to tell my father every thing.

(Albert ſhakes his head.)

Yes, every thing. And then, it will not reſt with me to cheat: I cannot if I would, and Crib has taken that upon himſelf. I ſhall but play my cards: they have promiſed that I ſhall be no loſer, but divide the profit with them.

Albert.

Well; I will make a party with you.

Jonathan.

I deſire no better, and will inſtantly invite young Auguſtine for the afternoon. His father is at preſent in the country, and will not come back perhaps theſe three weeks.

Albert.

Quite convenient! But take notice, if yourſelf ſhould cheat him—

Jonathan.

Do not talk ſo. I wiſh I had not told youthe affair.

Albert.

And ſo do I. I ſhould not then be anſwerable for it.

Jonathan.

Anſwerable?

Albert.

To my conſcience, ſurely. I can ſee a worthy youth on the point of being cheated.

Jonathan.

But you will not cheat him.

Albert.

Jonathan, if you ſaw a thief pick even a ſtranger's pocket, ought you to keep ſilence?

Jonathan.

Auguſtine will but loſe two, three, or poſſibly four guineas, and be cured of playing.

Albert.

Juſt as you are cured. But here comes Auguſtine, I ſee.

SCENE II.

[84]
Jonathan, Albert, Auguſtine.
Auguſtine.

Good morrow to you both.

Albert.

Good morrow, Auguſtine.

Jonathan.

What, you have not been down yet into the garden, when it is ſuch fine weather?

Albert.

Mr. Auguſtine does not like to run about as you do, and can entertain himſelf in his apartment.

Auguſtine.

Yes; but I have been already walking in the garden, and even breakfaſted with Honoria and my father in the grove.

Jonathan.
(ſurprized.)

Is he returned ſo ſoon? I fancy, you are not well pleaſed at that.

Auguſtine.

Not well pleaſed! when he has been three weeks away?

Jonathan.

I love my parents well enough; and yet, if they ſhould take it in their heads to travel, it would not vex me.

Auguſtine.

And, for my part, I could wiſh my father never out of fight, he is ſo extremely kind!

Jonathan.

And mine ſo harſh, I muſt not think of pleaſure when he is near me.

Albert.

Who can tell what pleaſures you expect!

Auguſtine.

I thought you were in want of nothing on that head. Since we have lodged together, I have almoſt every day obſerved you at the door; and when I have met you in the garden, never could I ſee you under any thing appearing like reſtraint.

Jonathan.

No, no; I have always met you on days when my father dined abroad, and that is the only time that I have to uſe as I think proper; therefore I do turn it to account. But now your father is come home, I take it, we ſhall not ſee you quite ſo often in an evening?

Auguſtine.

Why not, Jonathan? He refuſes me no pleaſure that I can aſk. However, I muſt ſay, I find no company like his; and he, too, has frequently ſaid that he thinks my company and Honoria's quite delightful.

Jonathan.

What a charming father! So then he permits you to go out both when and where you like?

Auguſtine.
[85]

He does, becauſe I always tell him where I am going.

Albert.

And becauſe he knows that you never go but where you tell him?

Jonathan.

What then do you do for entertainment, when you are both together?

Auguſtine.

In the ſummer evenings, frequently we take a walk.

Jonathan.

In winter?

Auguſtine.

We ſit down before the fire, and talk of fifty curious matters; or I ſtudy geography, and take a leſſon in the mathematics. Sometimes too, with Honoria and a friend or two, we act a little drama of ſome kind or other. You cannot think how that amuſes us!

Jonathan.

But ſure ſuch different ſtudies are enough to crack your brain!

Auguſtine.

On the contrary, they come of courſe, as if they were an amuſement.

Jonathan.

A game at cards I ſhould ſuppoſe much more amuſing. Do you ever play?

Auguſtine.

Yes, truly; and my father frequently makes one.

Jonathan.

And do you play for money?

Auguſtine.

Doubtleſs; but a trifle, juſt enough to intereſt one in the game; and particularly, as by that, my father ſays, one learns to loſe with temper.

Albert.

That is quite right; one ought to huſband, as they ſay, one's purſe,

Auguſtine.

Oh! do not imagine that I want money. I have more than I can uſe.

Jonathan.

How much?

Auguſtine.

A crown a week.

Jonathan.

A good allowance, truly! And all that to purchaſe trifles?

Auguſtine.

Yes, ſuch trifles as my father would not like to have me trouble him about; and that, I muſt acknowledge, makes me much more careful.

Albert.

I believe ſo. One can hardly chuſe but know the worth of things, when one muſt pay for them one's ſelf.

Auguſtine.

True, Albert. And beſides, one naturally ſaves in that caſe, as I myſelf have found it; ſo that what [86]with preſents and ſome other matters, I have now five guineas in my pocket, without reckoning ſilver.

Jonathan.

Such a deal! And how can you employ it?

Auguſtine.

Have I nothing then to buy? However, I can diſpoſe of it otherwiſe. I pay to have our footman's daughter put to ſchool; and every Monday morning ſend a trifle to a writing-maſter that I had once, and who is now grown blind: theſe, both together, make up ſomething; and I keep the reſt for ordinary uſes, and among them, for play.

Jonathan.

At which you are tolerably lucky. You remember, you won half a crown of me the other night, at One-and-thirty.

Auguſtine.

I was ſorry, as I always am, to win of friends.

Jonathan.

Then you ſhall have an opportunity at night of loſing, if you think fit. Are you engaged?

Auguſtine.

No; I ſhall ſtay at home. My father is to draw out a petition for a widow woman, who would get into an alms-houſe.

Jonathan.

That is well: and mine goes out at five. Come then to me, and I will endeavour to amuſe you. We ſhall have Rich, Vyſe, and Crib.

Auguſtine.

I will run and aſk my father's leave. Shall you be here when I return?

Jonathan.

No, I muſt go and give them notice of the party; but your anſwer Mr. Albert will bring to me.

SCENE III.

Albert, Auguſtine.
Auguſtine.

Will you go in with me, Mr. Albert? I am ſure, my father will be very glad to ſee you: he has often told me what a great eſteem he has conceived this long while for you.

Albert.

I am very happy in his partiality. The eſteem of ſuch a gentleman is highly honourable; but at preſent I am rather indiſpoſed, and ſhall remain, with your permiſſion, in the garden.

Auguſtine.

Do; a turn or two will ſettle you, and I ſhall not be abſent long.

SCENE IV.

[87]
Albert, (muſing.)

I do not know what to do in this affair! Poor Jonathan is afflicted! I ſhould like to extricate him; but then to let the worthy Auguſtine be cheated! No, the accomplice is not better than the robber; and to favour roguery is juſt as bad as doing it. I will go therefore and tell the whole. But, ſoftly! here comes Honoria. Let me firſt of all do every thing in my power to aſſiſt her in preſerving Auguſtine from the danger, and yet not betray my friend.

SCENE V.

Albert, Honoria.
Honoria.

What, you here, Mr. Albert, and alone? I thought I ſaw my brother talking with you.

Albert.

He has juſt now left me.

Honoria.

I ſhould wiſh him never to leave you, if his company were but agreeable to you: I ſhould not be uneaſy then.

Albert.

You do me honour, miſs; but ſurely Mr. Auguſtine is too ſenſible to give you any pain.

Honoria.

I have no pain while he keeps company with ſuch as you: but ſhall I come directly to the point? I do not think any good of thoſe companions of Jonathan's; and he wants by all means to mix with them.

Albert.

I have not yet perceived that their company has hurt him.

Honoria.

True; but my poor brother, I muſt ſay, is innocent, and ſomewhat credulous: he judges every one to be like himſelf. What would become of him, if thoſe whom he thinks his friends were what they ſhould not be? I have remarked, that you do not much approve of Jonathan's intimates.

Albert.

To ſay the truth, my dear young lady, I ſhould rather wiſh that Jonathan would be ſatisfied with Auguſtine's friendſhip. There is one advantage, notwithſtanding, that his father watches over him, as yours does over Auguſtine, and inſtructs him what to do.

Honoria.
[88]

The miſchief often is remarked too late; it is eaſier to prevent than cure it.

Albert.

I am ſure, you love your brother tenderly, and therefore hear me; but tell nobody that I mentioned what I am going now to ſay. Young Jonathan has prevailed upon him, juſt before you entered, to make one with him and his three intimates. They mean to play, no doubt; but do your utmoſt to divert your brother from partaking with them. I deſigned to wait here for his anſwer, but do not think it proper that I ſhould carry it. I make no doubt but he will bring it preſently. Pray do not judge amiſs of me that I retire; and think of the advice which my duty, as a friend to Auguſtine, bade me give you.

SCENE VI.

Honoria, (alone.)

As a friend! This looks a little ſerious! Ah, my poor dear brother! ſhould it chance that you, who are at preſent all the joy and conſolation of my father, were to change, and be the cauſe of his affliction for the time to come!

SCENE VII.

Auguſtine, Honoria.
Auguſtine.

My father's friends are willing, I can ſee, to take the earlieſt opportunity of paying him their compliments on his arrival, juſt as if he had been abſent for a twelvemonth. I could hardly thruſt a word in.

Honoria.

You had ſomething then of conſequence to tell him.

Auguſtine.

Of the greateſt conſequence to me. I want to paſs the evening with my friends.

Honoria.

With Mr. Jonathan, no doubt?

Auguſtine.

Yes.

Honoria.

I thought ſo. You might eaſily have gueſſed, however, that ſuch a friend as Jonathan does not pleaſe me.

Auguſtine.

Truly, Jonathan is greatly to be pitied, being ſo unfortunate as not to have a place in your [89]good graces! And what ſhould he be, to merit ſuch an honour?

Honoria.

He ſhould be—juſt ſuch a one as you are.

Auguſtine.

Do you mean to joke?

Honoria.

No: I am very ſerious, I aſſure you; and conſider you a very amiable young man without a fault, unleſs indeed it be the want of due politeneſs to your ſiſter.

Auguſtine.

And why ſo? becauſe that ſiſter is a little critic, and pretends to greater underſtanding than her brother.

Honoria.

Truly, I had quite forgot to mention modeſty, when I was drawing up your panegyric.

Auguſtine.

But what means this prating? and pray tell me, why theſe intimations with regard to Jonathan! Do you know him?

Honoria.

I would know him by his actions.

Auguſtine.

Are you always with him, to remark them?

Honoria.

I can gueſs them from the company that he keeps.

Auguſtine.

I underſtand you perfectly: his company diſpleaſes you, becauſe I am one of his acquaintance.

Honoria.

Surely, brother, he muſt have acquaintances of longer ſtanding than yourſelf; and I ſpeak of them as I would of good for nothing fellows.

Auguſtine.

Good for nothing fellows?

Honoria.

Yes, that play, and practiſe each diſhonourable trick to win their adverſary's money, and then ſpend it more diſhonourably ſtill.

Auguſtine.

Oh! what two great crimes! they play when they are together; and they ſpend their winnings as they pleaſe. We do the ſame, I fancy. And beſides, you ſay, they play to win; but they have often loſt to me.

Honoria.

Yes, yes; they have loſt their copper, and have won your ſilver.

Auguſtine.

Well, and if they have, the loſs was mine, not yours. But this is juſt like what my ſiſter is. She would be ſorry if ſhe could not vex me in my pleaſures, notwithſtanding I do every thing to heighten hers.

Honoria,
(taking him by the hand.)

No, brother; every pleaſure that you can have, is alſo mine; but for the world, I would not have your pleaſures hurt you, and [90]deprive me of the ſatisfaction which I receive from loving you.

Auguſtine.

I know indeed that you love me; but am hurt to find you fancy me incapable to guide myſelf.

Honoria.

And yet you would not be the firſt that—but here comes my father.

SCENE VIII.

Honoria, Auguſtine, Mr. Fletcher.
Mr. Fletcher.

My dear children, I have juſt now been enjoying a delightful ſatisfaction!

Honoria.

That of being viſited on your return by your acquaintance, I ſuppoſe you mean? But certainly your friends muſt cheriſh you, when we who are reſtrained by your authority, rejoice as much as they can do.

Auguſtine.

Yes, truly; for without you we can find no pleaſure.

Mr. Fletcher.

And yet you muſt learn to do without me; ſince, according to the ordinary courſe of nature, I ſhall certainly go firſt.

Honoria.

O ſir, would you afflict us at a time when we thought of nothing but rejoicing?

Auguſtine.

Yes, ſir, you will live, and long we hope, for our advantage. But let us talk no more on ſuch a gloomy ſubject.—I have a little favour to requeſt.

Mr. Fletcher.

Well, come, let us hear it.

Auguſtine.

Maſter Jonathan—you are acquainted with his father—Well, he has invited me to ſpend the evening with him.

Mr. Fletcher.

You have a new acquaintance then. I am glad that you pick up ſuch good company ſo near you.

Honoria.

You hear that? good company!

Auguſtine.

I think him ſo; I have already ſat down with him ſeveral times, and he has introduced me alſo to ſome friends of his.

Honoria.

Good company, too, I ſuppoſe.

Auguſtine.

Yes, for ſure I muſt know them better than you.

Mr. Fletcher.

When I uſed the words good company, I meant diſcreet and well bred.

Auguſtine.
[91]

Yes, ſir, extremely ſo.

Honoria.

And how are you to know that they are ſuch, as you have only ſeen them once or twice?

Auguſtine.

But have I not been hours together with them?

Mr. Fletcher.

How did your acquaintance begin?

Honoria.

At play.

Auguſtine.

And why not ſo? My father lets me play.

Mr. Fletcher.

It is true, for recreation, and for ſuch a ſum as being gained will not induce the immoderate love of money, or if loſt, not put one out of temper; and this likewiſe at a time when nothing can be done more profitable.

Honoria.

But I thought, ſir, ſomething might be always done more profitable?

Auguſtine.

Yes, (I ſpeak of myſelf, for inſtance,) if I could but nail my thoughts continually to ſome book or other.

Mr. Fletcher.

Honoria's remark is not amiſs. One may employ a leiſure evening better than at play, no doubt, if people would be always rational, or even innocently mirthful; but as ſcandal ſometimes will go round, or folly; in ſuch caſe, you know, I bid you play, and often take a part myſelf.

Honoria.

And theſe I doubt not, brother, are the reaſons why you play?

Auguſtine.

I do not ſee any right that you have to catechize me.

Mr. Fletcher.

But why take offence at what ſhe ſays through friendſhip?

Auguſtine.

Rather, ſir, from a deſire to hurt me in your thoughts.

Mr. Fletcher.

Can you conceive ſuch notions of your ſiſter?

Honoria,
(with a tone of tenderneſs.)

Brother!

Auguſtine,
(with the ſame tone.)

Honoria, pardon me: I am in the wrong to tax you thus: but grant, however, your inſinuations unavoidably muſt hurt me.

Mr. Fletcher.

Her ſuſpicions may have ſome foundation that does not reflect upon you: we need not fear, I think, our diſpoſitions towards each other, ſo united as we are.

(Honoria and Auguſtine take their father by the hand.)
Honoria.

O ſir, how good you are!

Auguſtine.
[92]

You lay by all a father's rights, and are our friend.

Mr. Fletcher.

If I were any other than your friend, I ſhould not be compleatly qualified to bring you up. I might perhaps connive at your neglecting outward ceremonies of reſpect; but not your failure in that confidence which I expect from your affection. You ſhould not have a ſecret that you would keep hid from me, as whenever you may chance to be in danger, my experience may preſerve you from it. Let me therefore aſk you, Honoria, what are the objections that you have formed againſt your brother's new acquaintances?

Honoria.

They are always taken up with cards.

Auguſtine.

Who told you ſo?

Honoria.

No matter from whom I have my information: the thing is, whether it be true?

Mr. Fletcher.

I have already told you what I think of playing: every thing depends upon the game that you play.

Auguſtine.

Oh! it needs no great attention: it is the game of one and thirty.

Mr. Fletcher.

I confeſs, I do not approve it much.

Auguſtine.

Why not? There can be nothing in the world ſo innocent. Whoever is one and thirty, or the neareſt to it, wins.

Mr. Fletcher.

And do you know that it is what we call a game of chance?

Auguſtine.

Becauſe one has a chance to win or loſe? and muſt not this be ſaid of every game?

Mr. Fletcher.

With this material difference, that at one and thirty, chance alone decides; whereas, in many others, ſkill is to be ſhown. In ſhort, one wants but fingers, and no head for games of chance: and in my thought, ſuch games are utterly unworthy of a thinking man.

Honoria.

They cannot even amuſe one.

Auguſtine.

Do not ſay ſo, dear ſiſter. There is a deal of pleaſure in expecting ſuch or ſuch a card as one may want.

Mr. Fletcher.

Becauſe the love of money makes it ſo. And as this love of money operates very powerfully, it is a ſtrong temptation for ten thouſand rogues to follow gaming as a trade; and therefore unſuſpecting people generally are their dupes.

Auguſtine.
[93]

Do you believe ſo, ſir? but how?

Honoria.

I fancy, they muſt have ſome art or other, to arrange the pack in ſuch a way, as to obtain what cards they want.

Mr. Fletcher.

Yes, that is in reality their ſecret. I cannot tell their method; but am certain, that they do employ ſome method, and have ſeen deplorable examples of it in my travels.

Auguſtine.

Oh! pray tell us what examples?

Mr. Fletcher.

With a deal of pleaſure. When at Spa, I was acquainted with a young gentleman, who loſt one night above twelve thouſand pounds, which was his all.

Honoria.

His all! poor youth! and what did he do to live?

Auguſtine.

He muſt have been beſide himſelf.

Mr. Fletcher.

Deſpair obtained poſſeſſion of his features, when he ſaw his fortune thus irretrievably loſt. He looked ſo frightful, that I was forced to turn away my ſight; he gnaſhed his teeth, plucked up his hair by handfuls, and beat violently on his breaſt: he gaſped and panted like a dying man, and left the room quite mad.

Auguſtine.

And pray, ſir, among thoſe who won his money, was there no one who would give it back, as I ſhould certainly have done?

Mr. Fletcher.

They kept their ſeats; and ſtill continued playing on: or if they turned off their attention from the cards, it was to look upon him with contempt.

Honoria.

The wicked wretches!

Mr. Fletcher.

But the worſt part of the ſtory is as follows: That this poor young man deſtroyed himſelf before the morning.

Honoria.

Oh! how ſhocking!

Auguſtine.

Dreadful! and from henceforth, ſir, I will never touch a card, I promiſe you. I'll run and tell this Jonathan.

Mr. Fletcher.

Softly, ſoftly: you are always much too haſty in your reſolutions. One ſhould never wholly give a pleaſure up, becauſe, when carried to exceſs, it may be hurtful. I have often told you, that a game at cards, when friends are met together, is amuſing, innocent, and even uſeful.

Honoria.

Uſeful, ſir?

Mr. Fletcher.
[94]

Yes, uſeful; as it teaches us to bear our fortune; and not to triumph when we win, or be dejected at our little loſſes.

Auguſtine.

Heaven be praiſed, I am not ſo fond of money as to hurt another by my inſults in good fortune; or to ſhew that I am hurt myſelf, by being vexed when I am unlucky; but to ſhun what poſſibly might happen, it will be better for me not to viſit either Jonathan or his friends.

Mr. Fletcher.

You would only prove your weakneſs, if this ſhould be your final reſolution: for at leaſt you have it in your power, when with them, to refrain from playing.

Auguſtine.

Oh, I know them: they would abſolutely make me play.

Mr. Fletcher.

Well, play as much as they would have you, ſince by that means you will gain a better knowledge of them. But inſtead of going to this Jonathan, or his friends, invite them hither. You may alſo tell them that Honoria perhaps will make one.

Honoria.

But, ſir—

Mr. Fletcher.

Yes, yes; I have a reaſon.

Honoria.

But ſuppoſe they win my money?

Mr. Fletcher.

You ſhall have it all from me again. And tell them, Auguſtine, that you expect a friend, whom you will prevail on to ſit down and play amongſt them.

Auguſtine.

But you know, ſir, I expect no friend.

Mr. Fletcher.

When I inform you of a friend that you have at home, who will be with you, cannot you gueſs what friend I mean?

Honoria.

Sly! Why ſure you underſtand papa? he means himſelf.

Mr. Fletcher.

Yes, Auguſtine; for you recollect, juſt now you ſaid that I was your friend.

Auguſtine.

Oh yes; they will play indeed, if you are of the party!

Mr. Fletcher.

Therefore you ſhall not inform them who the friend is that you expect. As ſoon as I have finiſhed my petition, I will return and join you. I ſhall ſee what is proper to be done. 'Till then, play with them, and at any game they chuſe.

Auguſtine.

So then you would have me run to Jonathan and his friends?

Mr. Fletcher.
[95]

Yes, yes: and do not forget to deſire Albert's company. I ſhall be glad to ſee him. All his maſters praiſe him wonderfully, and you yourſelf have frequently been laviſh in his commendations.

Honoria.

He merits every tittle of it.

Auguſtine.

One word more, ſir; ſhall we meet here in the garden?

Mr. Fletcher.

As your pleaſe. The weather is ſo fine, you may ſtep here into the ſummer-houſe, it will hold all your company.

SCENE IX.

Mr. Fletcher, Honoria.
Honoria.

I fear, ſir, your preſence will be much more neceſſary here than mine.

Mr. Fletcher.

You fear?

Honoria.

Yes, ſir; for I have told you, Maſter Albert was not long ſince with me. From ſome words which he dropped, I have reaſon to believe that my brother's company have laid a plot to cheat him of his money.

Mr. Fletcher.

All the better, if he finds himſelf their victim. I will hide myſelf behind the ſummer-houſe there, juſt by that partition, and hear every word of their diſcourſe. They will enter here, and cannot poſſibly diſcover me: but in the interim take you care; and if you ſee their roguery, ſeem as if you did not.

Honoria.

I ſhall find it hard, ſir, to diſſemble. It will be painful to me, ſhould I ſee my brother prove the object of their ridicule, and fall a victim to his open nature.

Mr. Fletcher.

By himſelf alone can he be fully undeceived; and in that caſe I ſhall with leſs difficulty perſuade him to be attentive for the future in the choice of his connexions, and ſo cure him likewiſe of his love for gaming, which, I muſt acknowledge, he ſeems ready to adopt as a habit.

Honoria.

How, ſir, can he have a thought of going thus to cards? He ought to know himſelf. He is ſo credulous, that every ſharper muſt ſuppoſe him proper for his purpoſe! and ſo warm, that at the firſt ill luck he falls into a paſſion!

Mr. Fletcher.
[96]

Yes, that is juſt his character. I did not think you ſo obſervant, Honoria.

Honoria.

One ſhould be in truth obſervant of another's conduct, if one means to ſerve him. And—

Mr. Fletcher.

A knock; it muſt be Jonathan's friends: they do not deſire to loſe a moment. I now leave you. I will go round about and gain my ſtation.

(He goes out.)

SCENE X.

Honoria,
(alone.)

How I long to know the iſſue of all this! Alas! dear brother! who can tell but your future happineſs in life depends on the deciſion of the preſent afternoon.

SCENE XI.

Honoria, Auguſtine, Jonathan, Albert, Rich, Vyſe, Crib.
Jonathan,
(to Honoria.)

I was afraid, Miſs Honoria, as I mentioned to your brother, that our company might incommode you: but he would not—

Auguſtine.

Incommode her! I am in hopes that ſhe will keep us company.

Honoria.

With all my heart, if you think proper, gentlemen.

Vyſe,
(with conſtraint.)

You do us honour, madam.

Crib,
(whiſpering Jonathan.)

This is quite unlucky! In politeneſs we muſt play whatever game ſhe likes. You ſhould not have conſented to come here.

Auguſtine.

Perhaps I ſhall be able, gentlemen, to introduce a friend of mine to your acquaintance likewiſe.

Rich.

Shall you?

Auguſtine.

Yes, and not without a pocket full of gold.

Jonathan,
(aſide.)

That is well.

Honoria.

We will ſtay here in the garden, if you pleaſe.

Albert.

We cannot do better. We ſhall have the pleaſure of a charming walk.

Rich.

Do you deſign to walk?

Albert.

What elſe?

Vyſe.

Why, play.

Albert.

But I do not underſtand your play; and if I did, I ſhall not wiſh to loſe my money.

Crib.
[97]

Wiſh to loſe it! juſt as if it were certain that you would loſe it!

Albert.

Sir, with you particularly. You are too ſkilful by a deal for me.

Auguſtine.

If I ſhould win, I promiſe, I will return you every farthing.

Jonathan.

And I too.

Rich and Vyſe.

And we.

Albert.

You would make a fool of me. To loſe my money, and receive it back, or on the other hand, win yours, and keep it, is not what I do: ſo do not concern yourſelves on my account. I will ſee you play, or elſe walk up and down the garden hereabouts.

Honoria.

My father, gentlemen, cannot have the honour to receive you,

(Rich and his company ſeem rejoiced,)

but has bid me entertain you. Auguſtine will get ready ſome refreſhments, and I will run and fetch the cards.

Crib.

That is needleſs: I have a pack about me.

Auguſtine.

How! about you?

Crib.

Yes: I ſtudy them.

Honoria.

And have you fiſh too?

Crib.

I ſhall beg you to get us them, unleſs we are to ſtake our money.

Jonathan,
(aſide to Crib.)

You remember, I have no money?—

(aloud.)

No, no: we ſhall hardly know what we are about. And ſo, miſs, if you will be ſo kind—

Monoria.

Enough, I will bring the bag. Come, brother.

SCENE XII.

Jonathan, Albert, Rich, Vyſe, Crib.
Vyſe,
(going into the ſummer-houſe with Jonathan, Rich, and Crib, while Albert walks about.)

I am ſorry we are here.

Rich.

What matters, ſince the father is not here?

Crib.

You ſhould not have conſented to the place of meeting, Jonathan.

Jonathan.

Here, or in my room, what difference does that make?

Rich.

Well then, when Auguſtine has loſt every thing, we will carry off his money, and go play where we think proper.

Vyſe.
[98]

We ſhall empty, very likely, the young lady's pocket alſo.

Crib.

Yes; that is what I look for: let us take care, however. We will put in our fiſh at two-pence each, for half a dozen deals or ſo; and when the game grows warm, and they have won a little, we will then make them double.

Jonathan.

You remember your promiſe, Crib?

Crib.

Do not you be uneaſy. We know one another. All our loſs ſhall be in counters, and we will have no reckoning when the game is over. I will diſpoſe the cards in ſuch a way, that we muſt loſe at firſt, and that will draw them on.

Jonathan.

But, Crib, you know, you fleeced me quite the other day; and I have now but ſixpence in my pocket. How am I to pay my loſs?

Crib.

Your loſs! we ſhall be ſure to win, if we attend to what we do.

Vyſe.

I ſhould be glad if Auguſtine's friend would come: he will be another pigeon that we ſhall pluck.

Rich.

Yes, yes! I know of none ſo eaſy to be duped as theſe ſame bookiſh fellows.

Crib.

We had beſt begin, that they may find us buſy when they come.

(He takes his cards out.)

Stay; I will put them ſo that you may loſe.

(He ſhuffles them.)

Now you ſhall ſee.

(He gives three cards to Jonathan, Rich, and Vyſe; lays down as many for himſelf, and then addreſſes Jonathan.)

Do you ſtand?

Jonathan.

No: beg.

Crib.

There.

Jonathan,
(looking at the cards.)

Out!

Crib,
(to Vyſe.)

And you?

Vyſe.

One card, but not a high one.

Crib.

Much good may it do you!—there.

Vyſe.

Out too!

Crib,
(to Rich.)

Now you are to be out. You beg, I ſuppoſe?

Rich.

No; as Vyſe and Jonathan are both out, I ſtand.

Crib.

And ſo will I. How many are you?

Vyſe.

Twenty-five.

Crib.

And I juſt thirty. I have won: And yet I might have loſt by doing the reverſe of what I did; as you ſhall ſee the two firſt games that we play, when Auguſtine and [99]the lady comes, who having won, will then have no objection to play higher.

Jonathan.

But how can you be ſure of winning when you pleaſe?

Crib.

You have already paid for your inſtruction, and I will let you know the ſecret. I tell every thing to friends, when I have pocketed their money. With my art you will win of others what you have loſt of me, and ſo be quits.

Jonathan.

Well, let me know.

Crib.

You ſee,

(ſhewing the cards,)

the ten and court cards are a very little longer than the reſt, and all the ſmaller ones, as high as five, not reckoning in the aces, ſomewhat broader; by which means I can at pleaſure bring the picture cards, &c. to the top in ſhuffling, and the five, and thoſe below it, to the bottom. I contrive to give you two of thoſe on the top; and afterward, the other from the bottom: ſo that at the moſt you have but five and twenty, and will therefore generally beg. Well then, you have it from the top, and muſt infallibly be out.

Jonathan.

I underſtand you.

Crib.

This is all my leſſon, and you have it upon eaſy terms; aſk Rich and Vyſe elſe, who ſo profitably follow my inſtructions. But I ſee the lady coming in, ſo puſh about the deal.

SCENE XIII.

Jonathan, Rich, Vyſe, Crib, Honoria.
Honoria,
(putting down a box upon the table, with a pack of cards and fiſh and counters in it.)

You do not loſe any time, I ſee.

Crib.

I was but ſhowing Mr. Jonathan a new game.

Jonathan.

You will ſit down with us? We ſhall have that honour?

Honoria.

If I knew the game that you play—

Vyſe.

It is a very eaſy game. It is only One and thirty.

Rich.

Had you never ſeen it played, you will know enough to beat us at it by the ſecond deal.

Honoria.

I know a little of it. It would perhaps be better for me not to play with thoſe that know it ſo completely [100]as you gentlemen; however, if it gives you pleaſure—

Jonathan.

Oh yes, miſs, the greateſt in the world.

Vyſe.

And even ſhould you win, too, all our money.

Honoria,
(with a ſmile.)

Yes, that is my intention.

Rich.

You will be ſcarce the richer for it in the end; we play but for a trifle.

Jonathan,
(with impatience.)

Well! and what are we about? We paſs away the time in talking.

Crib.

We muſt wait for Maſter Auguſtine: it is but juſt that we ſhould amuſe him; we are his gueſts.

SCENE XIV.

Jonathan, Rich, Vyſe, Crib, Honoria, Auguſtine.
Auguſtine.

Here, here I am. The ſervant will be with us very ſhortly. I have ordered ſome refreſhment.

Jonathan.

Come, ſir, we are waiting for you.

Auguſtine.

Thank you.

Vyſe.

Let us give out the fiſh.

Rich.

There are ſix of us: to every one two dozen, and ten counters; that is, ten dozen more.

Jonathan.

But how much every fiſh?

Crib.

Juſt what the lady pleaſes.

Honoria.

Oh, it is rather as you like.

Auguſtine.

Our fiſh were two-pence each, when laſt we played together; five ſtaked every deal by each, and half a dozen the bon-ace.

Honoria.

Well, be it ſo.

Crib.

Then here goes to begin.

(Crib takes the cards and deals. The lady and her brother win by (rib's contrivance three times running.)
Honoria.

Hey! hey! if we go on in this way, I think, I ſhall ſoon fulfil my prophecy.

Crib.

While we play ſo low as two-pence, we ſhall never ruin one another.

Vyſe.

Well then, ſhall we make it four-pence?

Auguſtine.

Oh, with all my heart. I have ſo much money, you cannot break me eaſily.

(He ſhakes his purſe, at which Crib and his companions look with pleaſure.)
Honoria.

And I can riſque as much, I fancy, as my brother.

Crib.
[101]

We muſt firſt then pay our debts, that we may have our full account of fiſh and counters.—Let me ſee,

(after having counted.)

I have loſt one counter, and ſix fiſh; that is, eighteen fiſh; and eighteen twice is ſix and thirty —juſt three ſhillings: there they are.

Rich.

I have all my counters, but am maſter of no more than two poor fiſh; that is two and twenty loſt, or three and eight-pence. There.

Vyſe.

I am come off much the worſt. Two counters gone, and twice as many fiſh; which come to four and eight-pence.—I put down a crown, and take up fourpence.

Auguſtine.

Well, and you, Maſter Jonathan?

Jonathan.

I have loſt leaſt. No more than fifteen fiſh, or half a-crown. I will change a guinea, when we riſe, to pay it.

Honoria.

Good! So now I will ſee my winnings. One, two, three—Three counters, and three fiſh. That is ſix and ſix-pence juſt: of which I take four ſhillings, and the two and ſix-pence, Maſter Jonathan, you ſhall owe me.

Auguſtine.

So that all the reſt is to pay my four and forty fiſh.—It is comical enough, however, that we ſhould be the only winners!

Rich.

Oh, I always loſe, for my part.

Jonathan.

So now the fiſh are four-pence?

Auguſtine.

Yes, that is ſettled.

Crib.
(ſhuffling the cards.)

Come, I will deal.

SCENE THE LAST.

Jonathan, Rich, Vyſe, Crib, Honoria, Auguſtine, Albert, (who came in a little while before,) Mr. Fletcher.
Mr. Fletcher,
(to Jonathan and his friends, who ſeem confounded.)

Pray do not diſturb yourſelves.

Auguſtine.

Sit down: my father does not come to interrupt us, I informed you that I might have a friend to introduce, and he will play with us. Won't you, ſir?

Honoria.

O yes: pray play; we ſhall be very glad to get your money, and theſe gentlemen, I know, will like to ſhare it too.

Mr. Fletcher.

With all my heart. So every one fit down.

(To Jonathan and his friends, who ſeem quite overwhelmed.)

[102]But what is the matter, gentlemen? Are you afraid to play with me? I can aſſure you, I am no ſharper.

(They ſit down at laſt.)

You

(to Crib)

were dealing when I entered; ſo continue pray; but firſt let us ſee, have you a pack complete?

(Crib wants to drop the cards, but Mr. Fletcher ſecures, and looks them over.)

It is droll enough to have the court-cards all together thus! but, Honoria, why not give us cleaner cards? Pray hand me over thoſe—

Honoria.

It was not my fault, ſir, as this gentleman

(pointing to Crib)

had brought them in his pocket; and the play was going on when I came in with ours.

Mr. Fletcher,
(to Albert.)

What, you here, Maſter Albert! I am very glad to ſee you; but pray, do not you play?

Albert.

I would rather be a looker on: you know I have nothing, ſir, to throw away.

Mr. Fletcher.

You are in the right to think ſo, and your prudence merits praiſe.

(To Crib.)

But come, ſir; here are better cards,

(Crib takes them with a trembling band,)

at leaſt a little cleaner: what is your game? Pray tell me.

Auguſtine.

One and thirty.

Mr. Fletcher.

And for what?

Honoria.

No more than four-pence a fiſh. I have won all this! four ſhillings; and two and ſix-pence owing me by Mr. Jonathan, who wants change.

Mr. Fletcher,
(aſide.)

Wants change! I ſmell a rat!

(to Honoria.)

So much as four-pence! that is a little too much; but no matter, if we have all of us enough to pay our loſings. So let us ſee your money. Mr. Jonathan, I begin with you;

(Jonathan is confuſed.)

What ails you? Are you taken ill?

Jonathan.

Ye-e-es, ſir—Let me—

Mr. Fletcher.

What is all this? one ſtammers, and the other ſeems confounded!

(to Crib.)

You, ſir, too, are diſconcerted?

Auguſtine.

What is the matter with them?

Mr. Fletcher.

It is high time that I ſhould explain the reaſon of this ſtrange behaviour. Auguſtine, you obſerve the effects of a guilty conſcience. Happily they are not yet ſo totally abandoned as to hide their villainy beneath a brazen front, and bully in their own defence.

Auguſtine.
[103]

What ſay you, ſir? Sure you are miſtaken: It is my ſiſter, as ſhe told you, and myſelf, that are the only winners.

Crib,
(taking courage.)

Have we failed to pay our loſings, every one, but Maſter Jonathan?

Jonathan.

No: but why? becauſe you have cheated me already out of all my money.

Mr. Fletcher.

I was right in thinking that they would unmaſk themſelves: And, Auguſtine, you may ſee what villains you have choſen for your companions.

Auguſtine.

Oh, I cannot think ſo, ſir.

Mr. Fletcher.

Well then, Mr. Jonathan, do you ſpeak; you ſeem leaſt hardened. Tell me, was there not a plot among you to defraud my children?

Jonathan.

Yes indeed, ſir; but for my part, I aſſure you, I was forced into it. All my wiſh was to get back a part of what I had loſt before. If you but knew how much this wicked fellow has ſqueezed from me, for the other two are nothing to him, you would ſay that he ſhould be ſent to priſon.

Mr. Fletcher.

You have well deſerved your loſs, by mixing with ſuch company: but tell me how much you have loſt?

Jonathan.

Two guineas, and a few odd ſhillings with them all together; and my watch, coat buttons, buckles, and a guinea more in money afterwards, in private with the talleſt: but the guinea I ſtill owe him; and he threatened, if I did not prevail on Maſter Auguſtine to fit down and play this evening, that he would tell my father.

Albert.

This, ſir, I can ſay in Jonathan's favour, that he gave me juſt the ſame account this morning, and was grieved at what he thought himſelf compelled to do. The grand criminal is Crib, the talleſt; the two others in compariſon—

Mr. Fletcher.

I comprehend what you would ſay; and therefore,

(to Rich and Vyſe,)

little raſcals, get you gone this inſtant. Perhaps it is not as yet too late that I ſhould think of reſcuing you from infamy; and therefore I will inform your parents of your conduct.

Rich and Vyſe,
(dropping on their knees.)

Pardon us this once, ſir, we beſeech you; and we will never come within your doors again.

Mr. Fletcher.
[104]

No; I ſhall take care that you never do; but then it is not enough that my children ſhould be ſafe in future from your roguery, I owe the ſame good ſervice to all fathers. What perverſity! at ſuch an age not only to be gamblers, but vile cheats! the hatefulleſt of human beings! However, out of pity to your youth, and from the hope which I have of your amendment, I will do no more than tell your parents; but if ever I am told that you ſtill continue your deteſtable employment, I will make known your infamy to every one about us. So be gone, and never let me ſee you here again. Be gone, I ſay.

(Rich and Vyſe withdraw in ſilence and confuſion.)

And you, ſir, is it true that you have got theſe things from Jonathan?

Crib,
(with heſitation.)

Yes, ſir.

Mr. Fletcher.

You have cheated him, but that is no matter. Jonathan loſt them, and has merited his fortune. We will put a value on them.

Jonathan.

I could wiſh, indeed, that I had ſufficient to redeem my loſs.

Auguſtine.

O ſir, if all that I have in my pocket be ſufficient, Jonathan may command it. I have full five guineas, take them for the ſervice of my friend.

Mr. Fletcher.

Auguſtine, this is very generous.

Jonathan.

What, to me ſuch friendſhip!

Auguſtine.

We are neighbours both, and you may pay me weekly, or in any way you pleaſe.

(Crib gives Jonathan his things.)
Mr. Fletcher,
(to Jonathan.)

Is every thing returned you?

Jonathan.

Yes, ſir; and I am ſaved by your generoſity and Auguſtine's from the reſentment of my father. Oh, I will never riſque his gifts again in ſuch a manner.

Mr. Fletcher,
(offering Crib the money.)

Here is the value of your theft, for ſuch it muſt be called; and you ſhall have it to ſubſiſt upon in priſon till you are called to an [...]er for your crime, as poſſibly you may not have the means without it. Nay, expect not by ſolicitation to divert the rigour of my juſtice. Your ſeduction of two youths, your felony upon the property of this young man, and your attempt to make him inſtrumental in the robbery of another, well deſerve that rigour. This muſt be your ſentence; ſo withdraw a little for the preſent.

(Crib withdraws, and weeps for very rage)
Jonathan,
[105]
(falling on his knees to Mr. Fletcher.)

O dear Sir! from what a gulph of ruin you preſerve me! And without you what would have been my evil fortune, when thruſt out from home, and perhaps ſtigmatized in public for my vices? I am then indebted to your pity for my reputation, my repoſe, and my exiſtence.

(He riſes and embraces Auguſtine.)

And my generous Auguſtine, you whom I was going to—

Auguſtine.

Never think more of it; I do not; and for the time to come be happy.

Mr. Fletcher.

Maſter Albert's teſtimony of your grief at being forced into this plot, alleviates your offence; and therefore you may ſtill continue to viſit my ſon; but after what he has juſt done in your behalf, I ſhall account you the moſt profligate of youths, unleſs you ſtudy to deſerve his friendſhip.

Jonathan.

Oh, I will do ſo. Rely upon me, ſir.

Mr. Fletcher.

And as for you, dear Albert, I have reaſon to be charmed with what ſo many tongues have told me of your modeſty and virtue. By your laudable example, you may very much contribute to the happineſs of Auguſtine.—I requeſt you to be often with him; and if I can ſhew my gratitude by being ſerviceable to your happineſs, I ſhall promote it with as much affection as your parents would do.

Albert.

Your eſteem, dear ſir, is happineſs ſufficient for me.

Mr. Fletcher.

You obſerve, my dear children, the unhappy conſequences that reſult from gaming?

Auguſtine.

Yes, ſir, and ſhall ſhudder all my life at the idea of them.

Mr. Fletcher.

You obſerve too, Auguſtine, with what care and circumſpection one ſhould chuſe a friend?

Auguſtine.

Yes, that too, ſir; and am convinced how happy it is for me to have a friend, as I have ſaid already, in my father.

THE MONKEY.

[106]

FRANCIS, and his play-mate Lorenzo, were at the window. As it chanced, they heard a pipe and tabor. Looking up the ſtreet, they ſaw a bear approaching ſternly, and a man conducting him by a chain to which the creature was faſtened at the other end. I ſhould be afraid, ſaid Lozenzo, to ſtand too near that animal; for do but liſten, Francis: Did you ever hear ſuch growling? I ſhould quake if I were by him. Oh, he could not hurt you, anſwered Francis; you may ſee, he has a muzzle to prevent his biting.

They were talking thus, when Bruin was come exactly oppoſite their window, in his progreſs down the ſtreet. Two monkies now took up the little gentlemen's attention. One was light and nimble, but the other not ſo active. Both were jumping to and fro on Bruin's back, who ſuffered them to play their tricks as if he did not care about it. They had fruit in plenty thrown them by the mob, which they caught in their paws as ſoon as it was flung to them, and ſwallowed almoſt inſtantly. But what delighted them particularly, were the nuts which the people threw them. Seated on their breech, and holding them between their two fore-paws, they broke the ſhells, and picked the kernels out with ſomething of an air.

It chanced that a very large one came among the reſt. The heavy monkey raiſed himſelf upon his long hind-legs to get it; but the little one darting forward, ſeized it in the air before it could have time to reach him. Cheated of his prey in this manner by the little one, he gnaſhed his teeth with rage. His front grew wrinkled, and his eyes flaſhed fire: he thruſt his claws out, fell upon the little one, and ſeemed upon the point of tearing him to bits. The bear found it very difficult to ſave him.

Do you ſee, ſaid Francis to his little friend, how frightful that ſame monkey is become ſince firſt he fell into a rage, and how he ſhews his teeth? Oh no, I ſhould not like to be within his reach! How terrible! I ſhould be ſcared to death!

Indeed? ſaid Lorenzo. Well then, can you imagine it; but yeſterday, when you were in a paſſion, you were like [107]him. Look ye, you had all his wrinkles; you even grinned as he does now; your eyes ſhewed what a paſſion you were in, and like the monkey, you ſeemed ready to devour poor little Harry, who had notwithſtanding done you no great harm. I only wiſhed that I could have got a looking-glaſs. Your face was in reality ſo ugly, it would have frightened you.

Indeed! ſaid Francis. Is it poſſible that I reſembled ſuch an odious beaſt? I could not but have been extremely frightful if I did, and muſt endeavour for the future to be never in a paſſion. When I find myſelf growing angry, I will then bethink me of the monkey, recollect the malice in his countenance, and that will make me ſhudder at the thought of being like him. Do you too, my good friend Lorenzo, if I forget this reſolution, like a friend remind me of it.

Lorenzo aſſured him that he would do ſo, and was faithful to his promiſe. Francis by degrees got rid entirely of his wrathful habit, or was very rarely in a paſſion. He enjoyed the greater happineſs, and his indulgent parents were not leſs tranſported at his reformation.

THE ALPS.

THE ſun was riſing in the heavens. The dew drops which are ſeen on every leaf ſo early in the morning, glittered with the colours of the rainbow; and the ſhadows of the trees were ſhortening on the ground, when Damon, holding his ſon, a grown-up lad, by the hand, came out, and ſat down on his garden terrace, to enjoy the freſhneſs of the morning.

Deareſt father, ſaid the ſon, pray wake me always at this hour; for I am charmed with contemplating ſuch a ſcene as I now ſee all round me! How delightful the whole proſpect! But perhaps it would be more ſo, were it not confined by younder mountains, which lift up their ſnowy tops ſo high that any one would ſuppoſe them to prop the clouds above them.

I do not think as you do, ſaid the father. Thoſe ſame mountains leave us ſpace enough, and that made up of [108]fields and meadows, to contemplate; and by thus conſining, as you ſay, the proſpect, help to vary it; and more particularly ſo at evening, when the ſun ſtill tips them with a thouſand ſtreaks of gold, even after the whole level plain is dark.

When we ſhall once have viſited thoſe mountains, and conſidered its inhabitants, you will be pleaſed with contemplating on them, I am certain, ſince they cannot but ſuggeſt agreeable ſenſations.

How can men, ſaid the youth, be fond of living on ſuch mountains, covered as they are with ſnow?

They do not live there, ſaid Damon; you will ſeek in vain to find inhabitants upon the heights: it is at the bottom of the mountains that they are ſituated. There are charming vallies ſtretched among them; but before the traveller can obtain them, he diſcerns no proſpect ſave that of barren rocks. This proſpect being paſſed, he comes to wide extended carpets of the greeneſt ſod; he breathes an air embalmed on all ſides by ten thouſand odoriferous flowers that grow there; and his ear is pleaſingly affected by the murmurs of as many ſtreams deſcending from the ſummit of the hills. The ſun, by ſhining on them with his noon day radiance, makes them put on the appearance of the b [...]ighteſt ſilver. And amongſt them, ſome, precipitated from a rock, re-echo when they reach the bottom, and there riſe in clouds, as one may ſay, of duſt, that yield a trembling kind of light. Their paſſage is diſtinguiſhed by a multitude of charming flowers which bloſſom on the margin; and the flowers, whoſe ſtalks wave to and fro, obedient to the breeze that agitates them, and the waters that flow in among them, heighten the delightful proſpect.

Spring is very late, and harveſt very early, in this region; whence it happens that the ground brings forth no other ſort of grain than what is ſowed ſome little while before the ſummer, and grows ripe betimes in autumn: hence, too, it comes that the fields are ſhaded by no other trees than thoſe producing cherries, plums, and other early fruit. Here and there the traveller meets with [...]am [...]ets; and the houſes being made of wood, are ſo much blackened by the ſun, as to afford a very ſtriking contraſt with the ſmiling verdure of the little orchards that ſurround them.

[109]In thoſe hamlets live many innocent and happy families, which for the ſpace of five or ſix long months are almoſt buried under ſnow. As long as that ſad ſeaſon laſts, they take the greateſt care imaginable of their little flocks; at times they viſit one another, ſpin the flax which they have gathered before hand, and make different articles of furniture in wood, which they either uſe themſelves, or are ſure to fell for money to their neighbours.

As ſoon towards ſummer as the ſun has melted that vaſt heap of ſnow which covered all their fields and habitations, and the river that flows through their vallies has completely carried off the water with which their lands were overflowed, all the men begin to cultivate their fields or meadows, and the women labour in their gardens. During ſummer, the induſtrious father of his family repairs to other diſtricts with the produce of his labours, and brings back, in barter for them, thoſe conveniencies of life which are not to be had for money even in his hamlet.

Many travel upon mules, and croſs their craggy hills along ſuch paths as have been cut through rocks, and thoſe, too, over frightful precipices. They tranſport to very diſtant parts the honey which they have ſtored in autumn, which is univerſally acknowledged to be excellent. They likewiſe traffic in the ſkins of goats, which they entrap while climbing up the rocks, or find among them dead. Another article of merchandize for which they are diſtinguiſhed, is the dormouſe. This animal, benumbed by the exceſſive cold, retains in holes and cavities, which ſhe digs for herſelf to ſerve by way of habitation, and in which ſhe lies rolled up almoſt like a ball and on a bed of hay, that heat and life which, with returning ſpring, the ſun expands; and a fourth great object of their commerce is the cryſtal, which they contrive to quarry in the gaps or chaſms of their higheſt rocks. And many, on the other hand, are guides to foreigners who have the curioſity to travel over, and inſpect their frozen mountains.

I myſelf have been upon them, like many others, guided in my way by one of thoſe good men.—I call them good, in oppoſition to the multitudes that live in towns and civilized ſociety.—But yet they have loſt a great deal of their natural ſimplicity by frequent converſe with ſuch [110]foreigners as have employed them for guides. I admired the people, and their way of living; therefore, having ſatisfied my curioſity upon the mountains, I determined to remain among them ſome few days, that I might gain a better knowledge of their manners.

I muſt let you know what converſation I heard paſs between the wife and child of my conductor while I lived among them. I was ſitting on the graſs, beneath a pinetree: Julian, my conductor, had that day ſet out before the dawn, to guide two Engliſh gentlemen who came on the preceding evening to inſpect the mountains. It was ſtill broad day-light, but the ſun was rapidly deſcending towards the weſt. The mother aſcended upon a riſing ground; the ſon came after her. They fixed their eyes upon the icy maſſes which advanced their cloggy cliffs on the other ſide of the valley, and the wife began as follows:

The Mother.

I am looking to no purpoſe. I diſcover nothing. I do not ſee him yet.

The Son.

Let us go to yonder rock before us, ſhaded by thoſe trees, and we ſhall ſee much better thence. There we ſhall be able to diſcern more plainly all that quarter of the mountain where my father, I ſuppoſe, muſt be.

The Mother.

Well, we are now got to it; notwithſtanding which, I can diſtinguiſh nothing more than from the ſpot that we have left. It is all loſt labour: he does not appear. And yet the ſun is nearly ſetting, and the day will ſoon cloſe in.

The Son.

O! mother, we ſhall yet have two full hours of day-light.

The Mother.

And perhaps he may be four or five leagues diſtant. Who can tell exactly where he is? I wiſh he would give over wandering thus among the mountains. Never does he ſet out on his journies, but I tremble leſt unfortunately he ſhould not return alive: or elſe come back with broken limbs by falling down upon the ice, or while he ſcales the rocks.

The Son.

I need not tell you that he has promiſed to drive this trade no longer, when the profits which he has made ſhall be enough to buy the little field between our cottage and the Arva.—We ſhall then live comfortably, with our flock, our honey, fruits, and field of barley.

The Mother.
[111]

Ah! dear ſon, I ſhould much rather wiſh to live in leſs abundance, ſo that I might only have more peace of mind. The happy days which we are to have when he has obtained this field, will have been bought too dearly, at the price of that diſtreſs and trouble which theſe his journies coſt. But do not I ſee him? No, not yet. If he ſhould be obliged to ſtay all night upon the ice!— If it—but you have got, I ſee, that ſpying-glaſs which a traveller lately left behind him in our hut, and that brings objects fifty furlongs off as near as if they were but ten. Look therefore if there is nothing to be ſeen. You know the uſe of it extremely well; but I, for my part, not at all.

The Son.

I will reſt the end of it on this old trunk. I think, I ſee—yes, mother—ſomething, and it moves.— It is he, I verily believe!—Yes, yes, it is he indeed!— He is walking on the broken flakes of ice that lie near yon big rock, and which laſt month, you know, were ſeparated from it.

The Mother.

Let me have the ſpying-glaſs. Quick! quick! perhaps, too, I may ſee him.—I muſt ſhut one eye, you ſay?—I have;—but I diſtinguiſh nothing. Every thing is black.—Stay, ſtay. O now I ſee the rock!—and likewiſe men! and Julian is among them! But I have loſt them now: they are out of ſight: I cannot recover them again. Hold you the glaſs; I ſhall perhaps diſcern them with my naked eye.—Yes, yes, I ſee them. They are coming on, and in the middle of the valley. Julian, I can ſee, comes firſt.

The Son.

They ſtop: my father ſticks his pole into the ice before him, and prepares to take a ſpring. There, there! he is up, and down again. No doubt but there was one of thoſe large gaps before him in the ice, of which he has ſo often told us. What can cauſe them?

The Mother.

I do not know exactly; but have heard that when the ice below is melted, that above it, having no ſupport, gives way, and opens with a noiſe which one may hear a great way off. You have obſerved the great round table in our curate's kitchen? Well, the leg which ſupported it in the middle was much higher than the others, and one day the ſides had many heavy things laid on them. Unexpectedly it ſplit exactly in the middle, and the crack grew wider, till the ſides could reſt upon [112]the ſhorter legs. And now I ſuppoſe theſe gaps are ſo occaſioned likewiſe. But look once again, and ſee what they are doing. They ſeem ſtanding ſtill. The gap ſure does not prevent them from advancing?

The Son.

I can ſee their countenances very plainly. They ſeem aſking one another what they ought to do. Ah! now my father takes a ſecond ſpring; and now he is got ſafe over one more gap.

The Mother.

Yes, yes; I ſee him too. What raſhneſs! He might ſlip in ſpringing, or when over; or he might not poſſibly ſpring far enough, and drop into the gap. He does not take a ſingle ſtep but what he knows, as well as I do, makes my heart ſink within me. He ſhould think that it is not impoſſible but I may ſee him; he ſhould argue within himſelf, and ſay, My wife does ſee me, and my danger frights her.

The Son.

He is very far, perhaps, from gueſſing what we are about now.

The Mother.

He knows that, while he is abſent on this dangerous buſineſs, I ſend forth my eyes to ſeek him. Would to heaven I could but ſhut them.

The Son.

Yes, let us do ſo, mother. Let us put our hands before them, and not look again till he has cleared the valley, and is ſafe.

The Mother.

I cannot. I had rather tremble every moment for his ſafety, than loſe ſight of him, though for a moment only. But where is he? I can ſee him now no longer.

The Son.

Nor I either.—They have diſappeared. Ah, mother!

The Mother.

My poor child! embrace me. We are now left to ourſelves, and I have nothing in the world to comfort me but you. Yes, they have diſappeared indeed; and in a moment too! I did but turn away my eyes to fix them upon you, and in that inſtant they are vaniſhed! An abyſs perhaps has opened under them as they were going on: perhaps they may be toſſing in it, not yet dead, but making unavailing efforts to get out, and calling for aſſiſtance with a voice which no one, to their coſt, is nigh enough to hear. I will haſten to the ſpot: come, follow me, my child! My knees knock one againſt another, and will hardly bear my body up; but I ſhall ſoon find ſtrength ſufficient to go forward. Come; but ſtay a little! [113]—Do not you, dear child, ſee ſomething there in motion? There, juſt where I point to; at the bottom of you rock?

The Son.

Yes, yes; I think I do.—It is one of them. —It is one of them, indeed; and now I can diſcern the other. I can ſee his hat; but ſtill I look in vain to find out my poor father.

The Mother.

He will come, and I dare hope to ſee him very ſoon. The gentlemen muſt firſt have got out of the frozen valley, and they hide him from us. Doubtleſs it will not be long before we ſee him. Look again, my child.

The Son.

I can ſee only the two gentlemen; my father is not with them.

The Mother.

And the gentlemen, do they ſeem waiting for him then? Have they their faces turned towards the place from which they come?

The Son.

No; they walk ſtrait forward.

The Mother.

Then ſo much the better. If your father were not following them, or could not, they would hardly do ſo: they would try whatever they were able to aſſiſt him in his danger.

The Son.

Yes, yes; we ſhould do as much; but they, on the other hand, ſeem rich; and I have often heard that ſuch deſpiſe the poor.

The Mother.

Not all; and then, too, they are men, and muſt be ſenſible of people's miſery like others. Would not you ſtretch forth a hand to help your little dog, were he in danger? Would you leave him unaſſiſited?

The Son.

No indeed: but why? becauſe I love him: and do rich men love the poor? I have had money given me by one rich man to fight my play-mate.—Ah! I think I ſee my father now; yes, there he is! yes, yes, indeed; and, as you ſaid, behind the gentlemen.

The Mother.

Yes, yes; I ſee him too. Thank God! But ſtill my heart beats grievouſly. I am in a tremble: So let us both ſit down; we will have our eyes fixed on them till they are ſafe on this ſide of the valley; and by that time, as I hope, my agitation will be calmed. Methinks they come on very quick. No doubt they wiſh to end their journey before day ſhuts in. Look, ſon: I fancy they are drawing nigh a precipice before them; and my fears again came on me.

The Son.
[114]

It is a maſs of ice that forms a hollow underneath. It looks as if it were ſuſpended in the air, and they do not ſeem to know their danger; for they ſtop.

The Mother.

They ſtop! and may, perhaps, without expecting it, be ſwallowed up, or buried in the ruins, ſhould the ice fall down! It will fall down, and I ſhall ſee—oh heavens! fly for your life, my Julian! my dear Julian! fly! ſee what a maſs of ice may overwhelm you! Fly!—My voice, alas! at ſuch a diſtance, is not to be heard. My cries are uſeleſs. I am diſtracted!

The Son.

Mother, I can ſee no longer through the ſpying-glaſs, becauſe I cry; and yet I cannot take away my eyes. But now I ſee again. Yes, there they are, and they have cleared the precipice, quite cleared it. They are out of danger now: I ſee them: they turn back to view the rock under which they have paſſed, perhaps, without knowing at the time what peril they encountered. They lift their arms up; they are talking to each other; they are looking at ſome object that aſtounds them.

The Mother.

They are out of danger; that is enough for me. I ſee them: they have nothing now but level ground remaining. Kiſs me, my dear child! and let us both paſs on to meet your father. But at no time in my life ſhall I forget what I have felt this afternoon. Let us make all poſſible haſte, and beg that he would no more thus venture into danger. We ſhall have the little field, in that caſe, ſomewhat later; or it may be not at all; and it is no matter. We have lived till now without it: our enjoyments have not been on that account the leſs; we have in ſhort been happy, and what more can we deſire? I ſhall not for the future know that he is returning to thoſe frozen regions, without fearing every danger that I know, and ſuch as I can but gueſs. He may, perhaps, be ſafe feated at his eaſe beneath a tree; but I ſhall fancy that I behold him ſtruggling in a gap, and ſtriving to get out. Whatever money he receives from thoſe whom he may conduct,—if he but loves us, he ſhould think that he buys it at a price too dear.

The mother and the ſon upon this went forward, and I followed them till they had gained the valley. They preſſed on to meet a huſband, and a father; and at laſt, when they obſerved him with the Engliſhmen draw near, they durſt not note him. They ſat down together, let [115]him paſs, and then got up and followed ſlowly after. It was not before they reached their cottage, that the wife and ſon ran both to Julian, and together ſunk into his arms. The ſon related every thing which they had both ſeen and feared. The mother did not ſpeak at firſt; but when ſhe ſaw her huſband touched by the affectionate behaviour of his ſon, ſhe once again embraced him and ſhed tears. He promiſed that he would never more affright her by returning to the ice, but cultivate his field in peace.

THE BREAKFAST.

COME, ſaid Mr. Glaſſington to Percival his ſon, one beauteous ſummer morning, here is a baſket with ſome cake and currants in it. Let us go and breakfaſt by the river's ſide.

With all my heart, papa, ſaid Percival, and jumped about for joy. He took the baſket in one hand, and with the other in his father's, haſtened towards the river. Having reached it, they walked on a little way to chuſe a proper place; when Mr. Glaſſington arriving at a very pleaſant ſpot, cried out, Let us ſtop here, Percival; for this methinks will yield us a delightful proſpect, while we ſit and eat.

Percival.

But how are we to eat without a table?

Mr. Glaſſington.

Fortunately, here is the trunk of an old tree, which would ſerve by way of table very well, if we had need of one; but you may eat your currants as they lie together in the baſket.

Percival.

So I can: but how ſhall we ſupply the want of chairs?

Mr. Glaſſington.

And do you reckon this ſoft graſs then nothing? See how thick it is ſet with flowers. We will take our ſeat upon it: or perhaps you would rather chuſe the carpet?

Percival.

Chuſe the carpet! Why you know, papa, the carpet is faſt nailed down upon the parlour floor.

Mr. Glaſſington.

It is true, there is a carpet there; but there is one here alſo.

Percival.
[116]

I do not ſee it, if there is.

Mr. Glaſſington.

Why, what is the graſs then, but a carpet for the fields? And what a charming one too! It is of a freſher colour, and much downier than any one that we have. Then how ſpacious! it covers every hill, and all the level plain. The lambs repoſe upon it at their eaſe. Think, Percival, what they would have to ſuffer, on a bare or ſtony piece of ground! Their limbs are ſo extremely delicate, they could not but be very quickly injured. They have mothers, but thoſe mothers cannot make them up ſoft feather-beds. God therefore has provided for them better than the poor ſheep can, and made them this ſoft couch, where they may roll about, or ſleep entirely at their eaſe.

Percival.

And then, papa, there is one good thing befides, that they may eat it when they like.

Mr. Glaſſington.

Oho! I underſtand your meaning: ſo here take your cake and currants.

Percival,
(biting off a bit.)

Oh! how good! There is nothing wanting but a ſtory while I am eating. Will you tell me one, papa; the prettieſt that you know?

Mr. Glaſſington.

With all my heart. Your cake reminds me of a ſtory that I can tell about three cakes.

Percival.

One, two, three cakes! Oh, what a charming ſtory that muſt be! So quick, papa, and tell it me.

Mr. Glaſſington.

Come then firſt, and ſit beſide me. Be wholly at your eaſe, and then you will hear the better.

Percival.

I am quite ready; ſo begin, papa.

THE THREE CAKES.

Mr. Glaſſington.

THERE was a little boy named Henry, about your age. His parents had but lately fixed him at a boarding-ſchool. He was a ſpecial boy, for ever at his book, and happened once to get the higheſt place at exerciſes. His mama was told it. She could no how keep from dreaming of the pleaſure; and when morning came, ſhe got up early, ſent to ſpeak with the cook, and ſaid as follows: Cook, you are to make a cake for Henry, who yeſterday was very [117]good at ſchool. With all my heart, replied the cook, and ſet immediately about it. It was as big as—let me ſee,—as big as—as a hat when flapped. The cook had ſtuffed it with nice almonds, large Piſtachio nuts, and candied lemon-peel, and iced it over with a coat of ſugar, ſo that it was very ſmooth, and of a perfect white. The cake no ſooner was come home from baking, than the cook put on her things, and carried it to ſchool. When Henry firſt ſaw it, he jumped up and down like any Merry Andrew. He was not ſo patient as to wait 'till they could let him have a knife, but fell upon it tooth and nail.— He ate and ate 'till ſchool began, and after ſchool was over he ate again: at night too it was the ſame thing 'till bed-time. Nay, a little fellow that Henry had for a playmate, told me that he put the cake upon his bolſter when he went to bed, and waked and waked a dozen times, that he might take a bit. I cannot ſo eaſily believe this laſt particular; but then it is very true, at leaſt, that on the morrow, when the day was hardly broke, he ſet about his favourite buſineſs once again, continuing at it all the morning, and by noon had ate it up. The dinner bell now rung, but Henry, as one may fancy, had no ſtomach, and was vexed to ſee how heartily the other children ate. It was, however, worſe than this at five o'clock, when ſchool was over. His companions aſked him if he would not play at cricket, taw, or kites. Alas! he could not; ſo they played without him. In the mean time Henry could hardly ſtand upon his legs; he went and ſat down in a corner very gloomy, while the children ſaid one to another, What is the matter with poor Henry, who uſed to ſkip about, and be ſo merry? See how pale and ſorrowful he is! The maſter came himſelf, and ſeeing him, was quite alarmed. It was all loſt labour to interrogate him. Henry could not be brought to ſpeak a ſingle word. By great good luck, a boy at length came forward in the ſecret; and his information was, that Henry's mama had ſent him a great cake the day before, which he had ſwallowed in an inſtant as it were, and that his preſent ſickneſs was occaſioned only by his gluttony. On this, the maſter ſent for an apothecary, who ſoon ordered him a quantity of phyſic, phial after phial. Henry, as one would fancy, found it very nauſeous, but was forced to take the whole for fear of dying; which, had he omitted [118]it, would certainly have been the caſe. When ſome few days of phyſic and ſtrict regimen had paſſed, his health was re-eſtabliſhed as before; but his mama proteſted that ſhe would never let him have another cake.

Percival.

He did not merit ſo much as the ſmell of ſuch a thing. But this is but one cake, papa; and you informed me that there were three, if you remember, in your ſtory.

Mr. Glaſſington.

Patience! patience! here is another cake in what I am now going to tell.

Henry's maſter had another ſcholar whoſe name was Francis. He had written his mama a very pretty letter, and it had not ſo much as a blotted ſtroke; in recompence for which ſhe ſent him likewiſe a great cake, and Francis thus addreſſed himſelf: I will not, like that glutton Henry, eat up my cake at once, and ſo be fick as he was: no, I will make my pleaſure laſt a great deal longer. So he took the cake, which he could hardly lift by reaſon of its weight, and watched the opportunity of ſlipping up into his chamber with it, where his box was, and in which he put it under lock and key. At play-time every day he ſlipped away from his companions, went up ſtairs a tip-toe, cut a tolerable ſlice off, ſwallowed it, put by the reſt, and then came down and mixed again with his companions. He continued this clandeſtine buſineſs all the week; and even then the cake was hardly half conſumed. But what enſued? At laſt the cake grew dry, and quickly after mouldy; nay, the very maggots got into it, and by that means had their ſhare; on which account it was not then worth eating, and our young curmudgeon was compelled to fling the reſt away with great reluctance. However, no one grieved for him.

Percival.

No indeed; nor I, papa. What, keep a cake locked up ſeven days together, and not give one's friend a bit! That is monſtrous! But let us have the other now.

Mr. Glaſſington.

There was another little gentleman who went to ſchool with Henry and Francis likewiſe, and his name was Gratian. His mama ſent him a cake one day, becauſe ſhe loved him, and indeed he loved her alſo very much. It was no ſooner come, than Gratian thus addreſſed his young companions: Come and look at what mama has ſent me; you muſt every one eat with me. [119]They ſcarce needed ſuch a welcome piece of information twice, but all got round the cake, as you have doubtleſs ſeen the bees reſorting to a flower juſt blow. As Gratian was provided with a knife, he cut a great piece off, and then divided it into as many ſhares as he had brought boys together by ſuch a courteous invitation. Upon this he ranged them in a circle, and beginning with the boy who then ſtood next him, he went round, diſtributing to each his portion, 'till the ſhares were all diſpoſed of in this manner. Gratian then took up the reſt, and told them that he would eat his piece next day; on which he put it up, and went to play with his companions who were all ſolicitous to have him chuſe whatever game he thought might entertain him moſt.

A quarter of an hour had ſcarcely paſt as they were playing, when a poor old man, who had a fiddle, came into the yard. He had a very long white beard, and being blind, was guided by a little dog who went before him with a collar round his neck. To this a cord was faſtened, which the poor blind man held in his hand. It was noticed with how much dexterity the little dog conducted him, and how he ſhook a bell which, I forgot to ſay, hung underneath his collar, when he came near any one, as if he had deſigned to ſay by ſuch an action, Do not throw down or run againſt my maſter. Being come into the yard, he ſat him down upon a ſtone, and hearing ſeveral children talking round him, May dear little gentlemen, ſaid he, I will play you all the pretty tunes that I know, if you will give me leave. The children wiſhed for nothing half ſo much. He put his violin in tune, and then thrummed over ſeveral jigs, and other ſcraps of muſic, which it was eaſy to conjecture had been new in former times. Little Gratian ſaw that while he played his merrieſt airs, a tear would now and then roll down his cheeks, on which he ſtooped to aſk him why he wept? Becauſe, ſaid the muſician, I am very hungry. I have no one in the world that will give my dog or me a bit of any thing to eat. I wiſh I could but work, and get for both of us a morſel of ſomething, but I have loſt my ſtrength and ſight. Alas! I laboured hard till I was old, and now I want bread. The generous Gratian hearing this, wept too. He did not ſay a word; but ran to fetch the cake which he had deſigned to eat himſelf. He [120]brought it out with joy, and as he ran along, began. Here, good old man, here is ſome cake for you. Where? replied the poor muſician, feeling with his hands; where is it! for I am blind, and cannot ſee you. Gratian put the cake into his hand, when laying down his fiddle on the ground, he wiped his eyes, and then began to eat. At every piece he put into his mouth, he gave his faithful little dog a bit, who came and ate out of his hand; and Gratian, ſtanding by him, ſmiled with pleaſure at the thought of having fed the poor old man when he was hungry.

Percival.

Oh the good, good Gratian!—Let me have your knife, papa.

Mr. Glaſſington.

Here, Percival; but why my knife?

Percival.

I will tell you. I have only nibbled here a little of my cake, ſo pleaſed I was in liſtening to you! So I will cut it ſmooth.—There—See how well I have ordered it!—Theſe ſcraps, together with the currants, will be more than I ſhall want for breakfaſt: and the firſt poor man that I meet going home, ſhall have the reſt, even though he ſhould not play upon the violin.

OH THE UGLY BEAUTY! OUT UPON HER!

Claudia, Lucy.
Claudia.

LUCY, have you ſeen my ſiſter's new dog?

Lucy.

Not yet, dear couſin.

Claudia.

You have then a pleaſure ſtill to come: Why ſhe is the drolleſt little creature in the world!

Lucy.

Indeed? and what is her name?

Claudia.

Would you believe it?—BEAUTY.

Lucy.

That is a pretty name indeed!

Claudia.

O couſin, ſhe is much prettier than her name.

Lucy.

And how is ſhe ſo very pretty?

Claudia.

Firſt, ſhe is hardly bigger—ſee

(cloſing her hand)

than this.

Lucy.

I love a little dog.

Claudia.

And then one does not know what to take her for—a greyhound or a ſpaniel.

Lucy.
[121]

That is quite funny, I proteſt!

Claudia.

If you could only ſee her tail; it is like a bowpot; and her ears that ſweep the ground; and then her long, long hair, as ſoft as ſilk, curling about her eyes and muzzle; and the whee whee little tiny face that peeps out underneath it; O, ſhe is quite a picture!

Lucy.

Is ſhe black or white?

Claudia.

She is neither black nor white, but ſomething of a coffee colour.

Lucy.

Ah! that makes me think of what I like for breakfaſt. I do not get it frequently.—They hardly ever give me any thing but milk.

Claudia.

What milk, and nothing elſe?

Lucy.

And bread: that is all. But let us return to Beauty.

Claudia.

Why, ſhe knows more tricks than any Scaramouch: They have taught her to hold out her paw; and ſhe diſtinguiſhes the right hand from the left. If any one throws down a glove, ſhe will run and bring it to the owner, without ever being wrong.

Lucy.

You don't ſay ſo?

Claudia.

And then ſhe makes believe that ſhe is dead: ſhe lies down on her ſide, and does not get up again without a ſignal from my ſiſter. If you put a garden ſtick between her paws, ſhe will be a ſentry, and mount guard: but what is ſtill beſt of all, ſhe will dance a minuet as well as Madame Simonet!

Lucy.

Well now, that is wonderful, and ſhe muſt ſure have had a charming education! but pray Claudia tell me, is ſhe gentle and good-natured?

Claudia.

Why, I cannot ſay much as to that; for when ſhe ſees a ſtranger in the houſe, ſhe will bark and ſnarl like mad: and one can hardly hinder her from running in between his legs to bite him.

Lucy.

That would be the very thing at night, if ſhe were to keep the houſe!

Claudia.

And ſometimes too, ſhe will take it in her head to go and teaze papa's great dog without occaſion: and ſhe never ſees him eating any thing, but inſtantly ſhe will run and ſnatch it from him if ſhe can: but Jowler, by good luck, is exceedingly good-natured!

Lucy.

How! and does ſhe do all this?

Claudia.

Yes, truly.

Lucy.
[122]

And you call her Beauty?

Claudia.

She is ſo funny and comical!

Lucy.

Go, Claudy—I ſhould never fancy her, however fanny and comical ſhe may be; for papa has often told me that a bad heart makes every body frightful—Oh the ugly BEAUTY! Out upon her!

BUTTERFLY! PRETTY BUTTERFLY!

BUTTERFLY! O pretty butterfly! come here, and reſt upon this flower that I hold out in my hand.

Where would you wiſh to go, you little gad-about? Do not you diſcern you hungry bird upon the watch to ſeize you? he has whetted his ſharp beak, and holds it open to devour you. Come hither then; he will be afraid of me, and not approach you.

Butterfly! O pretty butterfly! come here, and reſt upon this flower that I hold out in my hand.

I will not pull off your poor wings, or give you any pain. No, no; I know you are both weak and little as I am myſelf. All my wiſh is, to ſee you nearer. I ſhould like to view your little head, taper body, and long wings ſpotted with a thouſand colours.

Butterfly! O pretty butterfly! come here, and reſt upon this flower that I hold out in my hand.

I will not keep you long. I know, you have not many weeks to live. When ſummer is once over, you will die, while I ſhall be but ſix years old.

So butterfly! ſweet pretty butterfly! come here, and reſt upon this flower that I hold out in my hand.

You ſhould not loſe a moment of the day, but give your whole life up to pleaſure. It is your buſineſs to be ſipping conſtantly the fragrance of ſome flower or other, which you may do without danger on my hand.

THE SUN AND MOON.

[123]

WHAT a charming evening! Come, Alexis, ſaid Mr. Wilmot to his little boy; the ſun is juſt ready to go down. How glorious he appears! We may behold him now. He does not dazzle us ſo much at preſent as he did at noon, when he was up ſo very high. How beautiful, too, the clouds ſeem round about him! They are of a purple, gold and ſcarlet colour! But behold how ſwiftly he deſcends! Already only half his orb is viſible. And now he is wholly vaniſhed. Rarewell ſun; you have left us for the preſent till to-morrow morning.

Look, Alexis, towards that quarter of the heavens juſt oppoſite to where the ſun deſcended. What may that be ſhining ſo behind the trees? a fire? No, nothing like it, but the moon. How large and red it is! One would ſuppoſe it full of blood! This evening it is quite round, on as they ſay, full moon. It will not be quite ſo round tomorrow evening; leſs ſo the next evening; leſs the evening after; and ſo on, decreaſing ſomething every evening, till at laſt it will be in ſome ſort like a wire bent round into a ſemicircle, when a fortnight is gone.

It will then be new moon, and from day to day you will obſerve it afterward grow bigger, and ſeem rounder, till in fourteen days more it will be again full moon, and riſe as it does now behind the trees.

But pray, papa, inform me, how do both the ſun and moon preſerve their ſituations unſupported in the air? I always fear they cannot but fall down upon my head.

Fear nothing, dear Alexis: there is no danger. I will explain the reaſon why, when you can underſtand the matter; ſo at preſent only liſten while I mention how the ſun and moon addreſs you.

To begin then with the ſun: He ſays as follows: I am King of day. I riſe, or make my firſt appearance in the Eaſt; and what they call Aurora, or the dawn, precedes me, that mankind may know of my approach. I tap ſoon after at your window with a golden beam of light, to warn you of my preſence. Riſe, I ſay, riſe lazy-boots. [124]I never ſhine, that men may lie a bed and ſnore. I ſhine that they may wake, get up, aad go to work.

I am the mighty traveller; and I run rejoicing like a giant, quite acroſs the heavens, without ever ſtopping; for at no time am I weary.

I have a crown of glorious radiance on my head. I ſhed this radiance round about me to a vaſt extent, and even over half the univerſe. Wherever I am preſent, all things are beautiful and bright.

I give heat too, as well as light. It is I who ripen with my beams the fruit in gardens, and the corn that grows in fields. If I ſhould ceaſe a moment to aſſiſt the courſe of nature, nothing then could grow, and famiſhed men would die of deſpair, in all the horrors of that darkneſs which you yourſelf dread ſo much.

I am higher than the hills and clouds. I ſhould but need to come down a little towards the earth, and my devouring flame would burn it up as ſoon as you have ſeen the ſtraw conſumed which men toſs in bundles into a furnace.

What a length of time has paſſed ſince firſt I gladdened the whole univerſe! Alexis, you were hardly in the world ſix years ago, but I was. I was in it when your dear papa was born, and many thouſand years before; and I am not grown old yet.

At times I lay aſide my crown of radiance, and ſurround my head with ſilver clouds. It is not ſo difficult to view me then; but when I diſſipate thoſe clouds about me, and burſt forth in all my noon-day ſplendor, you could never bear the blaze: ſhould you attempt to bear it, I ſhould blind you. There is but one living creature that can look at me, and that living creature is the eagle, whom the birds confeſs their monarch. He can contemplate my glory with a ſteady eye wide open, while he views me.

This ſame eagle, darting from the ſummit of ſome elevated mountain, ſhapes his progreſs towards me with a towering wing, and ſoon is loſt amid my beams, through which he darts to pay me homage every minute of the day. The lark, ſuſpended in the air a great deal lower, ſings, while I am riſing, his beſt ſong, and wakes the other bird, that ſlumber in ten thouſand trees. The cork, [125]remaining on the ground, proclaims the time of my return to mortals with a piercing voice. But, on the other hand, the bat and owl avoid my preſence: they fly from me with a plaintive cry, and haſten to take refuge in the ruins of thoſe towers which I once ſaw proudly riſing, domineering afterward for many ages over ſpacious countries, and then finking with the burthen of old age.

My empire is not limited, like that of earthly monarchs, to a corner of the world. The univerſe at large is my dominion; and beſides, I am the moſt illuſtrious object that was ever gazed at.

But the moon ſays, in the next place, with a voice not half ſo much exalted as the ſun's, I am the queen of night. I ſend my ſilver beams to give you light, as often as the ſun withdraws at evening from the world.

You may keep looking at me without danger; for I am never ſo reſplendent as to dazzle the ſpectator, much leſs do I burn. I am ſo good natured that I let poor glowworms blaze among the hedges, which the ſun, unpitying as he is, will not.

The ſtars ſhine round about me; but I myſelf am far more luminous than any ſtar: nay, all the ſtars together give not ſo much light as I do: and I ſeem among their multitude as if I were a fair round pearl, ſurrounded by ten thouſand little diamonds.

When you lie aſleep, I dart a beam of ſilver brightneſs through your curtains; and my words are, Sleep on, little friend, in ſafety. You are tired. I will not diſturb your ſlumber.

You have heard the nightingale. She ſings for me, who ſings much better than all other birds. She perches on a ſpray, and fills the foreſt with her muſic, no leſs ſweet and gentle than my brightneſs, while the dew deſcends on every flower, and all is calm and ſilent in my empire.

THE ROSE-BUSH.

[126]

WHO will give me ſome nice tree or other for my garden? ſaid little Frederic one day to his brothers Auguſtus and Jaſper, and his ſiſter Jemima.

(Their papa had given them each a little bit of ground to ſew or plant, as they thought proper.)

Oh not I, ſaid Auguſtus; not I, ſaid Jaſper.

Well then, I will, anſwered Jemima. Let me know what fort of trees you would like?

A roſe-buſh, cried Frederic. Do but look at mine: it is the only one now left me; and the leaves, as you may ſee, are turned quite yellow.

Come then, ſaid the lively Jemima, come and chuſe one for yourſelf. On which ſhe led him to a little ſpot of ground that ſhe cultivated; and the moment they had entered, pointing with her finger to a charming roſe-buſh, told him he had nothing elſe to do, than take it up immediately.

Frederic.

How, ſiſter! you have only two, and wiſh beſides to give me up the fineſt! No, no; here is the leaſt, and juſt ſuch as I want.

Jemima.

You do not know how much pleaſure I ſhall feel, if you will but take the other, Frederic. This may ſcarce produce you any flowers next ſummer; but the other will, I am certain: and you know, I ſhall be pleaſed as much with looking at it elſewhere, when full blown, as if it had continued in my garden.

Frederic overjoyed, approached the roſe-buſh, took it up; and Jemima, much more pleaſed, aſſiſted in the tranſplantation.

It appears that the gardener noticed this ſurpriſing piece of kindneſs in the little girl. Away he ran, ſelected from a number of young Windſor pear-trees, one which he thought the fineſt, and immediately conveyed it into Jemima's garden, planting it exactly in the ſpot which the roſe-buſh had poſſeſſed before.

Thoſe who have a churliſh nature hardly ever are aſſiduous: therefore when the ſummer months were come, Jaſper and his brother having never attended their roſe [127]plants, they promiſed no great quantity of flowers; and to increaſe their diſappointment, the chief part of thoſe which they thought were coming, periſhed in the bud; while on the contrary Frederic's roſe-buſh, in conſequence of great attention paid it by himſelf and Jemima, bore the fineſt centfoil roſes that the whole county could boaſt; and as long as it remained in flower, the happy Frederic always had a roſe to ſtick in Jemima's boſom, and another for himſelf to ſmell.

Likewiſe did the Windſor pear-tree thrive ſurpriſingly: it ſcattered a delicious perfume over all the garden, and ſoon grew ſo thick and lofty as to yield a tolerable umbrage. Jemima uſed to come and take her ſeat beneath it, when the ſun was hotteſt; as her father alſo did, when he would tell her charming ſtories, ſome of which would make her all at once burſt out a laughing till her ſides even ached again; and others produced ſuch agreeable melancholy in her, that ſoon after ſhe would ſmile with pleaſure at the recollection of her ſorrow.

Here is one that he told her for her generoſity towards Frederic; by which ſtory ſhe was thoroughly convinced that ſuch as we oblige can recompence our generoſity; which circumſtance, he ſaid, without adverting to the ſatisfaction of our hearts, muſt be a ſtrong incentive to kind actions.

THE NOSEGAYS.

LITTLE Gerald went out one morning with his neighbour Eugene, to divert themſelves by gathering flowers. Their eagerneſs would not allow them to diſpatch their breakfaſt in the houſe: they took it with them in their hands.

They met a beggar-woman in the way, who had a child apparently expiring, as it were, with hunger.

My dear little maſter, ſaid the woman, looking upon Gerald, who happened to be firſt, for heaven's ſake give my child a morſel of your bread. He has not had a bit of any thing to eat ſince yeſterday.

[128]It may be ſo, ſaid Gerald; but I am very hungry likewiſe, and went forward, munching all the way.

Now what was Eugene's conduct? He was no leſs hungry, we muſt think, than his companion; but beholding how the poor child cried, he gave up his bread and butter; and received a hundred bleſſings which God heard in heaven.

But this is not the whole. The little boy, revived by what the charitable Eugene had beſtowed upon him, inſtantly began to run before his benefactor, brought him to a meadow, where he knew there was a multitude of flowers, and helped to make up ſo magnificent a bow-pot, that the pleaſant ſmell proceeding from it made him quite forget his trouble.

Eugene, after this, went home and ſhewed it with a deal of pleaſure; for not only was the ſweetneſs of it very grateful, but its ſize was ſuch that he might eaſily have hid his face behind it.

Next day likewiſe they went out, and then another little boy, whoſe name was Watty, met them.

After having taken half a dozen turns with Gerald and Eugene in the meadow, Watty, looking down, perceived his buckle loſt, and begged them both to aſſiſt him in ſearching for it. Oh, ſays Gerald, I cannot ſpare time enough for that at preſent, and went on; but Eugene ſtopped immediately, that he might be of ſervice to his little friend.

He walked a long while up and down, both ſtooping all the way, and patting with his hand, to try if he could feel it in the graſs: and had at laſt the happineſs to find it.

Watty too was happy; and they ſet about the buſineſs which had brought them thither.

Watty, out of gratitude, beſtowed the fineſt flowers of thoſe which he had gathered, upon Eugene; but paid no regard to Gerald, who had refuſed to help him; ſo that Eugene had that day alſo, a finer bow-pot than Gerald, and came back as ſatisfied as he was diſcontented.

Gerald ſuppoſed the third day he might prove more lucky: He preceded Eugene, and defied him to collect a finer bow-pot than he ſhould. But hardly were they come into the meadow, when behold the little boy who had [129]been fed by Eugene, came to meet him with a baſket full of flowers which, it ſeems, he had gathered that morning.

Gerald would have begun to gather for himſelf; but how was he to find the flowers? The little boy had got up earlier by a deal than he; and therefore he had ſtill leſs flowers that day than either of the two preceding.

They were going home, but met little Watty.

My dear friend, ſaid he to Eugene, I have not forgot the ſervice that you did me yeſterday, and have taken ſuch a liking to you, that I could wiſh to be at all times in your company. Papa too, though he never ſaw you, has the ſame ideas in your favour, and has bid me come and fetch you to his houſe this morning: He deſigns to tell us merry ſtories, and afterwards will play with us.

I will take you to a garden here hard by us, where we are allowed to walk, and there you will find four or five companions of my age to welcome you; when we are all together we will play at whatever game you like.

Eugene inſtantly laid hold of Watty's hand, and flew like lightning with him towards the garden. As for Gerald, poor fellow! he went home quite melancholy. Watty had not once invited him.

He learned by theſe three days adventures, but particularly by the laſt, how much one gains by kindneſs and aſſiſtance granted to others. He reformed his churliſh temper; and would certainly, in time, have ſhown himſelf as courteous to the full as Eugene, if this laſt, by having exerciſed a friendly diſpoſition from his cradle, had not conferred his favours with a greater grace.

THE PRESENT.

Mrs. Maddiſon, Viola, her daughter.
Viola.

MAMA, you know that my brother's birthday will come very ſoon, and I do not know what preſent to make him. I hope you will give me ſomething to beſtow upon him as a preſent on the occaſion.

Mrs. Maddiſon.
[130]

Doubtleſs I might eaſily do ſo, but I ſhould like much rather to preſent him with that ſomething on my own account. Do you imagine that I enjoy leſs pleaſure than yourſelf in making preſents? And beſides, reflect that if I give you any thing, in order that you may afterwards give it to your brother, it is my gift, not yours.

Viola.

That is true indeed, mama: and yet I ſhould be very glad if I had any thing to give him.

Mrs. Maddiſon.

Well then, let us reflect a little. How ſhall we proceed? You cannot ſurely but have ſomething by you! as for inſtance, your little orange-tree?

Viola.

My little orange-tree, mama, that bears ſuch fine bloſſoms to ornament all my noſegays!

Mrs. Maddiſon.

Well, what think you of your lamb?

Viola.

O dear mama! my lamb, that loves and follows me ſo prettily!

Mrs. Maddiſon.

Your doves, then?

Viola.

I reſolved, you know, to bring them up before they well had broken the ſhell; ſo they are my children, and I cannot part with them.

Mrs. Maddiſon.

I ſee then that you have nothing to give your brother!

Viola.

Now I recollect, I have.

Mrs. Maddiſon.

And what?

Viola.

You know that purſe, which my aunt Tereſa gave me for a Chriſtmas-box laſt year: you muſt own it is very pretty!

Mrs. Maddiſon.

True, my dear: but do you think that your brother will be pleaſed with ſuch a gift? for not to mention that he can never wear it long, I fancy you remember, when you had it firſt, you did not like it much yourſelf, and put it careleſsly into a drawer, as what you had no wiſh to ſee again; and this your brother knew, and cannot but remember when you bring it out.

Viola.

But notwithſtanding that, mama, it is ſtill a very pretty preſent.

Mrs. Maddiſon.

No, my dear: that only can be called a pretty preſent, which we ſhould be glad to keep, and which they party ſo obliged would equally be glad to have.

Viola.

And muſt I give my brother every thing that I ſhould be glad to keep?

Mrs. Maddiſon.
[131]

No: juſt as much, or juſt as little, as you pleaſe; provided what you give appears to be a token of your friendſhip.

Viola,
(after a little reflexion.)

Well, well, I will make up a noſegay of my fineſt orange bloſſoms, and preſent it to Henry, with my lamb.

Mrs. Maddiſon.

Well fancied! ſuch a gift will ſhew him your affection, ſince he knows that you would be very deſirous to keep the lamb yourſelf.

Viola.

Nor yet, mama, is this the whole; for every day I will take a walk out with my brother, that the lamb may uſe itſelf to follow him, as well as me. The little creature in this manner will be quite familiar with my brother, when I give him away; and my brother will love him the better.

Mrs. Maddiſon.

Come my deareſt, and embrace me. Be aſſured, this delicate attention will encreaſe the value of your preſent. Thus the mereſt trifle may become a valuable object, when beſtowed with ſuch a grace. You could not give your brother, or even me, ſuch joy with any other preſent.

Nor myſelf, mama, replied Viola, with vivacity.

You will be happier ſtill, continued Mrs. Maddiſon, when once the birth-day comes; becauſe, as I muſt contribute ſomething, I intend that you ſhall perform the honours, for me, of a little cold collation to be ſerved up in the garden, for your brother, and ſuch friends as he may wiſh to have invited.

Hearing this, the little lady kiſſed her mother's hand with ardour, and immediately ran off to make up half a dozen artificial roſes, with a crimſon ribbon which ſhe had by her. And with thoſe roſes ſhe intended to dreſs out the lamb on her brother's birth-day, when ſhe made him ſo affectionate a preſent.

THE CHIMNEY-SWEEPER.

[132]

A Silly ſervant maid had poſſeſſed the imagination of her maſter's children with a hundred fooliſh tales of ſpirits, and particularly of a black-faced goblin, as ſhe called it.

Antonia, one of theſe poor children, for the firſt time in her life, beheld a chimney-ſweeper knocking at her father's door. She made a lamentable outcry, and betook herſelf for refuge to the firſt apartment that ſhe found open, which apartment was the kitchen.

Hardly had ſhe hid herſelf behind a table, when the black-faced man came in, as if, in her imagination, he had meant to follow her.

This frightened her a ſecond time; and up ſhe ran into a pantry, higher than the kitchen floor by half a dozen ſteps, and not a great way from the fire place: where ſhe thought ſhe ſhould be ſafe from danger, in a corner.

She had hardly come, however, to herſelf, when ſuddenly ſhe heard the frightful fellow ſinging in the chimney; and, with bruſh and ſcraper, making all the while a rattling noiſe againſt the bricks about him.

Being ſeized with terror, ſhe jumped up, and leaping through a window, which was rather low, into the garden, ran quite breathleſs towards an arbour at the bottom of it, where ſhe fell half dead, and almoſt void of motion, cloſe beſide a tree.

Though ſhe had changed her ſituation by ſo great a diſtance, yet hardly did ſhe venture to look about her; when by chance ſhe ſaw the black-faced man appear again, and wave his bruſh about him, at the chimney-top.

On this, Antonia almoſt ſplit her throat with crying out, Help! help!

Her father heard the cry, and running towards the arbour, aſked what ailed her, that ſhe cried out ſo! Antonia had not ſtrength ſufficient to articulate a ſingle word, and therefore, keeping ſilence, pointed to the place where Grim was then ſitting aſtride, and flouriſhing his bruſh.

Her father ſmiled; and to convince her what ſmall cauſe ſhe had for terror, waited till the chimney-ſweeper [133]was come down. He then bade him be called, and cleaned a little in Antonia's preſence; after which, without explaining matters any further, he ſent up into the houſe to fetch his barber, who, it happened, was then waiting for him, and who conſequently had his face all over white with powder.

She was heartily aſhamed of having feared ſo much, without occaſion; and her father took this opportunity of giving her to underſtand, that there were whole nations, in a certain quarter of the globe, all over black by nature, but not therefore to be dreaded by white children; ſince theſe laſt were, in another country, generally nurſed by women purchaſed of thoſe nations, without loſing any of their whiteneſs.

Ever afterwards, Antonia was the firſt to laugh at ſilly ſtories, told by ſilly people, of hobgoblins and the like, to fright her.

THE CHERRIES.

JOHANNA and Felix one day got permiſſion, from their dear mama, to take a turn or two about the garden, by themſelves: they had deſerved this confidence placed in them, by their paſt diſcretion.

They amuſed themſelves, by playing for a time together, with that decent gaiety by which it is eaſy to diſtinguiſh young children who have been well brought up.

Againſt the garden wall grew many fruit-trees, and among them a young cherry-tree, which had no earlier than the year before been grafted, and was now in fruit. Its fruit indeed was very little; but on that account, perhaps much the finer.

Mrs. Dutton, their mother, did not want to gather them, though ripe. She kept them for her huſband's eating, who that very day was to return from York where buſineſs had a long time kept him.

As the children were accuſtomed to obedience, and forbidden once for all to gather any kind of fruit, or pick up even ſuch as they might find upon the ground, to eat [134]it, without aſking leave, ſhe thought it uſeleſs to ſay any thing about this cherry-tree.

When Johanna and Felix were fatigued with running up and down the terrace, Come, ſaid Felix, let us do ſomething elſe now; upon which they joined their hands, and walked ſedately towards the bottom of the garden, caſting every now and then a look of appetite upon the fruit with which the eſpaliers were loaded.

They were ſoon come up to this late grafted tree. A little blaſt of wind had ſhook the fineſt cherries from it, and they lay upon the ground cloſe by. Young Felix was the firſt to ſee them. He advanced his foot, ſtooped down, and picked them up, ate ſome, and gave Johanna ſome, who are them likewiſe.

They had not yet flung the ſtones away, when as it chanced, Johanna recollected her mama's command to eat no fruit but what ſhe might think fit to give her.

Ah! ſaid ſhe to Felix, we have diſobeyed mama by eating any of theſe cherries, and ſhall make her angry with us, when ſhe comes to know it. What had we beſt do?

Felix.

Why need mama know any thing about it? We may hold our tongues.

Johanna.

No, no; ſhe needs muſt know it, brother. She frequently forgives us the greateſt faults that we can commit, when we confeſs them of ourſelves.

Felix.

Yes, yes; but in this inſtance we have diſobeyed her, and ſhe never yet forgave us diſobedience.

Johanna.

When ſhe puniſhes our faults, I need not tell you, brother, it is becauſe ſhe loves us; and in conſequence of being puniſhed, we are not ſo very likely to forget, as otherwiſe we ſhould, what we may do, and what we may not.

Felix.

True, but ſhe is always ſorry when ſhe puniſhes our faults, and being ſorry, ſhe is unhappy: ſo I ſhould not like to ſee mama unhappy, which would be the caſe did ſhe but know what we have done.

Johanna.

Neither ſhould I wiſh to ſee my mama unhappy; but would ſhe not be much more ſo, upon diſcovering that we had wiſhed to bide our faults? Should we be bold enough to look her in the ſate while we were ſecretly reproached by our own hearts? or rather, ſhould we not be quite aſhamed to hear her call us her dear children, knowing as we muſt, how little we deſerve it?

Felix.
[135]

Ah, my deareſt ſiſter! you have quite convinced me; and indeed we ſhould, in that caſe, be two little monſters: therefore let us go to her, and acknowledge what we have done.

They kiſſed each other, and went hand in hand to their mama's apartment.

Dear mama, began Johanna, we have diſobeyed you, and not remembered what you forbade us. Puniſh me and Felix as we merit, but pray do not be angry with us; we ſhould both be quite uneaſy were our fault to make you ſorry or unhappy.

She related, in the next place, what her brother and herſelf had done, without endeavouring to excuſe the action.

Mrs. Dutton was ſo affected with the openneſs of Felix and Johanna, that a tear of tenderneſs and love eſcaped her. She could not reſolve on puniſhing their fault, but generouſly overlooked it. She well knew that children of a happy diſpoſition are more powerfully wrought on by the recollection of a mother's kindneſs, than by that of her ſeverity.

THE LITTLE PRATER.

LEONORA was endued with ſpirit and vivacity. When ſcarcely ſix years old, ſhe was exceedingly well practiſed in the art of managing her needle, and could very cleverly employ her ſciſſars. All the garters that her papa and brothers wore were of her making. She could read with eaſe in any book that ſhe happened to take up; her writing was alſo extremely neat and fair. She did not huddle great and little letters in one word together, neither did they lean ſome this and others that way; and her lines went ſtrait along, not dancing up and down from one ſide of her paper to the other, as I have too often ſeen in many children's writing-books, even older by a year or two than Leonora.

Her papa too, and mama, were no leſs ſatisfied with her obedience, than her maſters with her diligence and ſtudy. She kept up a perfect union with her ſiſters, treated every ſervant with the greateſt affability, and her companions with regard and condeſcenſion. All her parents' friends, [136]and every ſtranger that came there a viſiting, were equally enchanted with her company and converſation.

Who would think, that with ſo many recommendatory qualities, and ſo much underſtanding, any little girl could poſſibly be ſo unfortunate that none, when they grew acquainted at the houſe, could bear her? Such was Leonora, notwithſtanding; for a ſingle fault which ſhe had unhappily contracted, was ſo great as to deſtroy the effect of all her juvenile accompliſhments. The intemperance of her tongue made every one forget the graces of her underſtanding, and the goodneſs of her heart. In ſhort, our Leonora was the greateſt prater living.

When, for inſtance, ſhe was ſitting down to work, one might have heard her ſay, Oho! I fancy, it is high time that I ſhould be doing ſomething! What would my mama ſay, ſhould ſhe find me ſitting with my arms acroſs, a lolling on my elbows?—O my ſtars! how much I have got to hem here? all this apron! But at worſt, I never let the graſs grow under me when I ſet out, and I ſhall ſoon have done. Ah! there the clock ſtrikes: One, two, three, four, five, ſix, ſeven, eight, nine—Yes, poſitively nine o'clock! Well then, I have but two poor hours before I go to muſic; yet a deal of buſineſs may be done in ſuch a length of time. Mamma, when ſhe obſerves how diligent I have been, will be ſure to give me ſweetmeats.—Oh! what pleaſure I ſhall have in looking at them! Nothing do I love like nice criſped almonds. Not that I do not like egg plumbs preſerved: they are very good too, for papa popped one into my mouth laſt Thurſday, and then gave me a whole bagfull; but I think criſped almonds better.—I ſhould like to ſee Miſs Dolly this morning: I would ſhew her the fine petticoat that mama has bought me. Dolly is a funny little girl enough! I like her vaſtly. Oh! but ſhe loves talking, and I do not know how it happens, but one cannot thruſt a word in when her clapper is ſet a going. Where has my thimble hid itſelf? Siſter, have you ſeen my thimble? Patty muſt have ſurely loſt it for me, when ſhe came to ſweep the parlour.—It is ſo like her! ſhe is always ſuch a hairbrained creature! Who can work without a thimble? at leaſt I never take a ſtitch, if I miſlay it; for the needle pricks one's finger, and one's finger bleeds of courſe; and then, beſides the pain it gives one, how one's work looks when it is ſpotted [137]with red marks! Why, Patty! Patty! where can you be! Have you ſeen my thimble? Oh, no! here it is; and, juſt as if the matter were contrived on purpoſe, at the bottom of my work-bag.

Thus the little creature would be always dinning people's ears who happened to be near her. When her parents were engaged in any intereſting converſation with each other, ſhe would come and mix in their diſcourſe, by prating upon twenty different ſubjects. And at dinner, ſhe had hardly ever ended with her meat, before the pie or pudding was on the table. She would really forget to eat and drink, while everlaſtingly employed in prating.

Her papa would frequently reprove her twenty times a day for this defect; but all reproof was loſt upon her, neither would the greateſt puniſhment produce a reformation in her conduct. As it was not poſſible for any one to hear himſelf when ſhe was by, Miſs Chatterbox was often ſent to paſs the morning all alone in her apartment. During dinner, they would put her at a little table by herſelf, as diſtant from the company as they could place her. Leonora ſeemed afflicted at this ſeparation, but was not a whit the more ſilent on that account. She had always ſome ſubject of diſcourſe, were it even addreſſed only to herſelf, and, nevertheleſs, ſhe talked ſo loud every word that ſhe ſaid was heard; for, it was the ſame to her if any body was or was not by her: and I verily believe, that, rather than be mute, ſhe would have entered into converſation with her knife and fork.

From ſuch a fooliſh habit, what advantage did ſhe obtain? The ſtory tells us, only puniſhment and hatred. If you ſhould not be convinced of this by what I have already mentioned, you will certainly be ſo when you read what follows:

Once upon a time, her parents were invited to go down into the country for a week or fortnight, by a friend. It was in autumn, the weather was extremely fine, and it is not eaſy to conceive what great abundance there was then of every kind of fruit, pears, apples, nectarines and peaches.

Leonora thought it was deſigned to make her of the party, but ſtood very much ſurpriſed when her papa, directing both her ſiſters to get ready for the journey, told [138]her that ſhe muſt ſtay at home. She fell a crying, ran to her mama, and ſaid, My dear mama, what fault have I committed, that papa ſhould be ſo angry with me?— Your papa, ſhe anſwered, is not angry with you; but believe me it is impoſſible for any one to bear your conſtant chatter. You would certainly interrupt our pleaſure, and the pleaſure of the family that we are now going to viſit; and therefore for the future, whenever we go abroad, we muſt always leave you behind us.

Muſt I never ſpeak, then? anſwered Leonora.

That, ſaid her mama, would be no leſs a fault than what we wiſh to ſee you cured of. You are not to be entirely mute; but then you ought to wait 'till you perceive that your turn for ſpeaking is come round, and not inceſſantly prevent your parents, and as many as have more experience than yourſelf, from talking. You ſhould alſo take care how you ſay whatever comes into your head. When you deſire to be informed of any thing which it is not improper you ſhould know, you ought to aſk in as few words as poſſible, and having any thing to tell, you ſhould, in that caſe, firſt of all reflect within yourſelf, if thoſe about you would or would not like to hear it.

Leonora, thought ſhe could not reaſonably call in queſtion this advice, would not have wanted words to juſtify her prating, if ſhe had not heard that moment her papa call out that every thing was ready; and, in fact, the coach was off that very inſtant.

Leonora fell a ſighing, and with tears purſued the carriage 'till her eye no longer could diſcern it. When it was wholly out of ſight, ſhe went into a corner, and began to weep moſt bitterly. Ah, babbling goſſip! ſaid ſhe,

(now ſpeaking to herſelf,)

it is all owing to my long tongue that I have been thus puniſhed. I will take care, that for the future it ſhall never ſpeak a word more than it ought.

Some few days afterwards they returned. Leonora's ſiſters brought home with them baſkets full of pears and apples. They were both exceedingly well tempered; therefore Leonora would on no account have gone without her ſhare, but then the tears that ſhe had been ſhedding [139]ſo completely took away her appetite, that it is not to be wondered if ſhe did not wiſh for any. She that moment ran to her papa, imploring his pardon for her fault in having forced him, (as ſhe knew,) much againſt his will, to puniſh her. We have been both unhappy, added ſhe; but for the future I ſhall take care, and never ſpeak too much.

Her father tenderly embraced and kiſſed her.

On the morrow, Leonora was permitted to ſit down and take her dinner with the reſt. She ſpoke very little, but whatever ſhe did ſay was full of grace and modeſty. It is true, it coſt her very much to check her tongue, which, through impatience and the itch of talking, rolled, if I may ſay ſo, this and that way in her mouth; but on the following day, this work of checking her propenſity towards talking was leſs painful, and the next day ſtill leſs ſo. At length the difficulty, by a gradual diminution, was completely done away. At preſent ſhe has totally got rid of her bad habit, and ſhe figures in ſociety with credit to herſelf, and pleaſure to her friends, who are no longer vexed with what they were accuſtomed to entitle, in deriſion, her inceſſant clack.

HOT COCKLES.

The Elder and Younger.
The Younger.

BROTHER, all our friends have left us, and yet ſtill I am in a playing humour. What game ſhall we chuſe?

The Elder.

There are only two of us, and I am afraid, we ſhould not be much diverted.

The Younger.

Let us play at ſomething, however.

The Elder.

But at what?

The Younger.

At blindman's buff, for inſtance.

The Elder.

That is a game that would never end. It would not be as if there were a dozen, of which number ſome are generally off their guard; but where there are [140]only two, I ſhould not find it difficult to ſhun you, or you me: and then when we had caught each other, we ſhould know for certain who it was.

The Younger.

That is true, indeed. Well then, what think you of Hot Cockles?

The Elder.

That would be the ſame, you know. We could not poſſibly gueſs wrong.

The Younger.

Perhaps we might. However, let us try.

The Elder.

With all my heart, if it will pleaſe you. Look ye, if you like it, I will be the hot cockles firſt.

The Younger.

Do, brother. Put your right hand on the bottom of this chair: now ſtoop down and lay your face quite cloſe upon it that you may not ſee. That is well: and now, your left hand on your back. Well, maſter! but I hope your eyes are ſhut?

The Elder.

Yes, yes: do not be afraid.

The Younger.

Well, maſter, what have you to ſell?

The Elder.

Hot cockles! hot!

The Younger,
(ſlapping him.)

Who ſtruck?

The Elder,
(getting up.)

Why who, you little gooſe! but you?

The Younger.

Yes, yes; but with which hand?

The eldeſt did not dream of ſuch a queſtion: he was taken by ſurprize, and ſaid the right, at hazard.—It was with the left however that he had been ſtruck; and thus the youngeſt outwitted him.

GOD's BIRD.

Mrs. Mortimer, Paul and Edward, her ſons.
Mrs. Mortimer.

MY deareſt Edward, what have you done with all your money?

Edward.

Given it away.

Mrs. Mortimer.

Away, my little fellow! to whom?

Edward.

A very wicked boy.

Mrs. Mortimer.

No doubt, to make him better?

Edward.

Yes, mama. Pray don't the birds that fly about, belong to God?

Mrs. Mortimer.
[141]

They do; as well as we ourſelves, and every other creature.

Edward.

Well, mama; this wicked boy had ſtolen a bird from God and carried it about to ſell. The little bird cried out with all its ſtrength; and he was pinching the beak cloſe, to hinder it from crying. He was certainly afraid, mama, that God would hear it cry, and puniſh him for ſo much naughtineſs.

Mrs. Mortimer.

And you, my little man—

Edward.

And I—I gave the wicked boy my money, purſe and all, that he might give God back again his bird—I fancy, God was very glad,

(He jumps about for joy.)
Mrs. Mortimer.

He was, no doubt, to find my little fellow have ſo good a heart.

Edward.

The boy perhaps was wicked, dear mama, becauſe he wanted money?

Mrs. Mortimer.

Yery likely.

Edward.

Therefore I am glad that I gave him mine; becauſe, mama, you know, that I don't want money.

Paul.

We have had a ſort of difference with each other upon this affair. My brother gave his money without counting what it was, though certainly it would have bought ten birds. I told him that he ſhould firſt have aſked the boy how much would ſatisfy him.

Edward.

Which of us was in the right, mama?

Mrs. Mortimer.

Not you, my heart.

Edward.

But have not you, if you remember, often ſaid, dear Edward, do whatever good you can, and aſk no queſtions.

Mrs. Mortimer.

I have often told you ſo, indeed; but then you ſhould conſider how to do it the beſt way you can. To day, for inſtance, ſince you had more money than was neceſſary to deliver the poor little bird, you ſhould have kept the reſt for ſuch another purpoſe; for if other wicked boys had come into your way, as well as he did, with God's birds, and you had no more money, tell me what you would have done?

Edward.

Why then, mama, I would have come to you for what I wanted.

Mrs. Mortimer.

But if I had happened to have none?

Edward.

Ah!—then ſo much the worſe!

Mrs. Mortimer.

You ſee, then, Paul gave you good [142]advice. You are to ſave your money, and not only for yourſelf, but for others, ſo that you may do all the good in your power with it. Do you ſuppoſe, my dear, that there was no other bird than this in all the world, to which you might have given aſſiſtance?

Edward.

I was thinking of no other then—I wiſh, mama, you had but ſeen how much he ſeemed at firſt to ſuffer, and how glad he was afterwards when I let him fly away. He was quite giddy with his joy, he knew not where to go that he might clap his wings. However, dear mama, the boy aſſured me, for I made him promiſe, that he would never try to catch it a ſecond time.

Mrs. Mortimer.

My little fellow, you have notwithſtanding done quite well; and to reward you, here is more money.

Edward.

More!—oh thank you.

Mrs. Mortimer.

And a kiſs into the bargain. How rejoiced I am in being your mama! With ſuch an inclination as you have for doing good, you need but ſtudy how to do it in a proper manner, and you will prove the happieſt creature in the world.

THE SELF-CORRECTED LIAR.

LITTLE Griffith was now ſix years old, and had never yet told a falſity. He never had committed any fault, and therefore had no need to hide the truth. When any accident befel him, as to break a pane of glaſs, or ſpot his cloaths, he went immediately and told his father, who would be always ſo good as to forgive him, with a caution that in future he ſhould be more careful.

Griffith had a couſin, but a very naughty boy, whoſe name was Robert. Robert came one day to ſee him; and Griffith, by way of ſhewing his attention to his viſitor, made propoſals for a game at drafts. His couſin eagerly accepted the propoſal, on condition that they ſhould play for ſomething. Griffith for a little time refuſed, but in the end was wrought upon by Robert, and in hardly more than thirty minutes, all the money which he had been laying up [143]many weeks from his allowance was compleatly gone. Affected with his loſs, poor Griffith got into a corner, and began to cry, while Robert fell a laughing, and went home in triumph with his ſpoil.

It was not long before poor Griffith's father, who had been from home, returned. He loved the child, and therefore ſent to ſee him in the parlour. But what ails you? ſaid he. And what has happened? Sure you have been crying?

Griffith.

Yes, papa, becauſe my couſin has been here, and made me play with him at drafts.

The Father.

And what of that? I ſee no harm done yet; for drafts are a diverſion that I have given you leave to take. But poſſibly you played for money?

Griffith.

O! no, no, papa.

The Father.

Then why do you cry?

Griffith.

Becauſe I wiſhed to ſhow my couſin how much money I had ſaved to buy myſelf a book. Now I had hid it all behind the great ſtone poſt without, and when I put my hand into the hole, it was gone. Some perſon, paſſing by the gate, has ſtolen it.

Griffith's father, ſome how or another, fancied this recital to be falſe: but did not mention his ſuſpicions then. He went that moment to his brother's, and as ſoon as he ſaw little Robert, he forced a ſmile, and began in this manner:

Well, my child, you have been lucky, have not you, to-day?

Oh! yes, ſaid Robert, very lucky, ſir!

And what did you win?

A ſhilling, ſaid the nephew.

What, ſo much? And did he pay you, Robert?

Doubtleſs, uncle. I have it in my pocket.

Notwithſtanding Griffith had deſerved a grievous puniſhment, his father thought it not amiſs to pardon this, as being his firſt falſehood; and therefore only told him, with a ſcornful tone of voice, that ſince he knew that he had a liar in his houſe, he would tell all the ſervants never to believe him, whatſoever he ſhould ſay.

Some few days after, Griffith went in turn to viſit Robert, and pulled out a handſome pencil-caſe which his ſiſter had beſtowed him at Chriſtmas. Robert wiſhed to have it, and in exchange would have been glad to [144]give him every one of his playthings, his ball, his top, and rackets; but as Griffith, he obſerved, would not part with it, he began to play the bully, put his arms akimbo, and advanced towards him, ſaid, "The pencil caſe is mine: I loſt it at your houſe, or elſe you ſtole it." Griffith, to no purpoſe, earneſtly proteſted that it was his ſiſter's preſent. Robert quickly let him ſee that he meant to force it from him; and as Griffith graſped it with both hands, he cloſed upon him, threw him down, got over him, and with his double fiſt ſo pomelled Griffith in the face that he was forced to yield the caſe.

Poor Griffith, being treated in this manner, poſted home, his noſe all over blood, and half his hair pulled off — "Papa, papa, (ſaid he, as ſoon as he was come within his father's hearing,) look how I have been uſed! The naughty Robert has this moment robbed me of my pencil-caſe, and handled me as you ſee."

But far from pitying him, his father anſwered, "Go, you liar; you have loſt your pencil-caſe at drafts, and to deceive me, ſmeared your noſe with mulberry juice, and put your hair into diſorder." Griffith ſolemnly proteſted, to no purpoſe, that he ſpoke only the truth." I cannot credit (ſaid the father) one who has already proved himſelf a liar."

Griffith, quite confounded, went away into his chamber, and bewailed moſt bitterly the conſequences of his firſt untruth. Next day he begged permiſſion to appear before his father, and implored forgiveneſs. "I acknowledge (ſaid he) how wicked I have been in ſeeking to deceive you with a falſhood once; but, dear papa, let me entreat you to give up your reſolutions of believing me no longer when I even ſpeak the truth!

His father told me the other day that from that moment Griffith had not let the leaſt untruth eſcape him, and that therefore he had recompenced his ſon's veracity by truſting him implicitly. He never looked for proteſtations from him: it was ſufficient Griffith barely told him any thing, that he ſhould take it for as great a certainty as if himſelf had ſeen it.

What a ſatisfaction this to be experienced by a tender father, and a ſon ſo worthy of him!

RECEIPT TO BE ALWAYS PLEASED.

[145]

I Should be very glad to play, mama, all day, ſaid Laura.

Mrs. Delwin.

What, all day?

Laura.

Oh! yes, mama.

Mrs. Delwin.

I ſhall be very glad to give you any pleaſure in my power, my little Laura; but I fear, you will very ſoon be tired.

Laura.

Of playing! Never. You ſhall ſee that, mama.

And ſaying ſo, the little Laura ran to fetch her playthings. She had got them all together, but was quite alone; for both her ſiſters were that day to be employed with different maſters, till the afternoon.

At firſt, ſhe played as ſhe thought proper, and was very happy for an hour or thereabout; but, by degrees, the pleaſure which ſhe enjoyed began to loſe a little of its power to pleaſe her.

She had now handled her play-things twenty times, or oftener, and could tell no longer what to do. Her favourite doll was grown quite troubleſome and tedious to her.

She deſired her dear mama to ſhew her ſome new method of diverſion, and to play with her; but unfortunately her mama had very preſſing buſineſs, and could not attend to her, however ſhe might wiſh to do ſo.

Laura, after this, ſat moping in a corner, till her ſiſters, had quite finiſhed with their maſters, and were now about to take a little recreation. She ran to them in a melancholy mood, which was as much as mentioning how long their time of ſtudy had ſeemed to her, and with what impatience ſhe had wiſhed to ſee them.

They propoſed immediately ſuch games as they ſuppoſed moſt entertaining, for they loved her greatly: but, alas! all their ſolicitude was uſeleſs. Laura could not but complain that every game which they mentioned had already tired her; nay, in her impatience, ſhe even ventured to accuſe them of conſpiring with each other to afford her ſuch diverſion only as they knew would not amuſe her. Upon which Miſs Amelia, her eldeſt ſiſter, [146]an extremely ſenſible young lady ten years old, took Laura by the hand, and with a ſmile began as follows:

Look at us, dear Laura, and I will tell you which perſon in the room occaſions your diſſatisfaction.

Laura.

And who is it, ſiſter? For my part, I don't know.

Amelia.

The reaſon is, you do not look at yourſelf. Yes, Laura, you yourſelf occaſion your diſſatisfaction; for you ſee theſe games amuſe us ſtill, though we have played them over, you may eaſily imagine, before you were born: but then we have been both at work, and therefore are they in a manner new to us. If you, by previous ſtudy and attention, had obtained an appetite for pleaſure, you would certainly have been pleaſed as caſily as we are.

Little Laura, who, however young ſhe was, by no means wanted underſtanding, was ſo ſtruck with theſe remarks, as to diſcern that every one who would be happy ſhould take care to mix improving exerciſe with pleaſing recreation. And indeed, I know not whether, after ſuch experience gained, the menace of a whole day's pleaſure would not have more terrified her than that of a whole day's labour.

THE TULIPS.

LUCETTA had ſeen for two ſummers ſucceſſively a bed of tulips in her father's garden, which were ſtreaked with the moſt beautiful colours.

Like the fluttering butterfly, ſhe often roved from flower to flower, being ſtruck merely with their beauty, but never reflecting to what they owed their origin.

Laſt Autumn, ſhe ſaw her father amuſe himſelf with digging up the bed and planting tulip roots. Ah! papa, cried ſhe in a whimpering tone, what are you doing? Will you ſpoil all our fine tulip bed ſo, and inſtead of thoſe fine flowers that grew there, put naſty onions in it for the kitchen?

Her father anſwered her, that he knew what he was about, and he was going to tell her that from thoſe onions would come forth new tulips the following year; but [147]Lucetta interrupted him by her complaints, and would liſten to nothing.

When her father ſaw that he could not make her underſtand reaſon, he left her to pacify herſelf, and continued his work while ſhe retired ſobbing.

During the Winter, as often as the converſation turned upon flowers, Lucetta ſighed, and thought within herſelf how great a pity it was that her father had deſtroyed the fineſt ornament of the garden. Winter finiſhed its courſe, and Spring came next to ſweep the ſnow and ice off the ground.

Lucetta had not entered the garden yet. Indeed it would have been difficult to prevail on her to go in, as it was deprived of her favourite flower. One day, however, ſhe entered without thinking. But what were her tranſports of ſurprize and joy, when ſhe ſaw the tulip bed ſtill more beautiful than the preceding year! She ſtood ſtill at firſt, motionleſs and ſilent with admiration: at length ſhe threw herſelf into her father's arms, crying, Ah! dear papa, I thank you for plucking up thoſe naſty onions, and for putting in their place thoſe ſweet flowers that I am ſo fond of.

Yo owe me no thanks, anſwered her father; for theſe ſweet flowers that you are ſo fond of ſprung from nothing elſe but my naſty onions.

The obſtinate Lucetta would not believe a word of it; upon which her father pulled up carefully one of the fineſt tulips, together with the bulbous root (reſembling an onion) from which the ſtalk grew, and preſented it to her.

Lucetta, quite confounded, aſked pardon for having been ſo unreaſonable. I pardon you, my dear child, with all my heart, replied her father, provided you acknowledge how eaſy it is for children to deceive themſelves, when they attempt to judge, after their ignorance, of the actions of people who have had experience.

Oh! yes, papa, anſwered Lucetta, I am convinced of that, and therefore for the future ſhall diſtruſt my own eyes; and whenever I ſhall be tempted to ſuppoſe that I know more of the matter than other people, I will think of the Tulips and the Onions.

I am very glad, my dear little friends, that I had it in my power to tell you this ſtory; for you will preſently ſee what happened to another child who had never heard it.

THE STRAWBERRIES AND CURRANTS.

[148]

ALLAN had frequently heard his father ſay, that children were without the leaſt degree of knowledge touching what was proper for them; and that all the wiſdom which they could poſſibly prove themſelves to poſſeſs, lay in following the advice of people older than themſelves. And yet he never had ſincerely wiſhed to underſtand this doctrine, or perhaps, to ſpeak as favourably as the matter will allow, had forgot it.

His indulgent father had allotted him and Proſpero, his brother, a convenient piece of ground, that each might have a little garden, and diſplay his induſtry and knowledge in the cultivation of it. And not only this, but they had leave to ſow whatever ſeed they thought proper, or to take any tree-root already growing in their father's garden, and tranſplant it.

Proſpero remembered the inſtruction of his father, went to have a little converſation on this ſubject with Ralph the gardener, and began thus: Pray tell me what I ought to ſow at preſent in my garden, and how ſet about my work?

The gardener gave him ſeveral roots and ſeeds adapted to the ſeaſon. Proſpero that moment ran and put them in the ground, and Ralph was ſo kind as to aſſiſt him in the work, and to give him ſome inſtruction.

But Allan, ſeeing Proſpero's docility, ſhrugged up his ſhoulders. Ralph, not obſerving this contemptuous action, aſked if he ſhould give him ſome aſſiſtance and inſtruction likewiſe?

Yes, replied Allan, I have great occaſion, to be ſure, of your aſſiſtance and inſtruction, particularly the laſt!

On this, he went into his father's garden; and ſelecting for his own, a quantity of flowers, tranſplanted them immediately. The gardener let him do as he thought fit.

Next morning, when Allan viſited his garden, all the flowers which he had ſo lately planted hung their heads like mourners at a funeral, and, as he ſaw, were dying. He tranſplanted others from his father's garden, which the morning after he obſerved, with much vexation, were exactly in the ſame condition.

[149]He was very ſoon diſguſted with this ſort of work. It was paying very dear, we muſt acknowledge, for the pleaſure of poſſeſſing a few flowers. Of courſe he gave it up, and it was not long before his piece of ground was overrun with weeds and thiſtles.

Towards the middle of the Spring, as he was looking at his brother's garden, he ſaw ſomething red ſuſpended very near the ground, which, on examination, he diſcerned to be ſtrawberries, and found to have an exquiſite degree of flavour.

Ah, ſaid he, if I had planted ſtrawberries in my garden!

Some time after, likewiſe, he ſaw certain little berries of a milk white colour, that hung down in cluſters from the branches of a buſh; upon examination, they were currants, which to look at only was a banquet.

Ah, ſaid he again, if I had planted currants in my garden!

Eat as many as you like, ſaid Proſpero, as if they were your own.

It reſted with yourſelf and no one elſe, remarked the gardener, to have had as good; ſo never for the future treat with ſcorn the aſſiſtance and inſtruction which any one may offer you, who is poſſeſſed of greater knowledge and experience than yourſelf.

OBLIGINGNESS AND COMPLAISANCE.

EMILIA, Victoria, Juliet, and Sophia, had a governeſs who loved them with the fondneſs of a mother. This governeſs was called Mademoiſelle Beaufoy.

Her greateſt wiſh was, that her pupils ſhould be virtuous in order to be happy; that a friendſhip for each other ſhould increaſe the pleaſures of their childhood; and that they ſhould taſte thoſe pleaſures without diminution or anxiety.

A kind indulgence, and exact degree of juſtice towards them, were the conſtant motives of her conduct, whether ſhe had any thing to pardon, to reward, or puniſh in them.

[150]She enjoyed, with infinite delight, the pleaſing fruits of her inſtruction and example.

The four little girls began to be the happieſt children upon earth. They told each other of their faults, forgave each other, ſhared together of each other's joys, and could not live without each other.

Alas! by what fatality do children poiſon the ſource of their own enjoyments, at the very moment when they begin to taſte its charms; and how great is their happineſs when they are placed under the eye of a perſon endowed with equal prudence and tenderneſs.

It happened, Mademoiſelle Beaufoy was forced to leave her pupils for a time, as certain family concerns obliged her to viſit France. She left them with reluctance, made a ſacrifice of ſome advantages to the deſire of quickly ſettling her affairs, and hardly had a month expired when ſhe returned in ſafety to her little flock.

They all received her with the greateſt ſigns of joy: but, alas! what an unhappy alteration did ſhe very ſoon perceive in theſe poor little children!

If, as frequently it happened, any one among them aſked the ſlighteſt favour of another, the latter ill-naturedly refuſed it, and hence followed diſcontent and quarrels:— the uncommon gaiety that hitherto had been remarkable in all their little ſports, and made their work itſelf delightful, was now changed to peeviſhneſs and melancholy; and inſtead of thoſe expreſſions dictated by peace and friendſhip, which were before heard in all their converſations, nothing now prevailed among them but inceſſant bickerings. Did either wiſh to take an hour's diverſion in the garden? her ſiſters were ſure to aſſign ſome reaſon for remaining in their chamber. And, in ſhort, it was enough that any thing ſhould meet the wiſh of one among them to diſpleaſe the others.

It particularly chanced one day, that not contented to deny each other every ſort of friendſhip and obligingneſs, they mutually diſtreſſed each other with reproaches. Mademoiſelle Beaufoy, who ſat as a witneſs of this ſcene was ſo affected by it as even to ſhed tears.

She could not ſpeak a word; and penſively withdrew into her chamber, that ſhe might the better think upon the means of rendering back to theſe unhappy little ones [151]the pleaſures which they had loſt of their former friendſhip and reciprocal attachment.

She was ſtill employed in this afflicting taſk when all the four young ladies entered her apartment, with a peeviſh and uneaſy look, complaining that they could be no longer happy in each other's company. There was not one of them but charged the reſt with cauſing it; and all together earneſtly deſired their governeſs to reſtore them, if poſſible, to their loſt happineſs.

The governeſs received them in a very ſerious manner ſaying, I obſerve, my children, you obſtruct each other in your pleaſures; therefore, that this circumſtance may never come to paſs again, let each take up her corner in this very room, if ſhe thinks proper, and divert herſelf in any way that ſhe likes, but ſo as not to interfere with either of her ſiſters. You may have recourſe to this new mode of recreation inſtantly, as you have leave to play till night; but each (remember) in her corner, as I ſaid juſt now.

The little girls were charmed with this propoſal, took their places, and began to play.

Sophia entered into converſation with her doll, or rather told her many little ſtories; but her doll could not reply, and had no ſtories in her turn to tell. It was in vain to look for any entertainment from her ſiſters; they were playing, each aſunder, in their corners.

Juliet took her battledore and ſhuttlecock, yet none applauded her dexterity; beſides, ſhe would gladly have ſtruck it acroſs the room, but in that caſe there was nobody to ſend it back. It was in vain to hope ſuch ſervice from her ſiſters; they were playing, each aſunder, in their corners.

Emilia could have wiſhed to paſs the time that now hung heavy on her at a game of which ſhe was very fond, hunt the ſlipper: but, alas! who was there to paſs the ſlipper from hand to hand? It was in vain to aſk her ſiſters; they were playing, each aſunder, in their corners.

And Victoria, who was very ſkilful as a little houſewife, thought how ſhe might give her friends an entertainment, and of courſe ſend out for many things to market. But who was to receive her orders? It was in vain to pitch upon her ſiſters; they were playing, each aſunder, in their corners.

[152]It was juſt the ſame with every other play. All of them ſuppoſed that it would be compromiſing matters to approach each other, and therefore they diſdainfully continued in their ſolitude. At length the day concluded. They returned again to Mademoiſelle Beaufoy, and begged her to ſhew them a better ſort of amuſement than that which ſhe had already recommended.

I can only think of one, my children, anſwered ſhe, which you yourſelves knew very well formerly, but which it ſeems you have now forgotten. Yet, if you wiſh to put it once more into practice, I can eaſily remind you of it.

Oh! we wiſh to recollect it with all our hearts, replied they; and ſtood all attention to ſeize with ardour the firſt word that their governeſs ſhould utter.

It is, anſwered ſhe, that reciprocal obligingneſs, that mutual friendſhip, which ſiſters owe to each other. O, my deareſt little friends! how miſerable have you contrived to make yourſelves and me too, ſince you loſt it!

She ſtopped ſhort when ſhe had uttered theſe few words, which yet were interrupted frequently by ſighs, while tears of tenderneſs ran down her cheeks.

The little girls appeared aſtoniſhed and ſtruck dumb with ſorrow and confuſion in her preſence. She held out her arms; they ruſhed at once affectionately towards her, and ſincerely promiſed that they would love each other for the future, and agree as they had done before ſhe left them.

From that moment they betrayed no ſigns of peeviſhneſs to trouble their harmonious intercourſe. Inſtead of bickerings and diſcontent amongſt them, nothing now was known but mutual condeſcenſions which delighted all who had the opportunity of being with them.

They preſerve this amiable character at preſent in the world among their friends, of whom they are acknowledged to be the delight and ornament.

THE LINNET'S NEST.

[153]

MAMA, mama, cried out little Sam, one evening, running out of breath into the parlour; ſee, ſee, what I have here in my hat.

Mrs. Baxter.

Ha, ha! a linnet! Where did you get it?

Sam.

I happened to find a neſt in the morning, as I paſſed along the white thorn hedge, below the fiſh-pond. And waiting till the evening, I crept along the hedge as ſoftly as I could, and ſlap! before the bird could be aware of me, caught him by the wings.

Mrs. Baxter.

Was he by himſelf, then, in the neſt?

Sam.

No, no; the little ones were in it too. But they are ſo little yet that they have not got their feathers. Oh! they can't eſcape me!

Mrs. Baxter.

And what do you intend to do with this linnet?

Sam.

Put it in a cage, mama.

Mrs. Baxter.

And with the young ones?

Sam.

Oh! I'll take the young ones too, and rear them. I will run now and fetch them.

Mrs. Baxter.

I am ſorry, Sam; but you will not have time to get them.

Sam.

Oh! it is not far off. Don't you know the Windſor pear-tree? Well, it is cloſe by that. I have taken care to mark the place.

Mrs. Baxter.

But that is not the matter. What I mean is, that our neighbour, Juſtice Sharp, has ſent to take you up. The conſtables are very likely come, and at the door.

Sam.

The conſtables! to take me up?

Mrs. Baxter.

Yes, yes; to take you up! The juſtice has your father in cuſtody already; and the conſtables who took him, told us that they would ſoon come back for you, with Kitty, Bell and Sally, and then carry you all four to priſon.

Sam.

Oh! dear me! And what does he deſign to do with us?

Mrs. Baxter.

You will be ſhut up in a little room, and not have permiſſion to come out a moment.

Sam.
[154]

Oh! the wicked juſtice!

Mrs. Baxter.

However, he will not do you any harm. They will give you, every day, good things to eat and drink. You will have nothing to complain of but your loſs of freedom, and the pleaſure of ſeeing me.

(Sam begins to cry.)

Well, what is the matter with you? Is confinement ſuch a great misfortune, if they give you every thing that you want?

(Sam cannot ſpeak for ſobbing.)

The juſtice treats your father, ſiſters, and yourſelf, as you would treat the linnet and its young. You cannot call him wicked, therefore, as you do, without confeſſing that you are ſo yourſelf.

Sam,
(ſobbing.)

Oho! I will let the linnet fly, mama, this inſtant.

(He opens his hat, and the bird flies out at the window.)
Mrs. Baxter,
(taking him into her arms.)

Be of comfort, my dear Sam! for I only meant to give you ſome inſtruction by this little ſtory of the juſtice: neither will your father, or your ſiſters, or yourſelf, be ſent to priſon. All I wiſhed was to convince you how wicked it would be to ſhut up the poor little bird. As much as you appeared afflicted, when I told you that they would take you up, ſo much the little bird was certainly when you deprived him of his liberty. Conceive how much the cock would have lamented to be parted from the hen, the young ones from their mother, and the mother from her young ones. This I am ſure you did not think of, otherwiſe you never would have taken him. Tell me, would you?

Sam.

Never, dear mama. I did not once think of all this.

Mrs. Baxter.

Well, think of it for the future, and forget not that birds, as well as every other creature, were created to enjoy their liberty, and that it would be cruel to fill up with ſorrow that ſhort period of exiſtence which God has granted them; and, to remember this the better, you ſhould get by heart a little piece of poetry that your friend has written.

Sam.

What! the Children's Friend? Oh! pray repeat it to me.

THE LINNETS.

[155]
I HOLD it faſt, this linnet's neſt,
With one, two, three, four young ones in it:
Long did I watch you, without reſt,
But pris'ners made you in a minute.
Cry, little rebels, as you pleaſe,
And flap your wings; but vain you'll find it!
You cannot get away with eaſe;
So ſtay with me, and never mind it.
But, don't I hear their mother's cries
Deplore the durance that has bound them?
Yes; and their father likewiſe flies,
Sadly complaining, round and round them.
And ſhall I cauſe them ſo much pain
Who us'd to go laſt ſpring, and hear them
From you broad oak pour down their ſtrain,
While the whole grove was muſic near them?
Alas! if from my mother I
Were violently to be parted,
I know, with ſorrow ſhe would die,
Or, if ſhe liv'd, live broken-hearted.
Should I then, cruel ſpoiler! tear,
Thoſe innocents from her who bore them?
No: I'll not doom you to deſpair!
Take back your young, I here reſtore them.
Teach them, in ſome o'er-arching glade,
Round you, from morn till night to hover,
Learning to harmonize the ſhade,
Throat anſwering throat, and lover lover.
So will I come and ſit, next year,
With the firſt dawn, till day's deſcending,
Under the oak, and feaſt my ear
While their ſoft notes are ſweetly blending.

THE DESERTER.
A DRAMA, in Three ACTS.

[156]

CHARACTERS.

  • MOORHOUSE, a Publican.
  • GRACE, his Wiſe.
  • GEORGE their Son, a Corporal.
  • TRUNNION, his Comrade.
  • THOMAS, Moorhouſe's Brother.
  • STEWARD.
  • CAPTAIN.
  • SERJEANT.

During the two firſt acts, the ſcene is laid in the Publican's houſe; but changes to a priſon in the laſt.

ACT I.

SCENE I.
Moorhouſe, (entering,) Grace, (ſpinning with a diſtaff and ſpindle.)
Moorhouſe.

HERE is a ſoldier coming, Grace.

Grace,
(letting fall her ſpindle.)

A ſoldier! What are we to do? Our trade gone, and a ſoldier quartered on us!

Moorhouſe.

After all, perhaps, though it is not likely that he ſhould help us, he will have more compaſſion on our poverty than richer folks. A ſoldier's character, my dear, is much miſrepreſented: he has far more conſcience than a ſteward, who is hardened to oppreſs the poor by dint of habit, while a ſoldier is often thinking of another life, as he has death before him often.

SCENE II.
Moorhouſe, Grace, Trunnion.
Trunnion.

Save you! I am come to be your gueſt. See, here is the billets it is for two. Another is on the road.

Moorhouſe.
[157]

We would entertain you, ſoldier, with all our hearts, but we really have not the means. Though we keep a public-houſe, yet trade is ſo dead that we cannot renew our licence, which is almoſt out. We ſignified as much to Juſtice Parſons in the neighbourhood, and begged that no ſoldiers might be ſent us; but he anſwered, till our licence was expired we muſt be looked upon as publicans, and take the conſequence. Indeed, we have hardly now a ſingle cuſtomer: the houſe is deferted, and our ſtock of liquor out to the very laſt drop.

Trunnion.

But, for heaven's ſake, my good people, tell me how you live without a bit of fire?

Grace.

When one has got no fuel, and no money to buy any—

Trunnion.

For my part, I muſt have ſome to warm me, and a bit of dinner likewiſe. Have you any thing to give me?

Grace.

Nothing; not ſo much as bread. We live from hand to mouth; and when we get one meal, cannot tell when we ſhall have another. If you do not believe me, take a look about the houſe, and ſee if you diſcover any thing but poverty within it.

Trunnion.

No, no; I believe and pity you. I have a little money in my pocket, which I cannot do better than ſhare with you. My good friend, here is a ſhilling and ſome halfpence: go, buy us ſomething good to eat; you ſhall take a bit along with us, but firſt, a little wood.

Moorhouſe.

You are very kind; I will run immediately.

(He goes out.)
SCENE III.
Trunnion, Grace.
Trunnion.

And in the mean time, with your leave, good mother, I will examine how my arms are.

Grace.

With my leave, good friend? Do what you pleaſe; you are welcome.—

(Aſide.)

My huſband is right; ſoldiers are much better chriſtians than too many gentlefolks.—

(To Trunnion.)

My ſon is a ſoldier likewiſe.

Trunnion.

In what regiment?

Grace.

Colonel Sheffield's.

Trunnion.

What is his name, then?

Grace.
[158]

George Moorhouſe. Heaven knows if he be ſtill alive. I have not heard about him for theſe four years.

Trunnion.

Do not you be uneaſy, my good woman, he is ſtill living.

Grace.

Dear ſir, do you know him then?

Trunnion,
(embarraſſed.)

I can't tell that; but I ſuppoſe he is living, as he came of ſuch good folks.

Grace.

Ah, that is no reaſon.

Trunnion.

But I wiſh your huſband were returned. If I had but the wood, I would make a fire. My comrade is rather boiſterous, and will certainly be angry if he does not find things ready when he comes.

Grace.

Oh! you will excuſe us. A good word from you will pacify him.

Trunnion.

Words will not do with him, and beſides he is a corporal. I muſt not ſpeak to him as I pleaſe.

SCENE IV.
Trunnion, Grace, Moorhouſe.
Moorhouſe,
(throwing down a faggot.)

Here is ſome wood, and a nice bit of meat; and turnips that a gardener gave me. I have brought you back a little change too.

Trunnion.

Keep that to buy us ſome ſmall beer. I thought to have had a pint of porter; but my family is increaſed, and ſo my liquor muſt be weaker.

Grace.

Come, my dear, open the faggot, and I will make a fire: the gentleman ſays that his comrade is rather haſty.

Trunnion.

Yes, and being a noncommiſſioned officer beſides, he will expect things to be as they ſhould. He is giving orders in the company, otherwiſe he would have been here before now. Ah! here he comes.

SCENE V.
Trunnion, Grace, Moorhouſe, George.
George.

Well, is dinner ready? Make haſte goodpeople.

Moorhouſe.
[159]

It is not our fault, good ſir, that matters are no forwarder. Your comrade will inform you ſo.

Trunnion,
(in a whiſper to George.)

Come, finiſh this child's play, and tell them who you are.

(To Grace.)

Conſider this young man, good mother.

George.

Do not you recollect me?

Grace,
(after having looked at George with attention.)

Heavens! can it be George?

George.

Yes, yes, it is, dear mother. Oh, what pleaſure to behold you after ſuch long abſence!

Moorhouſe.

Is it poſſible? my ſon! Oh, welcome dear, dear boy, a thouſand times!

Grace,
(embracing him.)

I ſee you then once more before I die! Heaven be praiſed!

Moorhouſe.

And how have you contrived to live? ſo many, my dear ſon, are dead, but you in ſafety!

George.

Yes, and yet I have never been deficient in my duty. I owe it certainly to your prayers, that I have eſcaped ſafe and ſound from all dangers. I find, I am quartered on you: Are you ſorry for it?

Moorhouſe.

Can you aſk if we are ſorry! ſince the day you left us, we have never been ſo happy.

Grace,
(whiſpering Trunnion.)

My good friend, you told me ſomething of a corporal, I think?

Trunnion.

Why, George is a corporal. Don't you ſee it?

Moorhouſe.

Then you are promoted! but how came that about? You could not read.

George.

My captain had me taught.

Moorhouſe.

Oh, what a charming man this captain muſt be!

Grace.

Let them tell us now that ſoldiers are not ſpecial people!

Trunnion.

I will anſwer for it, George will ſoon be higher than a corporal.

(To George.)

But how came you not to tell me, when you ſaw the billet, that you were quartered on your father?

George.

Comrade, I was ſo full of my joy that I could not ſpeak.

Grace.

How long are you to ſtay with us?

George.

Two days. We halt here.

Moorhouſe.

I am glad of that, my dear boy; we ſhall have time to talk of a few matters.

Trunnion.
[160]

Well, well, I can ſee you have enough to talk of theſe three hours or more perhaps: ſo, mother, ſhew me where to make the fire and dreſs the meat; I will do the whole myſelf.

Grace.

At leaſt I will help you, my good ſir.

Trunnion.

No, no; you have enough to do with George, ſo do but ſhew me to your kitchen; then you may come back, and talk together at your eaſe.

Grace.

Since you will have it ſo.

SCENE VI.
Moorhouſe, George.
George.

Then, father, you are not at your eaſe?

Moorhouſe.

At our eaſe! Oh, no. Our trade is fallen from us, and in ſhort, theſe two years paſt, it is wonderful how we ſubſiſt!

George.

But how is that poſſible? you that were formerly ſo well to live!

Moorhouſe.

You have reaſon to be ſurprized at it, knowing as you do how laborious we always were, and that we did no [...] manage like one half of our neighbours, who do not know how to lay by any thing againſt a rainy day. However, we have had ſevere loſſes ſince you left us, and now the worſt of it is that we are indebted to our landlord upwards of four pounds. We cannot pay it, and the ſteward threatens every day to turn us out of doors, in which caſe we muſt beg our bread.

George.

Juſt Heavens! could I have thought to find you in ſo ſad a ſituation!

Moorhouſe.

We ſhould never have been in it, had the ſteward not contrived to make you, as he did, a ſoldier. It was wholly a contrivance on his part, of which I will tell you the particulars ſome other opportunity. When he was nothing but a bailiff, and had ſcarce a coat to wear, I would not lend him money, and it was then that he firſt of all began to hate us. And at length he has compleated his revenge. Our houſe is to be ſold, and you will not poſſeſs a groat belonging to your father.

George.

If you had but ſomething to ſubſiſt on, I ſhould not regard myſelf. Here is all the money that I poſſeſs. [161]I give it you with tears, becauſe I have no more to ſpare you.—

Moorhouſe.

May heaven repay it to you a hundred fold, my dear child! This will keep us a few days.

George.

Let me think a little. Cannot I ſpeak with this ſame ſteward?

Moorhouſe.

He will be here this very day.

George.

Then I will be ſure to tell him ſomething that may do you good. The king is coming to review our regiment; ſo you ſhall go and tell him your ſad ſituation.

Moorhouſe.

I go tell him! I ſhould not be able to pronounce a word before him. I ſhould ſtand ſtock ſtill, or perhaps run away through fear and terror, were I forced into his preſence!

George.

Never fear: he would return you a kind anſwer. I was once a centinel at Windſor, on the Terrace, when the king was walking there: it was upon a Sunday evening. I ſhall never ſure forget with what familiarity he ſpoke to people; but that is nothing; for he met one morning with a poor man's child as he was walking through the town, and entering into converſation, found him ſuch a clever little fellow, that he ordered him a guinea: when the father heard it, he was ever on the watch to fall in with his majeſty, as he was walking out. He proved at laſt ſo fortunate as to obtain a hearing, when he thanked him for the guinea; upon which the king, would you believe it, ordered him another guinea for his gratitude, as he particularly mentioned.

Moorhouſe.

You don't tell me ſo.

George.

Believe me, I would much rather have to ſpeak with him than many of our officers.

Moorhouſe.

What a gracious king!

George.

There cannot be a better. So pray hear what I intend to do; I will get our quarter-maſter to write me a petition; and though poſſibly you ſhould have twenty miles to walk, no matter.

Moorhouſe.

And what, think you, will the king do for us?

George.

I cannot tell exactly, but we will talk further about it to-morrow. In the mean time, be aſſured, dear father, it is much more agreeable to have to do with great than little people. Come, let us take a turn or two together through the village.

ACT II.

[162]
SCENE I.
Moorhouſe, Grace, George, (ſtanding near a table.)
Grace.

We have no more than two plates.

George.

No matter, mother. Our provider will be with us very ſhortly.

Moorhouſe.

What a deal of pains he takes on our account!

George.

You do not know him yet: next to fighting, he likes nothing half ſo well as cooking: here he comes.

Trunnion,
(entering with the meat and turnips dreſſed.)

Here, my friends. Here is what will warm our ſtomachs this cold weather. I have made a little broth; and take a ſoldier's word, you will find it excellent. So let us ſit down; but firſt ſay grace.—Come, help yourſelves.— They ſay there is no ſuch thing as eating broth without a ſpoon: and ſo here is mine.

(He takes a knife and ſpoon out of his pocket.)
Moorhouſe.

I am very glad of that; we have but two.

(They help themſelves.)
Grace,
(to Moorhouſe.)

The broth is excelient!

Moorhouſe.

I have not eat ſo good theſe many years.

George.

Do not ſpare it then. To ſay the truth, I have taſted worſe.

Grace.

We would never wiſh for better as long as we live: nay, nor yet ſo good, except on Sundays.

George.

Well, let us now begin upon the meat.

Trunnion,
(to Moorhouſe.)

But how is this, my friend, you have no plate?

Grace.

Oh, never mind: one plate will ſerve us both.

Trunnion.

Here is mine.

Moorhouſe.

By no means.

Trunnion.

I can make myſelf a plate.

(He cuts a ſlice of bread, and puts his meat upon it.)

We ſhould be finely off in camp, if we were forced to wait for plates!

George.

But father, you do not eat, what ails you?

Moorhouſe.

Ah!

Trunnion.

What makes you ſigh?

Moorhouſe.
[163]

I cannot help ſighing, to reflect I ſhould have treated George at my expence on his return, but was without a bit of bread to give him.

George.

Pray do not talk at this rate, father.

Trunnion.

No, no, do not even think about it. Come. your health!

(he drinks.)

Now you, good friend.

Moorhouſe,
(taking the mug.)

Come, here is our benefactor's health; and many bleſſings on him for his kindneſs.

(Drinking.)
Grace.

Oh! a thouſand bleſſings!

(drinking.)
George.

Comrade, my hearty thanks to you for this day's friendſhip ſhewn my parents.

Trunnion.

Do you wiſh to make me proud? You drink my health, as if I had won a battle!

Moorhouſe.

Ay, and you deſerve we ſhould. You have yourſelf but little, and part with it for our ſakes.

(A knock without.)
Grace.

Who's there?

SCENE II.
Moorhouſe, Grace, George, Trunnion, the Captain, Serjeant.
George.

Our captain!

Serjeant,
(with a pocket-book in his hand.)

How many are you here?

George,
(riſing.)

Two.

(They all riſe.)
The Captain.

Very well. Do not ſtir: and you too, my good people, keep your ſeats, make no ceremony. I am charmed to ſee ſo much harmony and cordiality amongſt you. Have you

(to Moorhouſe)

any complaint againſt theſe men?

Moorhouſe.

Oh! no ſir; if they are ſatisfied with us.

The Captain,
(to George.)

Do you like your quarters?

George.

Sir, I am quartered with my father: it is my comrade's part to anſwer.

Trunnion.

We have every thing that we deſire.

The Captain,
(to Moorhouſe.)

What! is this young man your ſon? you are very happy then; for I can tell you, all the regiment love him.

(He looks round about him.)

I am afraid your circumſtances are not of the eaſieſt: but you are rich in having ſuch a ſon!

George.

I thank you, captain, for reſerving this favourable [164]teſtimony of me for the ears of my parents, and ſhall ſo behave myſelf, I hope, that they may never loſe the happineſs that it affords them.

Moorhouſe.

O, good ſir! my boſom overflows with joy.

Grace.

We ſhould be happier, captain, could you [...]et him ſtay with us.

Moorhouſe.

What, wiſe, to die of hunger? Would you think it, ſir, this generous ſoldier, though a ſtranger to us, bought the dinner that we have been eating, otherwiſe we ſhould not have had bread to give our ſon? We have loſt our cuſtom; and beſides, our landlord, for about four pounds that we owe him—

The Captain.

Threatens perhaps to turn you out of doors? The caſe, alas, is far too common: and I pity you ſincerely. Here is a piece of gold that I chance to have about me: it will be of ſome aſſiſtance to you. George, this is what your conduct has deſerved; for it is on your account I give it to your parents.

George.

Ah, my generous captain! if you knew how ſerviceable ſuch a gift is, you would ſay yourſelf that I never can repay you as I ought.

Moorhouſe.

God only can repay ſuch bounty.

Grace.

May he grant you many years of happineſs! If I had twenty children, I would let you have them every one with pleaſure.

The Captain.

Good woman! you repay my kindneſs very much indeed. One child is valuable to a parent, and you would give me twenty! but I interrupt your dinner. Farewell, good people. I will come once again and ſee you, if I can, before we go.

Serjeant.

Trunnion, be ready for the next relief: the guard will turn out very ſoon.

SCENE III.
Moorhouſe, Grace, George, Trunnion.
Trunnion,
(drinking.)

Long live our noble captain!

George.

So I ſay indeed; for he has ſaved us all from dying.

Moorhouſe.

He yet never ſaw us, and we get a piece of gold! who could have thought that a ſtranger would compaſſionate our ſituation, when we are treated with ſo much barbarity by thoſe that know us?

Grace.

O the bleſſed gentleman! but how much is it [165]worth?

(looking at the piece of gold.)

It muſt be of pretty large value.

Moorhouſe.

Good heavens! could I ſuppoſe that I ſhould ever ſtand in ſuch need of a ſingle piece of money! What is it? Do you know its value, George?

George.

I never ſaw ſo large a piece.

Trunnion.

It is more, I am certain, than a guinea: but I cannot tell now much.—Stay, let me ſee.—Oh! now I recollect. It is what they call a ſix-and-thirty: there are ſeveral now going about. They come from Portugal: it is nearly worth two guineas.

Grace.

What! two guineas! almoſt half our debt: if the ſteward would take this in part, it would make us eaſy.

Moorhouſe.

I hope he will give us a little time for the remainder.

Grace.

Do you think that is likely? I ſhould be content to live upon dry bread till next winter, provided we were not obliged to leave our houſe.

George.

Do not be uneaſy mother, I will try what I can do with him.

Grace.

We ſtood ſo much in fear of ſoldiers, and a ſoldier is now our guardian angel! God's good providence be praiſed for this repaſt, and the aſſiſtance that he has ſent us.

(They all riſe.)
Trunnion.

Well now, I will put every thing away.

Grace.

Yes, truly, ſhould I let you. Reſt yourſelf; I will do that myſelf.

Trunnion.

No, no; it is part of my employ. I will have you recollect the day we quartered in your little cot as long as you both live.

Grace.

There is no reſiſting you.

(Trunnion takes the things out.)

I am not ſurprized that the women are ſo fond of ſoldiers; they muſt make ſuch huſbands! they do all the work themſelves, and with ſo much dexterity! but I muſt follow, or he will waſh the plates.

(She is going, but returns.)

Ah! here is brother Thomas. Let us obſerve if he will remember George.

SCENE IV.
Moorhouſe, Grace, George, Thomas.
Grace,
(to Thomas.)

Look, brother, here is a young man come to ſee us. Don't take him for a common [166]ſoldier though. Have you any knowledge of him? or you George, have you? go to him: it is your uncle Thomas.

George.

Juſt as if I did not recollect him!

Thomas.

I your uncle?—let me ſee.—No—Yes—Yes. he himſelf. My nephew, as I live!—

(they embrace.)

One need not aſk about your health; you look ſo very well!

George.

I hope, dear uncle, you are as well as I am.

Grace.

I could wiſh you did but know how much his captain praiſes him! I wiſh I could ſtay and tell you; but I am forced to go, or I believe our cook would ſet the houſe to rights from top to bottom.

SCENE V.
Moorhouſe, Thomas, George.
Thomas.

I rejoice, dear nephew, with all my heart, to ſee you ſafe come home: however truſt me if you have not heard the whole already, you could never have returned to find us more unhappy. We are all as poor, as if the country had been pillaged.

Moorhouſe.

And our landlord's wicked ſteward too, would gladly, if he could, ſuck out the little blood that is left us.

George.

You no longer need have any fear of him, as you can pay down half the ſum that you owe him. He muſt needs be patient, till ſuch time as you can pay the reſt.

Moorhouſe
(letting Thomas ſee his piece of gold.)

See brother; ſee what George has got me.

Thomas
(to George.)

Did you ſave it from your pay, or is it plunder?

George.

Neither one, nor the other: it is a preſent from my captain who was here juſt now.

Moorhouſe.

It is to George however that I am obliged for it: his captain gave it me, becauſe he had behaved himſelf ſo well.

Thomas.

In truth I am ſo much better pleaſed; becauſe a ſoldier, who would lay up ſuch a deal of money from his ſlender pay, muſt certainly deprive himſelf of many little [167]comforts in this life: and, as to plunder, juſtify it how you will, it is always villainouſly got, and never proſpers.

George.

That was what I always thought; and therefore never would go pillaging: indeed with all the plunder that others got, I found they were not richer than myſelf: but on the contrary, ſpent half their time in the black hole, being always guilty of ſome crime or other, after they had been a robbing, for it was nothing elſe; whereas my officers were never troubled with complaints of me.

Thomas.

I eaſily believe you. All your family are honeſt people; and you would not, I am ſure, have been the only good-for-nothing fellow of the number. We are poor indeed, but have the fear of God before our eyes, and that is much better than the greateſt riches.

Moorhouſe.

Yes; and if the ſteward—

Thomas.

Softly brother, here he comes.

SCENE VI.
Moorhouſe, George, Thomas, the Steward.
The Steward.

Well, Moorhouſe; to-morrow is juſt at hand. You are ready I ſuppoſe to pay your rent, or elſe to quit your houſe.

Moorhouſe.

I cannot, my good ſir, pay more than half; nor ſhould I have been able to do that, if Providence had not aſſiſted me. Be ſo indulgent as to wait till harveſt for the reſt, and do not compleat my ruin by diſtreſſing me ſtill further than I am diſtreſſed already.

The Steward.

[...]y diſtreſſing you! the common cant: the more one does, the more one may for ſuch as you. How long, pray, has not this ſame rent of yours been growing? yet my lord diſtreſſes you; and why? becauſe at laſt he tells you that he will have his money!

Moorhouſe.

But is half of what we owe him nothing? Take that half, let me beſeech you, and entreat my lord in our behalf.

The Steward.

Yes, yes, intreat him to let you lead him by the noſe another twelve month? I ſhall hardly [168]do ſo: therefore pay the whole; or elſe I ſeize, that's certain.

George.

Oh! a little mercy, my good ſir; and think that with a ſingle word you have it in your power to make my father happy. If there's nothing goes unpuniſhed in this world, 'tis ſurely no ſmall matter to reduce an honeſt man to heggary.

The Steward.

Mind your muſquet, and not my affairs.

George.

My muſquet, ſir, belongs to the king, and I ſhall take care of it without your inſtructions. If the king were here preſent, he would not take it amiſs that I ſhould ſpeak for my parents, and yet, I think, there is ſome difference between you and him.

The Steward.

Mr. Soldier, you may have ſeen ſervice, as they call it, but remember that you are not talking now to ſome boor whom you have plundered, and have at your mercy.

George.

I never talked to any man as, I think, I ſhould to you

(now I know your diſpoſition,)

were I to meet you in an enemy's country.

The Steward.

You will never have that ſatisfaction.

Thomas.

Excuſe a ſoldier's bluntneſs, my good ſir.

The Steward.

Hold your tongue likewiſe.—I have you down in my papers, I believe.

Thomas.

I am ſure you have; and not me only, but all honeſt people.

The Steward.

What do you mean by that?

SCENE VII.
Moorhouſe, George, Thomas, the Steward, Grace, Trunnion.
Grace.

The ſteward here!

Moorhouſe.

Be quiet, wife.—For Heaven's ſake, let me beg you, Mr. Steward—

The Steward.

All your prayers are uſeleſs; and tomorrow you ſhall ſet out on your travels.

Grace.

You will ſurely have ſome pity on us. We ſhall ſoon get work. Here is half your money, and our houſe will ſtill be ſtanding for the other half, if we ſhould break our word.

The Steward.
[169]

Still ſtanding! you may burn it: but if not, I muſt obey the orders of his lordſhip.

George.

Has his lordſhip ordered you to ruin a whole family, for what my father owes him? You are paid to take whatever care you can of his affairs; and by proceeding as you would you do not earn your wages. Therefore take my counſel, and for once fulfil your duty.

The Steward.

Will you tell me what my duty is? you may keep your counſel to yourſelf; I tell you that.

George.

And you, I tell you, may be civil.

The Steward.

Who taught you all this impudence?

Trunnion.

Suppoſe yourſelf a moment in this young man's ſituation. He is a ſoldier, and a ſoldier always knows what he is to ſay; a thouſand times better, at leaſt, than any ſteward. You have dared before his face, to tell his father that he ſhall go upon his travels. We all know the meaning of that phraſe; and would you have him ſtand there like a poſt before you, without having the ſpirit to open his lips? Who could keep his temper if he ſaw his family on the point of being ruined by an ill-natured our of your ſtamp? We know what ſtewards are, and how they make fortunes. This young man ſpoke to you civilly at firſt, and you ſlighted him. He is in the right now to ſpeak the truth to you.

The Steward.

This is paſt bearing.

(turns in a violent rage to Moorhouſe.)

Are you diſpoſed to pay? I aſk you but once more.

Moorhouſe.

I have told you that it is not in my power.

Grace.

And offered you the little that we have.

The Steward.

I will have the whole or nothing.—If it is not ſent to-morrow, you ſhall hear from me.

George,
(ſtopping him.)

Once more.

The Steward.

Let me go. I'll not have any thing to do with ſuch a ragamuffin.

George,
(ſtriking him.)

Ragamuffin! You are ſpeaking to a ſoldier, ſir, take that: and out with you. Old raſcal! get you gone!

(he puſhes him out.)
The Steward.

Oh! vengeance! vengeance!

SCENE VIII.
[170]
Moorhouſe, Grace, Thomas, George, Trunnion.
Grace.

George, my dear George, what have you done!

Moorhouſe.

We are ruined.

George.

Do not be frightened, father. Had you wept even blood, he would not have relaxed. I never ſtruck a man before; but I was never called a ragamuffin in my life till now. Could I be a ſoldier had I borne it?

Trunnion.

If you had not ſtruck him, I was ready to ſtrike you.

Moorhouſe.

Who knows what it may coſt us?

George.

What, becauſe I would not be inſulted?

Grace.

It was very wrong in you; for notwithſtanding he inſulted you, yet ſtill you ſhould have recollected that he is my lord's ſteward.

George.

Pſhaw! he is not the firſt of his profeſſion that has undergone a ſoldier's vengeance. I, for my part, think it perfect ſympathy, that when a ſoldier ſees a rogue, he naturally knocks him down.

Grace.

I can't help thinking we ſhould certainly have ſoftened him at laſt.

George.

No, truſt me, never.

Grace,
(to Moorhouſe.)

What think you my love? It will be much better for us to go after him.

George.

It would be uſeleſs.

Moorhouſe.

That may be; but, I am reſolved, it ſhall not be ſaid that I have left any means untried. So Grace, let us go together.

George.

Well, ſince you will go, let it be ſo: but if he yields, I'll eat my hat.

Moorhouſe.

Come, wife, let us try this only method left us; and Heaven's will be done, if it ſhould fail.

Grace.

Sure ſince we have ſtruggled through life thus far, Providence will not let us periſh with hunger at laſt.

Trunnion.

Your mother, I can ſee, has all her neceſſary conſolations ready when ſhe wants them. I will go ſee, on my ſide, what our comrades are doing.

SCENE IX.
[171]
George, Thomas.
George.

And do you think, uncle, that I have expoſed my parents to the ſteward's malice more, by my behaviour, than they were already?

Thomas.

Truſt me, ſo I fear, though it was bad enough before between them. And yet, nephew, they might certainly have mended their affairs laſt week, if they had only had a little leſs compaſſion.

George.

How, dear uncle?

Thomas.

They diſcovered a deſerter, but would not inform againſt him, notwithſtanding the reward.

George.

Indeed!

Thomas.

The blackſmith here hard by was not ſo ſcrupulous, and got the money.

George,
(to himſelf.)

A deſerter! a thought ſtrikes me.—

(To Thomas.)

O uncle! I can ſave my father, if I pleaſe; but muſt have your aſſiſtance. May I truſt you?

Thomas.

Certainly.

George.

But can you keep a ſecret!

Thomas.

I have always thought I could.

George.

Whatever happens?

Thomas.

Yes, provided there is no wickedneſs in the affair.

George.

None, uncle.

Thomas.

Well then, ſpeak.

George.

But were you to betray me?

Thomas.

It muſt ſure be ſome extraordinary matter?

George.

Yes; but you will have no reaſon to fear any thing.

Thomas.

Well, come then to the purpoſe.

George.

I will deſert this very night. You ſhall ſecure me, and get forty ſhillings by it, which will nearly pay my father's debt.

Thomas.

I fancy you are turned fool! What, I ſecure you? I, your uncle? Why not bid me take a muſquet up at once, and ſhoot you?

George.
[172]

There is no muſquet in the caſe. A ſoldier is never ſhot the firſt time that he deſerts.

Thomas.

Well then, at leaſt he is flogged ſeverely.

George.

But I need not fear even that; for all the Officers of the regiment love me, and I am ſure I ſhall get off.

Thomas.

No, no; I cannot conſent. Suppoſe your father was to know it?

George.

Can he know it, if we keep the ſecret? For deſerting, as I have told you, I ſhall not be ſhot: though, were there any room to fear it, I have often riſqued my life to benefit my country; I can riſque it ſurely then to benefit my father. Think too, he is your brother, and that by this way only we can ſave him and my mother too from beggary, and perhaps from death.

Thomas.

The devil, ſure, has brought me into this temptation. I cannot tell what reſolution I ſhould take.

George.

Remember you have promiſed me, will you break your word? In my deſpair I ſhall deſert, and then my father will get nothing by it: ſo that you have no affection for your family if you refuſe me.

Thomas.

No affection!—You hold out a knife before me, and are ready, as it were, to ſtab me to the heart.

George.

Well, uncle, take your choice. Time preſſes.

Thomas.

But ſhould you deceive me, nephew! Should your ſentence be—

George.

Of death, I have told you, there is no fear. At worſt, it will not exceed a whipping. I know how to ſuffer, and at every laſh I ſhall bethink me that I have ſaved my father.

Thomas.

Well then, I conſent to do as you direct me; but ſhould matters fall out otherwiſe—

George.

How can they fall out otherwiſe? Give me your hand, and be ſecret. Our people call the Roll, as we term it, at ſix o'clock, and he that does not anſwer to his name is marked down as a deſerter; now you ſhall conduct me to the guard room to-night, and inform them that you apprehended me ten miles out of town, as I was deſerting from the regiment.

Thomas.

It is the firſt deceit that I ever was concerned in.

George.

Do not reproach yourſelf with it, dear uncle, [173]ſince it will get us both a bleſſing. Let us embrace once more; and now go, find my father. But take care! let me conjure you not to cauſe ſuſpicion. If I am doing wrong, God will aſſuredly forgive me. What ſhould not a duteous ſon do for the preſervation of his parents?

ACT III.

SCENE I. a priſon.
Drums and other muſic at a diſtance.
Trunnion
(coming in)

Oh! my poor dear Bob! He ſhould have told us his diſtreſs about the curſed ſteward, and not thus deſerted. Who would have imagined it laſt night? to have gone off, been apprehended, and ſuffered his puniſhment all within the compaſs of a night and a morning! But it is over, and I am glad of it. He has borne it like a hero; never uttered a ſingle groan: the regiment that loved him ſo well hitherto, will, I am ſure, not love him the worſe for it; for my part I could have gone through half the puniſhment for him. But here he comes.

SCENE II.
Trunnion, George, Serjeant.
George,
(entering, lifting up his hands and eyes to heaven.)

Thank heaven! it is over, and my father is ſafe!

Serjeant,
(in ſurpriſe.)

His father is ſafe! what does he mean by that?

George.

Dear Trunnion!

Trunnion
(embracing him.)

O my deareſt friend! how fares it with you?

George.

Do not ſhed tears for my ſake, comrade; I am much happier than you think.

Serjeant
(aſide.)

What can all this mean?—Shall I go fetch the ſurgeon?

George.

No Serjeant, I thank you.

Serjeant,
[174]
(aſide, ſhaking his head.)

There is ſomething of a myſtery in all this. I will go and tell my Captain what I think of the affair.

(goes out.)
SCENE III.
George, Trunnion.
Trunnion.

Well at leaſt then take a drop of ſomething to ſupport you.

(Giving him a glaſs of liquor.)
George,
(ſqueezing Trunnion by the hand.)

Thank you heartily, good comrade.

(He drinks.)
Trunnion.

I am rejoiced that the court, in conſequence of our requeſt in your behalf, remitted ſo much of your ſentence. But pray tell me, comrade, what poſſeſſed you to deſert thus!

George.

I am aſhamed, dear Trunnion, to conceal the reaſon from you; ſo do not aſk me; it is a ſecret that I can never mention.

SCENE IV.
Trunnion, George. Thomas.
Thomas,
( [...]ntering violently agitated.)

Well, now are you ſati [...]f [...]d

Trunnion.

Softly! ſoftly! You ſeem agitated. Do not diſturb your nephew, he wants reſt. A man is not always the ſame.

George,
( [...] uncle.)

You are angry, uncle. Should you ſpeak of the affair between us, you will undo me.

Thomas.

I am undone already.

George.

Are you ſerious?—

(to Trunnion.)

Prithee, my good friend, leave us a moment to ourſelves.

(Trunnion retires a little.)
Thomas.

Your father is in ſo great a paſſion that he will not ſee me, on account of my having informed againſt you, and received the money. Beſides he will not accept a farthing of it. When I offered it to him, herejected it with horror. God forbid! cried he, it is the price of my ſon's blood. What then ſhall I do? There is ſcarce a [175]boy in the village but will pelt me for my treachery, as they call it; and all this through you.

George.

Be pacified, dear uncle! every thing will yet be well. The worſt is paſt: and you have only to go back and tell my father that I deſire to ſee him.

Thomas.

No, not I:—he won't permit me to approach him. I informed you ſo before. But how is this! I ſee him coming with my ſiſter.

SCENE V.
George, Thomas, Moorhouſe, Grace.
Grace.

Where is my ſon? Let me ſee him.

Trunnion.

This way, good mother; here he is.

Grace,
(running up to George.)

What have you been doing, ſon? How could you cauſe us ſo much ſorrow?

Moorhouſe,
(in anger.)

Are you here, unhappy wretch? You have yourſelf converted all the joy that you gave me yeſterday into diſtreſs and ſorrow. I will never ſee you more.

George.

Dear father, pray forgive me! I have undergone my puniſhment.

Moorhouſe.

Yes, for flying from your colours; but you have not yet ſuffered for diſgracing us in our old age. Sure ſixty years, all paſſed without a blot upon our character, entitled us to hope that we ſhould have died without one; and yet now you have covered us with infamy. But we renounce you!

George.

Pardon, pardon me, dear father! Heaven is my witneſs, I have not diſgraced you, and was far from wiſhing to diſgrace you.

Thomas,
(aſide.)

Oh! what torture to hear this, and yet be forced to ſtand thus ſilent!

George,
(following Moorhouſe.)

Do not, do not, father, leave me thus, without embracing me! Oh! ſtay a moment! And you, mother, can you ſhew yourſelf as cruel?

Grace.

What can I do, ſon?

Moorhouſe.

Never call him ſon. He has forfeited that name.

Grace.

Forgive him, good man! He is ſtill our child.

Thomas.
[176]

Yes, brother, let your heart be moved to pity his affliction.

Moorhouſe.

Hold your tongue! You are full as bad as he is; you that ſell your nephew for the ſake of money. I will no more be your brother, than his father.

Grace.
( [...] a little while with George.)

Hear me, huſband! He makes ſolemn promiſes. Do not make us both wretched! After all, he is our child, the only one that we have, and can we then not love him?

Moorhouſe.

Don't ſpeak one word more, woman, but follow me.

(He is going out, but Trunnion holds him.)
Trunnion.

Come, maſter Moorhouſe; enough! You have vented your paſſion: let all be forgotten. The king accepts him again; why ſhould not you? Give him, give him your hand. Do you think that I ſhould continue to have a regard for him, if he did not deſerve it?

Grace.

Hear that, my love! Do not be more hardhearted toward, him than ſtrangers are. Beſides, conſider what his captain ſaid yeſterday in his behalf.

Moorhouſe.

I ſee him coming; ſo I will ſpeak to him before I anſwer.

SCENE VI.
George, Thomas, Moorhouſe, Grace, Captain, Serjeant, Trunnion.
Moorhouſe.

Ah! ſir, does it not afflict you, when you recollect that yeſterday you ſaid ſo much in praiſe of my unworthy ſon?

The Captain.

He had deſerved it; though indeed I could not have ſuppoſed my commendation would have had ſuch bad effects. But

(to George)

tell me what could poſſibly induce you to deſert! You muſt have had ſome very ungent motive. Let me know the ſecrets of your heart, whatever be the conſequence. You have been puniſhed, and have therefore nothing now to fear.

George.

My worthy captain, do not, I beſeech you, take away your favour from me! I will endeavour to deſerve it.

The Captain.)

If you tell the truth, I will not. For to fancy that you deſerted for a quarrel, which, I underſtand, you had with a Steward, is abſurd.

George.
[177]

And yet, your honour may be certain, there is no other reaſon. It is well known, I never was remarkable for quarrelling with any one. The leaſt offence appears enormous, when one has not been accuſtomed to it. I was ſo diſturbed at the affair that it took away my reaſon; and beſides, the unhappy ſituation of my father aided to diſtract me.

The Captain.

What then ſignified theſe words that you ſaid on entering the priſon with the Serjeant? Thank Heaven, it is over, and my father is ſafe!

Moorhouſe,
(aſtoniſhed.)

Were thoſe his words, ſir? God forgive me, but the devil ſurely muſt have turned his brain.

George,
(ſighing.)

I do not remember to have ſaid thoſe words.

Serjeant.

I remember to have heard you ſay them, when you firſt entered this room.

Trunnion.

Yes, yes, comrade, that you did. I myſelf heard you alſo, now I recollect.

George.

They muſt then have certainly eſcaped me in my pain.

The Captain.

They might ſo; yet they are not without a meaning.

George,
(in great embarraſſment.)

I do not know what anſwer to make you.

The Captain,
(taking him by the hand.)

Do not, my honeſt fellow, ſtudy to deceive us. This deſertion has ſome other reaſon than your quarrel. Your diſſimulation very much diſpleaſes me; and you are likely to loſe all my friendſhip. Was it not on account of your father—

George,
(eagerly.)

How ſay you, ſir. Do not believe—

The Captain.

I ſee, you are not worth the trouble that I am taking for you, and no longer wiſh to be informed of any thing about you. You are more indifferent to me than the worſt of men. You do not know, perhaps, how much you have loſt by this prevarication.

Thomas.

I muſt tell it then, at laſt.

George,
(interrupting him.)

Dear uncle, would you wiſh to make us more unhappy than we are?

Thomas,
(to the Captain.)

I can explain the whole affair, ſir; but have reaſon to fear leſt the miſchief ſhould become ſtill greater.

The Captain.
[178]

No, you have nothing to fear; I give you my promiſe.

Thomas.

Well then, good ſir, it was to ſave his parents that he deſerted. He found means to make me turn infermer, and get forty ſhillings, that his father might have wherewithal to pay his debts; but now, his father will not hear a word about the money or his ſon. Let me beſeech you therefore, ſir, to rid me of this money, which I cannot keep, and interpoſe at leaſt with your authority and kindneſs, that my brother may be profited by what his ſon has ſo affectionately done to benefit him; for the affair is exactly as I relate it to you.

(Every one appears aſtoniſhed.)
The Captain.

George, what do you ſay to this?

George,
(burſting into tears.)

You have heard the truth. However, I beſeech your honour to believe that nothing but my father's ſafety could induce me to deſert my colours. I deſpiſed the danger, hoping to ſave him; but, ſince every thing is diſcovered, and my hopes all loſt, I muſt ſuffer more ſeverely.

Moorhouſe,
(embracing George.)

What, dear George! and was it for my ſake you did all this?

Grace,
(embracing him alſo.)

Yes, now indeed we may embrace him; though, indeed, my heart informed me all along that he could not be ſo guilty.

The Captain,
(taking George by the hand.)

Oh, my generous youth! what affection and what courage! Yet, to ſay the truth, your filial piety has carried you too far; for to deſert is always blameable.

Moorhouſe.

Moſt certainly! Heaven keep me from becoming richer by a penny of this money!

George.

There now, uncle, ſee what comes of your revealing the affair! I have made myſelf a double criminal to get my father money, which you find he will not accept.

Thomas.

Yes, yes, you have this to lay to my charge, I muſt acknowledge; but his honour made me a promiſe firſt of all.

The Cattain,
(to Thomas.)

Let your brother have the money. Take it,

(to Moorhouſe,)

my good friend; for George has deſerved it richly.

Moorhouſe.

I can never bring myſelf to take ſuch ill-got money.

The Captain.
[179]

I will have you take it! and what is more, I will go and tell the matter to our colonel.—

(To George.)

You have not done your duty as a ſoldier, I acknowledge; but have ſhown yourſelf a ſon in ſuch a manner, that he cannot but be moved when made acquainted with it. Wait me: I will return immediately.

(The Captain and Serjeant go out.)
SCENE VII.
George, Thomas, Moorhouſe, Grace, Trunnion.
George.

My conſolation is, that I can now with greater confidence entreat you to forgive me, as I have finiſhed your misfortunes, and the ſteward will not have it in his power to hurt you.

Trunnion.

Yes, my good old man, forgive your ſon! He will be cured the ſooner, if he has your bleſſing; and beſides, you ought to conſider that he is to poſſeſs your cottage after you.

Moorhouſe.

He is, and therefore I will preſerve it for him. Come, my ſon, forgive your father, who has uſed you thus unkindly. Heaven can tell how much I ſuffered, from the thought that you had left your colours; and it ſeems, you were diſcharging even then your duty towards me. How ſhall I repay you for ſo much affection, in the little time that I have to live?

George.

By loving me, as you have always done.

Grace.

Oh, yes! and ten times more; for every bit of bread that we eat, we will ſay to one another, it is our dear ſon's gift.

George.

I am ſatisfied. And I thank you, uncle, for the ſervice that you have done me.

Thomas.

You thank me, do you? I am glad that matters have turned out as well as they have. But never make ſuch a tickliſh experiment again. And now, brother, have you ſtill a grudge againſt me? If it had not been from my wiſh to ſerve you, I would never have been concerned in my nephew's ſcheme, no more than he would; and ſince you pardon him, you may extend your liberality to me.

Moorhouſe.

What can excuſe your conduct, brother? I may throw myſelf into the flames, but he that lights them [180]for me ought to be conſidered cruel. Yes, indeed. However, I will not hate you: there is my hand.

Trunnion.

Comrade, hitherto I have loved, but now reſpect you. Let us embrace then, and be always friends.

SCENE VIII.
George, Thomas, Moorhouſe, Grace, Trunnion, the Captain.
The Captain.

Good luck! good luck! You are a ſerjeant on the ſpot. The colonel, when I told him the affair between your father and yourſelf, was happy to promote you. Take this alſo

(giving him a purſe of money)

from him, as a witneſs how much he applauds your filial piety.

Moorhouſe and Grace.

O, ſir, may heaven reward you!

The Captain.

Nothing in all this is due to me: the colonel has done every thing.

(George embraces his parents one after the other, and then turning to the captain, ſays)

I beg your honour's pardon!

The Captain.

You deſerve the pleaſure of embracing thoſe that gave you birth, to whom you have ſo well diſcharged your duty.

Thomas.

Well, could any one have thought that old Thomas, ſimple as he is, would come to make a ſerjeant, as, it is plain, I have?

Trunnion

Yes, yes; and therefore, Mr. Serjeant—

George,
(embracing him)

Call me nothing but comrade and friend, as we have always been.

Trunnion.

Well then, comrade, let us break off a little for the preſent: and as nothing like good liquor ſuits a joyous time, let us, as ſoon as we are able, make up for the ſorrows of laſt night and thus morning. His honour and the colonel ſhall be toaſted firſt.

THE BED OF DEATH.

DUNCAN, a bricklayer's labourer, living in a diſtant country town, had loſt his wife about a quarter of a year before the event we are to write of. The e [...]pences of a tedious illneſs, and the interruption of [181]his labour by a very rainy ſeaſon, had reduced him to the laſt diſtreſs. His children were half naked, and had really no bread to eat. This circumſtance was of itſelf ſufficiently tormenting; but to aggravate the ſcene, Suſanna, his poor mother, laid upon a little ſtraw in the corner of the cottage, was almoſt in the agonies of death.

Duncan, at ſuch a proſpect round about him, overwhelmed with ſorrow, took a broken matted chair, and at a little diſtance from Suſanna's bed ſat down upon it, having both his hands held up, that he might hide his tears.

His mother turning towards him, with a feeble voice enquired if there was no where in the houſe a rag to put upon her. I cannot make myſelf warm, ſaid ſhe, do what I will.

Duncan.

Stay, mother; I will pull off my coat, and lay it on you.

Suſanna.

No, no; I will not have it, my dear ſon. A little ſtraw, if you have nothing elſe, will do as well. But have you not a ſingle bit of wood ſtill left to make a ſire for theſe poor children? You will tell me, you cannot go into the fields, becauſe of the attention that I require. My life is very long, ſince I am grown burthenſome to you!

Duncan.

Pray do not ſay ſo, dear mother. Would to God I could procure you what you want, at the expence of my own life! I would freely give it up: but this is my grief, that you ſuffer cold and hunger, while I am utterly unable to relieve you.

Suſanna.

Do not let that, however, afflict you much, my poor ſon. Thank God, my agonies are not ſo great as your affection fears they may be: they will very quickly finiſh, and my bleſſing will be the recompence of what you are doing now, and have been always doing for me.

Duncan.

O my poor dear mother! In my infancy you put yourſelf to many difficulties for my maintenance; and I, in your old age, muſt thus ſit by and ſee you want for common neceſſaries! That, dear mother, rends my heart.

Suſanna.

I know, it is not through any fault of yours; and then, Duncan, upon a death-bed one has few—(believe me when I tell you ſo)—few earthly wants. Our heavenly father has us then particularly in his care. I [182]thank you heartily, my dear. Your love conſoles me in this hour of my departure.

Duncan.

What, dear mother, have you then no hopes of recovering?

Suſanna.

No; I feel within me that I muſt die of this complaint.

Duncan.

You do not ſay ſo?

Suſanna.

Do not afflict yourſelf! I ſhall ſoon be in a better world.

Duncan,
(with ſighs.)

Oh heaven! oh heaven!

Suſanna.

I ſay, my ſon, this need not grieve you. You were all my happineſs when I was young, and now you prove the joy of my laſt moments. Soon, yes, very ſoon, thank heaven, you will have nothing left you but to cloſe my eye-lids. I ſhall then aſcend to my creator, tell what you have done for me, and earneſtly beſeech him to reward you for it everlaſtingly. Think frequently of me, and I will think of you above.

Duncan.

Yes, always, always.

Suſanna.

There is only one thing in the world that gives me pain when I think of it.

Duncan.

And what is that mother?

Suſanna.

I am muſtering up my ſtrength to tell you. And believe me, I muſt tell you; for it is like a ſtone oppreſſing me at heart.

Duncan.

Comfort yourſelf, dear mother, then, and ſpeak.

Suſanna.

I ſaw your little Arthur come yeſterday here cloſe behind my bed, and pull out ſeveral apples, which he ate. Duncan, theſe apples were not ours; for then he would have thrown them on the table, and aſked me to take ſome. I remember ſtill how lovingly he uſed to come and fling himſelf into my arms, when he had any thing to give me; ſaying with ſo much good-nature, Eat ſome, do, my dear grandmother. O my dear, dear ſon! if he ſhould be a thief hereafter! The thought has afflicted me ever ſince yeſterday. Where is he? Pray go fetch him. I would talk a little to him.

Duncan.

Wretch that I am!

(He runs and fetches Arthur, and puts him by Suſanna; ſhe raiſes herſelf with difficulty, turns about, takes both his hands in hers, and leans her head upon his ſhoulder.)
Arthur.
[183]

Grandmother, do you want me! You don't call me here, I hope, to ſee you die!

Suſanna.

No, no; fear nothing, my poor Arthur, I do not deſire to frighten you; and yet, my deareſt, I ſhall die, and very ſoon too.

Arthur.

But not yet. Do not die till I am bigger.

(Suſanna falls backward in her bed. The child and father look at one another weeping, and each takes her by the hand.)
Suſanna,
(coming ſomewhat to herſelf.)

I am much better now that I have changed my poſture.

Arthur.

So then you won't die?

Suſanna.

Be comforted, my little fellow. Dying is not painful to me, as I am going to a tender father, who at preſent waits in heaven to ſee me. When I am once with him, I ſhall be better off than here. Soon, ſoon my little fellow, I ſhall ſee him.

Arthur.

Well then, take me with you: I will go too.

Suſanna.

No, my dear, you ſhall not go with me; but, if it pleaſes God, remain a good while here behind me. You ſhall live to be a virtuous and good man, and when your father is as ill as I am, you ſhall be his conſolation, and afford him the aſſiſtance that he needs. Won't you, Arthur? Won't you obey him conſtantly, and do whatever you think will give him pleaſure? See, he does whatever he is able for my ſake. And won't you promiſe me that you will do ſo too?

Arthur.

Yes, certainly I will, grandmother.

Suſanna.

Take care then how you perform your promiſe. God who made both earth and heaven, cannot but ſee every thing that you do. I ſuppoſe, you believe this.

Arthur.

Yes, I do believe it: you have taught me ſo yourſelf.

Suſanna.

How then, my deareſt Arthur, could you ſuppoſe that he would not ſee you come here yeſterday behind my bed, and eat the apples that you had ſtolen?

Arthur.

I will do ſo no more—no, never grandmother, believe me, while I live. Forgive me what I have done, and pray that God Almighty would forgive me too.

Suſanna.

It is true then, is it, that you ſtole thoſe apples?

Arthur,
(ſobbing.)

Ye-e-es.

Suſanna.

And pray of whom?

Arthur.
[148]

Of ne-e-eighbour Le-e-conard.

Suſanna.

You muſt go to neighbour Leonard then, and aſk his pardon.

Arthur.

Oh, do not ſend me there, pray grandmother. I dare not go.

Suſanna.

You muſt, my little friend, that you may never do the like again. For heaven's ſake, my dear child, in future never take what does not belong to you; not even a bit of bread, though you were ſtarving. God will never let you want, ſince it was he who created you. Truſt then to his aſſiſtance, tell him when you ſuffer, and be ſure that he will conſole you.

Arthur.

Certainly, grandmother, certainly, I will never ſteal again: I promiſe you I will not: and for the future I would much rather die of hunger than ſteal any thing.

Suſanna.

God hear and bleſs your reſolution from his holy habitation. I have hopes that of his goodneſs he will keep you from ſo great a ſin.

(She claſps him to her heart, and weeps.)

You muſt, my little boy, this inſtant go to neighbour Leonard, and deſire him to forgive you. Tell him that I, too, beg him to forgive you. Go, my good Duncan, with Arthur; inform him how it grieves me that I am not able to make him reſtitution for the theft: but that I will pray to God for his proſperity, and beg a bleſſing on his family. Alas! he is no leſs poor than we; and were it not that his good woman works ſo hard, he could never bring up ſuch a family of children as he has. My dear good ſon, for my ſake, when I am dead and buried, give him a day's work to make him up his loſs: it matters not how little he has ſuffered. We ſhould think it criminal to take away a pin. You will remember this, Duncan?

Duncan.

Yes, mother; ſo do not let the matter make you any more uneaſy.

He had hardly ſaid theſe words, when, as it chanced, 'Squire Wearthy's ſteward tapped without againſt the window.

Poor Suſanna knew him by his uſual way of tapping, and the cough he [...]antly had on him. Bleſs me, it is the ſteward! ſaid ſhe. Surely ſome great miſchief threatens us. He is like a raven, croaking at the window ſome bad tidings.

Duncan.
[185]

Do not be frightened thus, my good mother: I am not a ſingle farthing in his debt; and for the rent that we owe the 'ſquire at Midſummer, I will give him all the labour that he requires in harveſt.

Suſanna.

Yes, provided he will but wait ſo long.

Duncan went out to know the ſteward's buſineſs. After he was gone, Suſanna fetched a grievous ſigh, and ſaid, diſcourſing with herſelf, Since he was ſo hard-hearted as to ſeize upon our goods for rent, I cannot ſee or hear him, but my heart revolts at the idea; and at preſent, in my dying moments, he muſt come and cough at our window. But perhaps the hand of God brings him hither as an admonition for me to diſcharge my heart of every thing that looks like malice or ill-will againſt him, and even pray for mercy on his ſoul. Well then, my God, I am content to do ſo. I no longer wiſh him any harm. Forgive his ſin, as I forgive it.

(She hears the ſteward ſpeaking rather loud.)

But I hear his voice! he is in a paſſion!—Heaven take pity on us!—O my poor Duncan, it is out of love for me that you have fallen again into his hands.

(She faints, on which the little boy jumps off the bed, and runs to fetch his father.)
Arthur.

O father, father! Quick, come here! My grandmother is dying.

Duncan.

O my God!—Permit me, Mr. Steward. I muſt go to her aſſiſtance.

The Steward,
(going out.)

Yes indeed! that is very neceſſary. The old Jezebel may die elſe!—I ſhould think it a good riddance of bad rubbiſh.

Luckily Duncan was got too far to hear theſe cruel words. He was already by Suſanna's bed, who ſpeedily recovered from her ſwoon, and thus addreſſed her ſon:

The ſteward came to ſcold you; I could hear him. Doubtleſs he will not grant you time, when once the quarter is turned.

Duncan.

No, mother, he did not come about that: he brought me, on the contrary, good news.

Suſanna,
(pauſing a moment, and appearing to collect her ſpirits.)

But is this true, my ſon? or do you only wiſh to comfort me a little? What good news can he have for us?

Duncan.
[186]

It is the 'ſquare's deſign, he ſays, to pull down and rebuild his houſe; at leaſt the front and ſtables; and to employ me at it, with my neighbours. I ſhall have at leaſt, he ſays, ten ſhillings every week.

Suſanna,
(with a countenance of joy.)

You don't ſay ſo?

Duncan.

Yes, certainly; and there will be a matter of two years continual work. Next Monday I begin.

Suſanna.

God's providence be praiſed for all things! I ſhall now die happy, ſeeing you enabled to get bread to feed your little ones. Death now has nothing painful in it. Heaven is merciful! may you, Duncan, at all times find it ſo: but tell me, are you not by this convinced of what I have ſo often told you, that the more misfortunes on one ſide attack us, ſo much more God's grace awaits us on the other?

Duncan.

Yes, I am, and ſhall be always. But methinks you ſeem much better. Let me quit you for about a minute. I will go fetch a little ſtraw to cover you.

Suſanna.

No, no; I feel myſelf much warmer. Rather go with Arthur to neighbour Leonard's. That is what diſturbs me moſt of all. Go, my ſon, I aſk it as a favour.

Hearing this, he did not ſtay a moment in the room, but took his ſon, and going out, gave Margaret a ſign to come and let him ſpeak with her.

Take care of your poor grandmother, ſaid he; and if a fainting fit ſhould ſeize her, come and fetch me from the carpenter's; I ſhall be there.

Leonard was at work, and Gertrude his wife was left all alone at home. She ſaw at once that the father and the child had both been crying.

What is the matter with you, my good friend, ſaid Gertrude, that you have been crying? What is the matter with you, my poor Arthur?

Duncan.

Ah, neighbour Gertrude! I am quite unhappy. This poor child of mine who wanted victuals yeſterday, came here and took ſome apples that were yours: he has confeſſed it. My poor mother ſaw him eat them.—Gertrude, ſhe is on her death bed, and deſires you to forgive him. I cannot pay you now the worth of what he took away; but when I go to work, which will be very ſhortly, I will be ſure to ſatisfy you.

Gertrude.
[187]

O don't ſpeak about it, neighbour: it is a trifle not worth mentioning. And you, my little fellow, promiſe that you will never for the future take what is not your own.

(She kiſſes him.)

You are born of ſuch good people!

Arthur.

Oh! I promiſe you I will not: forgive me, Gertrude. I will never ſteal again.

Gertrude.

No, never for the future, my good child, You do not know yet how great a ſin it is! When you are hungry, come to me, and if I have a bit of bread myſelf, I will ſhare it with you.

Duncan.

Thank ye, neighbour; but I hope, he will never want bread again. I have got a deal of work to do at 'Squire Wealthy's.

Gertrude.

Yes, I heard ſo of the ſervants, and was very glad.

Duncan.

I was not near ſo happy when I got it on my own account, as for my mother's ſake. She has at leaſt this comfort on her death-bed. Tell my good friend Leonard that I ſhall work with all my heart to make him compenſation for his loſs.

Gertrude.

Do not ſpeak about it, I requeſt you once again. My huſband, I am certain, will not think of any compenſation. He was out of work himſelf, and is to have the wood work of the job for which you are engaged. But as poor Suſanna is ſo ill, I will go and give her my aſſiſtance.

Gertrude got on her cloak, and then put up ſome pears and apples in a bag, and filled the little fellow's pockets likewiſe; took him by the hand, and bidding poor Duncan go firſt, came after.

They had quickly reached Suſanna's chamber. Gertrude held out her hand, but turned away her face, that ſhe might hide her tears. Suſanna, notwithſtanding, ſaw her, and began as follows:

You are crying then, my dear friend Gertrude?

Gertrude.

Indeed I cry to ſee you ſuffer thus.

Suſanna.

It is, or ought to be, alas! our part to cry. Forgive us, I beſeech you. It is the firſt time that ſuch a circumſtance has happened in our houſe.

Gertrude.

Why what a ſerious buſineſs you are making of a trifle! It was excuſable in ſuch a child!

Suſanna.
[188]

But if when older, he ſhould take to be a thief!

Gertrude.

No. no: I will anſwer for him, he will be good. My dear Suſanna, you deſerve this recompenſe of heaven for your own honeſty, and all the care that you have taken to bring up your family in virtue. Do you want for any thing? Do not fear to tell me if you do: for every thing that we have is at your ſervice.

Arthur.

Yes, indeed; for only ſee what Gertrude has given me! [...], dear grandmother, do, eat ſome.

Suſanna.

No, my child, I cannot: I ſhall never eat again; I feel my ſtrength go from me, and I have almoſt loſt my ſight. My ſon, draw near me: now is come the moment to take leave, and give you my farewell.

Duncan no ſooner heard theſe words, than he was ſeized all over with a ſudden trembling: he took off his hat, fell down upon his knees beſide Suſanna's bed, laid hold with ardour of her hand, then lifted up his eyes to heaven, and would fain have ſpoke, but could not: tears and ſighs prevented him.

Take comfort, ſaid Suſanna; I am going to a happier life than this, and there will wait your coming. When we once meet there, we ſhall not part again.

Duncan in ſome degree recovering, bowed his head, and craved his mother's bleſſing. Bleſs me, ſaid he, my dear mother. I deſire to follow you, when once my children have no further need of my aſſiſtance.

Suſanna opened once again her dying eyes; and with uncommon fervour looking up, pronounced theſe words:

Hear me, O heavenly father, and vouchſafe the bleſſings of thy grace and favour to my ſon, the only one that I ever had, and whoſe affection was the comfort of my life. Duncan, may God be always with you, and confirm in heaven this bleſſing which I pronounce on you for having fulfilled your duty ſo much like a ſon.

Hear me now, my dear Duncan, and carefully obſerve what I ſhall tell you. Bring your children up in virtue, and accuſtom them betimes to a laborious life, that if they ſhould be poor, they may not, when grown up, loſe courage, and be tempted to do wrong. Inſtruct them to place all their truſt in God, and to live good friends with one another; ſo that they may find ſure conſolation in the [189]evils of this life. Forgive the ſteward his injuſtice. When I am buried, pray inform him that I departed without any malice or ill-will againſt him, and beſought of God that he would grant him of his grace to ſee the ſin that he had committed, and repent before he came upon a death-bed.

(She ſtops a little to take breath, and then goes on.)

Reach me, my good friend,

(to Gertrude)

that book behind you; and my dear Duncan, there is a little leather bag in our great cheſt; I wiſh to have it. Good!

(ſhe takes and claſps them to her heart.)

Theſe are the only treaſures that I have left on earth. And now I ſhould be glad to ſee your children.

They were weeping at a table, whence their father brought them to Suſanna, putting them upon their knees beſide her, while ſhe raiſed herſelf a little, ſo that ſhe might ſee them, and began:

My deareſt children, I am very ſorry that I muſt leave you motherleſs and poor. Think often of me, my ſweet babes. I have nothing that I can give you but this book: it has been frequently my conſolation, and as often will be yours. When you have learned ſufficiently, read in it every evening to your father. It will teach you to be good; and if you are but good, you cannot fail of being happy.

This, Duncan,

(taking out a piece of paper from the leather bag,)

is a certificate which I brought your father of my good behaviour at our marriage. Let it paſs by turns to each of your three daughters, till they marry. It is my laſt requeſt. And as for you, my ſon, I have nothing in the world to give you in remembrance of me; but the comfort is, you want none. You will not forget me, I am certain.

Gertrude, ſhall I requeſt one other favour of you, after having pardoned Arthur? When I am dead, ſee now and then to theſe poor children.—They have no one friend.— I recommend you in particular my poor dear Lucy.—She is the youngeſt of the three.—Where is ſhe?—I can hardly ſee.—

(She ſtretches out her arm with difficulty.)

Conduct my hand, and let me touch her.—O my children!

(ſhe dies.)

After a moment's ſilence, Duncan ſuppoſing her to be fallen aſleep, ſaid ſoftly to his children, Riſe, and do not diſturb her ſlumber. Might ſhe but recover, after having [190]had this unexpected reſt! But Gertrude ſaw plainly that ſhe was dead, and gave Duncan to underſtand as much. What was his diſtraction then, and that of his helpleſs family? How they wept and wrung their hands! How they beat upon their breaſts, and tore their hair up by the roots for anguiſh.

Gertrude, as well as ſhe was able, comforted their ſorrow, and repeated to Duncan Suſanna's parting words, which, in his grief, he had not heard diſtinctly.

She began that very day to ſhew how much ſhe valued the deceaſed, by complying with her laſt wiſh. The little orphans being brought up with her own dear children, had the ſame inſtruction; and improving by it, grew in time to be a pattern for the village; and particularly Arthur, continually having in remembrance his firſt fault, became remarkable in time for his fidelity and honeſt dealing.

PASCAL.

MR. Dawkins was accuſtomed every Saturday to pay his only ſon, a little boy whoſe name was Paſcal, an allowance, ſuch as was ſufficient to procure him, the week through, thoſe little pleaſures and enjoyments which children of his age ſo naturally purſue. No leſs confident than generous, he never looked for an account from Paſcal of the way in which he laid out what he gave him. He ſuppoſed his principles to be ſuch, that he would not abuſe his bounty, but remember the inſtruction which he had ſo frequently given him upon the ſubject. But what lamentable conſequences did this too blind credulity produce?

For hardly ever had he touched his weekly payment, but he ran that moment to a ſhop hard by, and ſtuffed himſelf with paſtry and nice things. His purſe, in this firſt onſet, underwent ſo great a diminution, that a very little the next day was ſufficient to exhauſt it totally: and during the laſt part of every week, he never had a farthing to regale himſelf withal; yet he did not, upon that account, the leſs hanker after the ſame delicacies. Wherefore [191]being reſolved to gratify his palate, he prevailed upon the paſtry-cook, at firſt, to give him credit; but when afterwards he found that the boy's allowance was never applied to pay off theſe arrears, while on the other hand the debt increaſed, he ſaw that it was prudent to give in his bill to Mr. Dawkins. Mr. Dawkins was extremely angry with the tradeſman, reprimanded his improper conduct, and forbade not only him, but every tradeſman round about, to let his ſon have any thing for which he could not pay on the ſpot. This might have been ſuppoſed a good precaution; and accordingly he thought it could not but become a check on Paſcal's gluttony; whereas it only irritated matters, and the boy, as we ſhall ſee, at any riſque reſolved to gratify his palate.

Paſcal's chamber was contiguous to his father's. After having noticed when his father generally ſlept the ſoundeſt, he once got up ſoftly, came into his room, and feeling for his breeches, took out half a crown. Emboldened by this fatal ſucceſs, he frequently repeated his offence, and for a time without detection: but there cannot be a crime, however ſecretly committed, which does not come to light at laſt.

It chanced that Mr. Dawkins, ſome time after Paſcal's firſt offence, in this way, had a law-ſuit on the following day to be decided. Having thought upon it waking, it is not to be wondered at that it ſhould take up his attention after he was gone to reſt. In fact, he lay quite ſilent, ruminating on the affair, when Paſcal, thinking him aſleep, got up as he was wont to do. Unhappily for him, the moon threw light enough into the chamber, that a perſon coming in might eaſily be ſeen. Accordingly let any one imagine if he can, what Mr. Dawkins muſt have felt, beholding his own ſon thus come and rob him! He for that time ſtifled his reſentment; but before the thief could quit his chamber in the morning, he got up, went to him, and found means to turn the converſation into ſuch a channel, as to aſk him how much he intended to lay out that day of his allowance. Nothing, anſwered Paſcal. I have given all my laſt week's money to a poor man in the neighbourhood, and muſt deny myſelf a little till next Saturday.

His father could not poſſibly reſtrain his indignation any longer, hearing ſo deteſtable a lie come from him. [192]He ſprung forward, ſeized him by the collar, for by this time he was dreſſed, and found five ſhillings in his pocket, which was what he had ſtolen from his father. In proportion as he had till now been tender and indulgent to his ſon, ſo much the greater was his ſeverity and rigour on this occaſion: for his reprimands were only the preamble to a harſher treatment, and the wretched Paſcal was obliged to keep his bed for many days, in conſequence of the correction that he received.

How difficult it is to extirpate a vice which has once taken root within us! Paſcal was not cured by this correction. Mr. Dawkins left the key of his bureau one evening in the lock, and Paſcal took a model of the wards, and got another made at the ſmith's. This gave him a convenient opportunity to rob his father whenever he pleaſed: who, as he uſually kept a great deal of caſh by him, and as Paſcal was more cunning than to take too much at once, ſuſpected nothing of the affair. He was now fifteen years of age, and could diſſemble ſo well, that his parents thought him quite reformed, till his hypocriſy was accidentally diſcovered.

His father had received a piece of foreign coin, among other monies, which he ſoon remarked, and put it up in the bureau. This piece fell into Paſcal's hands that very night, and Mr. Dawkins miſſing it the next morning, could not but bethink himſelf of Paſcal's former inclinations, and ſuſpect him. He reſolved to ſatisfy himſelf that moment, and examining his pockets, found the piece of money that he had loſt, together with the key, by means of which he had obtained it.

But Paſcal by this time was too big for ſuch correction as he had received before, and therefore Mr. Dawkins contented himſelf with ſeverely upbraiding him for the preſent, and threatening to withdraw the benefits of his affection from him. He conſulted a few faithful friends that he had, upon the treatment proper to be ſhewn him: their opinion was in general, that the harſheſt method of proceeding would moſt tend to his amendment, and adviſed his being ſent to ſchool in Yorkſhire, where for years he might not ſee his family, but be ſubjected to the rigorous diſcipline and homely fare peculiar to ſuch inſtitutions, and of courſe have leiſure to repent of his enormity, and be accuſtomed to a frugal way of life. This was [193]their counſel; but the combats of paternal love in Mr. Dawkins's boſom, which was very far, as yet, from being quite extinct, would not permit him to purſue their ſalutary admonition; he inclined to ſomething of a gentler nature, and in grief of heart, and as the only moderate method which he could deviſe to preſerve him from deſtruction, ſent that very day to Briſtol for a friend of his, who kept a boarding ſchool, to whoſe attention he conſigned, upon the day of his arrival, this unworthy ſon, with directions to let him have no other money than was abſolutely neceſſary for his wants. His friend ſet off on his return immediately, and Paſcal with him.

This was a precaution; but it came, alas! too late: the youth's principles were utterly corrupted. His tutor's table was plain, though very plentiful; for which reaſon Paſcal would go out, and at a tavern gratify his palate with the choiceſt wines and viands, for which he eaſily got credit, as his hoſt took care to make enquiry, firſt of all, into his father's circumſtances, who, he found, was very rich: nor did he ſtop at this; for to ſupply that want of money which his tutor would not, he began to play, and practiſed every ſpecies of deception at a gaminghouſe hard by.

God's providence, as if it interfered particularly to reform him, puniſhed all his vices on the ſpot. Three gamblers, his companions, who detected him endeavouring to deceive them with a pack of cards that he had beforehand ſorted for the purpoſe, fell upon him unawares, and ſo rough were the effects of their vengeance, that Paſcal was almoſt drubbed to death upon the ſpot.

He was carried home with ſcarce the leaſt remains of life, and put to bed. His tutor ran to ſee him, and afforded all the ſuccour and aſſiſtance in his power. He waited till he ſaw him almoſt reeſtabliſhed, to impart ſuch counſel as might poſſibly affect him; which he did with all the ſoftneſs poſſible, and pointed out the horrors into which he was plunging himſelf. Miſerable youth! ſaid the tutor, what can have induced you to exceſſes ſo diſgraceful! You diſhonour, by your crimes, a name which the probity of thoſe before you had exalted, and made really reſpectable. You rob your tender parents of thoſe hopes which they indulged when firſt they laid the groundwork of your education. When the youth of your acquaintance, [194]who now conſecrate that time to ſtudy which you conſume in ſcandalous exceſſes, ſhall be ſought out by their country and employed in elevated ſtations, you will be conſidered as an abject dangerous character. You will be baniſhed from all company that have the leaſt regard or value for their honour, and the meaneſt claſs of men will ſcorn you.

Paſcal was at firſt affected with this leſſon. He broke off all commerce with his partners; he was ſatisfied with his preceptor's table-fare; and ſeemed as if beginning to imagine that ſtudy had ſome charms to pleaſe him. But this diſpoſition was ſoon done away, and by degrees he relapſed into his former way of life. He ſold his books; his watch and clothes went afterwards; and he contrived to ſtrip himſelf of his apparel ſo completely, that he could not ſtir abroad.

On which his creditors came all at once upon him, and receiving a refuſal from the tutor to diſcharge the young man's debts and ſatiate their avidity, they wrote letters to the father, threatening to arreſt him if they were not paid. Let Paſcal's ſituation now be imagined. Overwhelmed with the repreaches of his creditors, the indignation of his tutor, the contempt of thoſe who waited on him, and his own remorſe, he had moreover to dread the malediction of his parents. He was ſenſible that he had ſo much neglected to improve his underſtanding, that he could not find the leaſt reſources againſt want in any calling or profeſſion. He began to think his ſituation deſperate. A whole day he paſſed in his apartment violently agitated; every now and then he wrung his hands, tore his hair, and curſed his vices: but at night, ſtill borne away by his depravity, he went from home to ſpend the little money that he had left in a tavern.

Accident that evening threw two men into his company who were employed to raiſe recruits for India. They remarked upon his countenance the embarraſſment with which his ſoul was agitated, winked to one another, and began to talk of India. They deſcribed the beauty of the country, and what pay was given to the ſoldiery. They ſpoke of the advantages that a youth of family might meet with there, and what a probability there was, that ſuch a one might make his fortune: nay, they went ſo far as to aſſert that many, to their knowledge, had from [195]private ſoldiers been made officers, and married wealthy widows.

Paſcal heard this converſation with avidity, joined in the diſcourſe, and enquired if it was difficult to be enliſted with theſe ſoldiers. If you wiſh to enliſt, ſaid they, we can oblige you, though we have more recruits by many than we want; but you, by your appearance, ſeem to claim the preference; and thereupon they offered him five guineas if he would enter.

After ſome ſlight ſtruggles, Paſcal took the guineas, and enliſted. The remainder of the night he ſpent in drinking; and when morning came, was ſent to learn his exerciſe. He found himſelf ſurrounded by a ſet of aukward ruſtics, runaway apprentices, notorious beggars, and convicted thieves, who had enliſted to eſcape the gallows. He was under the tuition of a ſurly corporal, who loaded him from time to time with curſes, and ſeverely caned him, when he could not comprehend his meaning.

Paſcal's miſery went on from day to day encreaſing. All the money that he had lately touched at parting with his freedom, was already gone in riot. He had nothing to ſubſiſt on but the coarſe proviſion granted by the company to keep their new recruits together. Lubberkin, who had been a ſwine-herd, and was then his comrade, was much better off. He had been always uſed to [...]ive on o [...]ten bread, and therefore thought himſelf a prince, when he could get a bit of half-baked meat. But what were Paſcal's feelings, when, partaking of ſuch coarſe proviſions, he reflected on the delicacies of his former repaſts!

Some days after came an order for the ſoldiers to embark. Paſcal heard this news with much more ſatisfaction than the people round about him thought he would have teſtified. If once you get to India, ſaid he to himſelf, as you are young, and of a likely figure, you will make your fortune, as a multitude of Engliſhmen have done before you.

In the midſt of all theſe brilliant proſpects, Paſcal went on board the veſſel deſtined to tranſport him and his comrades. He drank down a glaſs or two of brandy at the moment of embarking, and the [...] ſerved to warm hi [...] head, and to make him utterly forget his parents. He went off with mad huzzas. But then the joy with which he uttered theſe huzzas continued hardly longer than the [196]drunkenneſs that cauſed them. Thoſe on board who were now for the firſt time in their life at ſea, began to feel a death-like ſickneſs. Paſcal, whoſe intemperance had hurt his inſide much, endured a great deal more than any other. He was ſeveral days inſenſible, and nothing ſtaid upon his ſtomach. Even the ſight of food diſguſted him; and when at laſt he grew a little better, and was hungry, mouldy peaſe, ſalt beef, and biſcuits full of maggots, were the only victuals that he could procure. When he firſt ſet ſail, the ſoldiers had a pint of beer each allowed them; but by degrees they were deprived of this indulgence, and compelled to put up with a bare ſufficiency of water, and even this they were obliged to ſtrain before they could drink it.

After ſix long months inceſſant ſuffering, during all which time they were in fear of continual ſhipwreck, they arrived in India, wearied out with watchings for the moſt part, and a dreadful ſcurvy. Paſcal was marched up the country, with his comrades, to the army: but his heart, embittered by the horror of his ſituation, was inſenſible of any thing like goodneſs. His abandoned courſe of life, the crimes that he was inceſſantly committing, and his numberleſs deſertions, frequently ſubjected him to puniſhment. He was determined, if he could, to quit theſe regions, watched his opportunity, and ſtealing on board a veſſel bound to England, hid himſelf below till it had ſailed; nor did he quit his hiding place, till the ſhip was a great way out to ſea: he then came ſorth, and being brought before the captain, promiſed to work his paſſage to England; which the captain in the end accepted, as the veſſel was in want of men.

What, in the interim, was become of his unhappy parents? They alas! ſtill lived, if people may be ſaid to live whoſe ſad days are ſpent in anguiſh and deſpair. The crimes which their ſon had committed, and with which the neighbourhood all around them rung, had forced them to renounce their place of habitation, and go down and live in Suſſex, in a ſolitary quarter near the ſea.

A ſhort time after they were ſettled here, the ſhip, in which Paſcal was, arrived on that very part of the coaſt where they had fixed their retirement. For while they were a little way out to ſea, Paſcal, a thorough graduate in vice, had conſpired with ten or twelve deſperate fellows [197]of the crew, to murder every one on board who would not join in their conſpiracy, and ſo obtain poſſeſſion of the ſhip. They executed their infernal purpoſe; and ſoon after running the veſſel aſhore, they hoiſted out their boat at night, that they might come on ſhore, and pillage the inhabitants.

That very night the unhappy Mr. Dawkins in his houſe was up, and watching by his wife's ſick bed. Her grief for Paſcal's wretched fortune had long preyed upon her conſtitution; and by this time, after having ſuffered grievouſly, ſhe felt the agonies of death upon her. In the intervals of her delirium, ſhe called out for Paſcal: Where, where are you, ſaid the dying mother? Come, that I may preſs you to my heart, and pardon you before I die. At this the door is ſuddenly burſt open, and ten villains ruſh into the dwelling. Paſcal, with a hatchet in his hand, was firſt, and led them on. The father comes to meet them with a candle; but before his ſon could recollect him—The remainder is too horrid to relate: ſuffice it, that Paſcal and his gang were apprehended on the ſpot, and ſuffered at the gallows.

Children, if when you have read this ſtory, you dare think of giving way to any vice whatſoever, tremble at the poſſibility of your becoming criminal by degrees, and ending like Paſcal with the crime of parricide!

THE CONJURING BIRD.
A DRAMA, in ONE ACT.

[198]

CHARACTERS.

  • THE COUNTESS OF GLENALVON.
  • AUGUSTUS, her Children.
  • JULIA, her Children.
  • THE HON. MR. ODDLY, a Nobleman's younger Son.
  • ELIZA, his Siſter.
  • GABRIEL, Friends of Julia and Auguſtus.
  • LUCIUS, Friends of Julia and Auguſtus.
  • SOPHIA, Friends of Julia and Auguſtus.
  • JENNY, Servants to the Counteſs.
  • RICHARD, Servants to the Counteſs.

The SCENE is in the country, at the Counteſs's, and in two rooms which open to the garden.

SCENE I.

Jenny, (reckening up the counters on a table.)

IT is all loſt labour to ſtand counting thus. I cannot make more than ninety-four; and yet there ſhould be an hundred. Well, I think, there never was a houſe like ours for hare-brained children; for wherever they once put their foot, one may be ſure, they will jumble every thing together, if they do not loſe ſomething or another. I muſt look about for them in every corner of the chamber.

SCENE II.

The Counteſs, Jenny.
The Counteſs.

You ſeem uneaſy, Jenny: What are you ſeeking?

Jenny.

Your ladyſhip's beſt counters.

The Counteſs.

Do not you ſee them on the table?

Jenny.

Yes, my lady; but the number is not complete.

The Counteſs.

That ſhould not be.

Jenny.
[199]

That ſhould not be, indeed; and yet there are no leſs than half a dozen wanting. Were there not an hundred?

The Counteſs.

Yes; you know it as well as I.

Jenny.

Well then, there are but ninety-four.

The Counteſs,
(after having counted them.)

There are indeed no more; and yet laſt night the number was complete. I put them up myſelf, when we had finiſhed playing. But what cauſed you to come now, and count them up?

Jenny.

Becauſe, as I paſſed by the door, I ſaw that the children had been playing with them.

The Counteſs.

Yet I abſolutely ordered that they ſhould not be touched. They have ivory ones to play with: who could give them theſe?

Jenny.

Themſelves.

The Counteſs.

Themſelves! Where are they?

Jenny.

In the garden, madam, with their little company.

The Counteſs.

Fetch Julia here.—But ſtay, have none been here but Julia and Auguſtus?

Jenny.

Yes, their friends: and who can tell—

The Counteſs.

What, Jenny! can you poſſibly ſuſpect—

Jenny.

I will anſwer for your children, pleaſe your ladyſhip, and likewiſe the three young Davenports, as if they were myſelf.

The Counteſs.

And not the others?

Jenny.

I do not know them well enough.

The Counteſs.

What, Jenny, two ſuch children as the Hon. Mr. Oddly and his ſiſter?

Jenny.

If your ladyſhip thinks ſit, I'll call Miſs Julia in: but here ſhe comes.

SCENE III.

The Counteſs, Jenny, Julia.
The Counteſs,
(to Julia coming in.)

Who told you, miſs, to uſe my ſilver counters? Did not I forbid you to meddle with them?

Julia.

It was not my fault, mama.

The Counteſs.

And whoſe then, pray?

Julia.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly's and his ſiſter's. I had got the ivory counters, when they aſked me if I meant to [200]play with them, as they never had ſuch at home, and muſt have better; upon which they opened all the drawers and cloſets till they met with theſe.

The Counteſs.

Why did not you mention that I would never let you uſe them?

Julia.

Good! as if they would hear me! I believe they would have beat us, had we not ſurrendered them.

Jenny.

Upon my word! Theſe children, as it ſeems, are charmingly brought up!

The Counteſs.

You ſhould at leaſt have counted them when you left off playing.

Julia.

That was what I wiſhed to do. But after I had got to twenty-four or thereabouts, Mr. Oddly ſnatched them from me, put them up pell-mell, and dragged us out into the garden with him.

The Counteſs.

Do you know that ſix are miſſing?

Julia.

Sure, mama!

The Counteſs.

How! ſure! when I have told you! See now whether one can truſt you in the leaſt! You know, it was your duty to take care of them.

Julia.

I was confounded, dear mama; theſe children are ſo miſchievous! I was obliged to have my eye continually on them, as I thought they would have broke your china. I was obliged frequently to follow them about the room: they may have flung the counters, then, into ſome corner or another.

The Counteſs.

Well, but I muſt have them found.

Jenny.

I know but one way, madam. Were I you, I would turn the little maſter's pockets inſide out before they left the houſe.

The Counteſs.

Fie, Jenny! would you have me affront their parents?

Julia.

Oh! I am ſure, mama, not one among them can have ſtolen the counters,

The Counteſs.

So I think; but children of their age may be a little giddy-headed. So go to them, Julia, and politely aſk if any one among them may not by miſtake have put them up into his pocket. Your commiſſion is a nice one, and requires a little management. Take care not to offend them, by inſinuating that you think any one of the company capable of taking them purpoſely.

Julia.

I ſhall take care, mama.

The Counteſs.
[201]

Accuſe yourſelf of negligence, and tell them that I ſhall blame you, if they are not ſoon found.

Julia.

I underſtand you.

The Counteſs.

And bid Robert, as you paſs, come here.

Julia.

I will, mama.

SCENE IV.

The Counteſs, Jenny.
Jenny,
(who has been employed in looking round the room.)

I will anſwer for it, they are not here: there is not a corner but I have ſearched.

The Counteſs.

This ſhould not have happened in my houſe. I dread, yet long to know, by what means they are vaniſhed.

SCENE V.

The Counteſs, Jenny, Robert.
Robert.

Here I am, my lady: what is your pleaſure?

The Counteſs.

To inform you, Robert, that I have loſt ſince yeſterday ſix counters.

Robert.

Does your ladyſhip ſuſpect me of taking them?

The Counteſs.

God forbid! I am too well acquainted with your honeſty for that. But I ſuppoſe, if you had croſſed the room, you might have ſeen them on ſome chair or elſewhere.

Robert.

Counters on a chair?

The Counteſs.

I know, that is not a proper place for counters; but the children have been playing where they were, and might have inconſiderately left them in ſome corner, and you ſeen them.

Robert.

No, my lady, I have not.

The Counteſs.

I am ſorry for it, and do not know what method to purſue. They muſt have certainly been loſt ſince morning, as I counted them myſelf laſt night.—But look about.

Jenny.

Your ladyſhip has ſeen how I have been ſearching for them. Servants are but badly off, when any thing is loſt about a houſe. However honeſt they may be, they are conſtantly ſuſpected.

The Counteſs.
[202]

Very likely; but the honeſt ſervant will on this occaſion pardon me, if I include her in my ſearch of the diſhoneſt.

Robert.

You may firſt of all examine me, my lady. Rogues are conſtantly the firſt to be diſpleaſed when they are ſuſpected.

Jenny.

God be thanked, I have no fear of that ſort! But it cannot be a matter of indifference to the honeſt ſervant, when a thief is in the houſe.

The Counteſs.

But put yourſelf into my place; what would you do? Think, Robert.

Robert.

Do, my lady?—A thought this moment ſtrikes me; and provided I have leave to put it into execution, I will engage to find the counters.

The Counteſs.

But you muſt not think of giving any one occaſion to ſuppoſe himſelf ſuſpected.—What is your deſign?

Robert.

I cannot at preſent tell your ladyſhip. A ſingle ſyllable might ſpoil the buſineſs. Do but bring together all the children in the adjoining room. I promiſe you, the thief, if there is any thief among them, ſhall betray himſelf.

The Counteſs.

I cannot tell whether I ſhould let—

Robert.

You can truſt me, madam. Be aſſured that no one but the guilty perſon ſhall have reaſon to complain; and him, I d [...]re believe, you would not wiſh to ſpare.

The Counteſs.

Well, Robert, as I know your prudence, I rely upon it.

Robert.

Good! my lady. Therefore I will go and begin conjuring. Do not be afraid! it is quite ſimple.

SCENE VI.

The Counteſs, Jenny.
Jenny.

My lady—did not he ſay ſomething about conjuring? But that I know myſelf innocent, I ſhould be frightened out of my wits.

The Counteſs.

Peace, ſimpleton!

SCENE VII.

[203]
The Counteſs, Jenny, Auguſtus.
The Counteſs.

What now, Auguſtus? You ſeem big with ſomething or another! Have you brought the counters with you?

Auguſtus.

No, mama: I have only learned that ſix are loſt. My ſiſter told us ſo juſt this moment.

The Counteſs.

And how was the intelligence received?

Auguſtus.

We were exceedingly ſurprized. The two Davenports particularly, and their ſiſter, want to come and plead their innocence before you.

The Counteſs.

Plead! they are the laſt that I ſhould ſuſpect of ſuch a deed. And the Hon. Mr. Oddly—

Auguſtus.

Oh! he is furious; and told Julia, that to look upon him as a thief, was but a bad reception.

The Counteſs.

Julia was not rude, I hope, in telling them my meſſage.

Auguſtus.

No, mama, quite otherwiſe. She ſpoke with great politeneſs.

The Counteſs.

Then pray why was Mr. Oddly angry? There was nothing perſonal in what your ſiſter ſaid.

Auguſtus.

I cannot well tell the reaſon; but Eliza drew him privately aſide: he would not condeſcend to hear her. He is determined to be gone: his hat is fortunately here; he will come and fetch it, and declares that he will not remain a minute in the houſe. He threatens to complain to his papa.

The Counteſs.

Poſitively he muſt not go. I will tell his lordſhip the whole affair myſelf, when he comes to take him home.

Auguſtus.

The reſt wiſh greatly for permiſſion to appear and juſtify themſelves before you.

The Counteſs.

There is no need of that. I only wiſhed to know if they could give me any information of the counters. They are all of them too well brought up, that I ſhould venture to accuſe them of a theft. [...]ut I am well acquainted with the whims of children. They will ſee every thing, and finger every thing; and from a want of thought, might eaſily have put a thing into their pocket, without any criminal intention.

Auguſtus.
[204]

Certainly they might, mama; as I did, you remember, when I took my ſiſter's purſe up by miſtake, and would have carried it away.

The Counteſs.

But ſoftly! here they are.—Go, Jenny, and enquire if Robert is preparing matters.

(Jenny goes out.)

SCENE VIII.

The Counteſs, Auguſtus, Julia, the Hon. Mr. Oddly, Eliza, Gabriel, Lucius, Sophia.
The Counteſs.

Well, how fares it with you all, my little friends? I am glad to ſee you here.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Miſs Julia has juſt now informed us, that your ladyſhip has loſt ſix counters of the number with which unluckily we were playing. I am ſorry for it; but could never think that your ladyſhip would have ſuſpected any one of us of having taken them. At leaſt I can aſſure you for my ſiſter and myſelf, that we know nothing of them.

The Counteſs.

God forbid that I ſhould ſuſpect ſuch wellbred children, as I look upon you all to be. Sure Julia did not tell you that I ſuppoſed you to have the counters?

Eliza.

No, my lady; all that ſhe ſaid, was to enquire if we had brought them out through inattention, or to play a little longer with them in the garden.

The Counteſs.

Which you might very innocently have done. It is ſhe alone that I blame in the affair, becauſe ſhe did not let you have her counters.

Gabriel.

She deſigned, I think, to uſe them.

Lucius.

I would never dare to ſhew my face again, if I had taken ſo much as a pin.

Sophia,
(emptying her pockets.)

See, my lady, I have nothing here: and there are no other pockets to my ſlip.

The Counteſs.

My dear children, I have already told you that I am far from ſuſpecting any of you to have them, when you ſay that you have not. They are certainly of no great value; yet I cannot but confeſs, that their loſs affects me.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Were they only worth a ſtraw, they are your ladyſhip's, and ſhould not now be miſſing. But you know, there are ſuch things as ſervants; and they [205]are not always very honeſt. It is not the firſt time that we have ſuſpected them at home.

Julia.

But it is the firſt time that any thing of the kind has happened in our houſe, dear Mr. Oddly, I aſſure you.

Auguſtus.

I would anſwer for our ſervants, men and women.

The Counteſs.

I have truſted them this long time; but if you, ſir,

(to the Hon. Mr. Oddly,)

have made any obſervations, I requeſt you to let me know them.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

O, no no!—But when we went into the garden, did not—what is her name—the houſemaid enter?

The Counteſs.

Jenny! Oh! I do not fear her. Theſe ſix years paſt that I have had her, ſhe might eaſily have made away with things of value, had ſhe been diſhoneſt.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Did not your old footman come in likewiſe? I do not like his looks; and ſhould not chuſe to meet him in a lane at night.

The Counteſs.

Fie, ſir! what makes you thus ſuſpect the honeſt Robert? He was my father-in-law's confidential ſervant, and has been much longer in the family than even I myſelf. If he could poſſibly turn pilferer, neither you nor I could know what living creature we might truſt.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

It is not unlikely then, but ſome one may have got into the room when we were gone.

The Counteſs.

That is not at all unlikely; and I am going to enquire. Amuſe yourſelves till I come back.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

No, madam; after what has paſſed, I cannot ſtay longer here. Auguſtus, can you tell me where they have put my hat?

Auguſtus.

It is taken to be bruſhed; you will have it brought you.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

I muſt have it inſtantly.

Eliza.

But won't you ſtay a little for papa? You know, he means to come and fetch us.

The Counteſs.

I cannot poſſibly let you go home on foot. You would have upwards of three miles to walk. Stay here till I return: I will not detain you long.

SCENE IX.

[206]
Auguſtus, Julia, the Hon. Mr. Oddly, Eliza, Gabriel, Lucius, Sophia.
The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

I am very much aſtoniſhed that your mama ſhould have ſuch thoughts of us! We ſteal her counters!

Julia.

Sir, ſhe never had ſuch a thought. She might have fancied that we had put them, without thought, into our pockets. I might as eaſily have taken them in this way, as yourſelf, or any other: but to ſteal! ſhe did not mention the word, or any like it.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Had there been none here but tradeſmen's children, ſhe might well have entertained ſuſpicions: but ſhe ſhould make ſome difference now.

Gabriel.

You ſpeak of us, ſir, I can ſee: your looks inform me ſo. But let me tell you, in my turn, that it is one's manners and principles, and not birth, that makes one truly noble.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

How theſe tradeſmen talk about their manners! You are very happy that there are ſo few children hereabout, and that Auguſtus and myſelf are forced to make you our companions, or have no diverſion. Did you live in London, you would not have ſuch an honour, notwithſtanding your fine manners.

Auguſtus.

Speak, ſir, for yourſelf alone; for juſt as here, in London too, I ſhould be proud to entertain my little friends.

Julia.

Yes, certainly. They give us, to the full, as good examples as ſuch whipper-ſhapper noblemen as you.

Eliza.

This, brother, you have deſerved. Why attack them firſt?

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

And you, too, upon me? You think certainly as I do, though you will not confeſs it. Have you forgot mama's inſtruction on the ſubject of familiarity with thoſe beneath us? "Never mix with tradeſmen's children: in the lower ranks of life, you will always have low thoughts."

Auguſtus.

And can you poſſibly ſuſpect that my friends are capable of being thieves?

Gabriel.

Did we approach the table?

Sophia.
[207]

No: whereas we ſaw you take the counters, and look at them I ſuppoſe half a dozen times.

(The Hon. Mr. Oddly attempts to ſtrike her. Auguſtus and Gabriel hold his hand.)
Auguſtus.

Softly! You will have to deal with me elſe.

Gabriel.

No, no, my friend. I thank you, but I can take care of my ſiſter. Let him even threaten her. I am not a bit more frightened at his ſize than his title.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Oh! it is far beneath me to diſpute with traders.

Julia.

Very well: I hope then it is beneath you likewiſe to attack a little girl.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

I ſhall not permit her to inſult me.

Eliza.

She would certainly have done much better, had ſhe held her tongue.

Julia.

But being ſuch a child, ſhe might be pardoned: and particularly when ſhe ſpoke the truth.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

The truth? What do mean by that?

Gabriel.

She ſaid, that you took the counters and looked at them: that is all. Did ſhe ſay any more? And this certainly was true.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

I ſhan't even condeſcend to anſwer.

Gabriel.

You cannot take a better reſolution, when you have nothing but ſuch anſwers for us.

SCENE X.

Auguſtus, Julia, the Hon. Mr. Oddly, Eliza, Gabriel, Lucius, Sophia, the Counteſs.
The Counteſs.

What is the meaning of all this? I will not have any quarrels here!

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

My lady, I expect, you will do me juſtice on theſe little folks!

The Counteſs.

Folks! folks! who are they? I am not accuſtomed to have ſuch as viſit here called ſo.

Auguſtus.

He is angry, ſince we were not in a humour to endure his airs.

Julia.

He thought he ſhould have had a company of dukes at leaſt for play-fellows.

Gabriel.

And imagines that we ſhould be ſuſpected of this theft, much rather than a nobleman.

Lucius.
[208]

As if we had not a character to keep, as well as he has!

Sophia.

Ay, and would have beat me, had not Gabriel taught him better.

The Counteſs.

Why, ſure! it is not poſſible!

Eliza.

To ſay the truth, my brother is too haſty.

The Counteſs.

Vivacity becomes his age very well; but we ſhould not be proud, quarrelſome, or raſh. Oh! here is Robert.

SCENE XI.

The Counteſs, Auguſtus, Julia, the Hon. Mr. Oddly, Eliza, Gabriel, Lucius, Sophia, Robert (carrying a baſket covered with a napkin.)
Robert.

There is no more to be ſaid, my lady. Every body in this houſe is innocent, as ſure as my name is Robert; but however, for the ſatisfaction of the company, I will introduce my cock, who, you muſt know beforehand, is a conjurer.

(Putting down the baſket on the table.)
Sophia,
(jumping for joy.)

O, a cock! a cock!

Robert.

Yes, nothing more; for look you!

(He lifts up a napkin in the baſket, ſo that Sophia and the reſt diſcern the creature's neck and creſt.)

Juſt like others, ſaving that my cock has not his equal in the world for knowledge: why, he will tell me things which no other perſon poſſibly can know. If a ſingle ſtraw, and nothing elſe, is miſſing, I need only run and have a conſultation with him: he will be ſure to know who ſtole it.

Julia.

You can then find out our counters, can you?

Robert.

Can I? Why laſt Chriſtmas, at the alehouſe, I had loſt my pipe; ſo what did I do, but away and fetched my cock, who let me know that the groom had got it: and I think, you recollect, he broke his leg about a fortnight after.

Sophia.

He can talk then?

Robert.

Yes, like other cocks: Cock, cock-a-doodle-doo. On which, I underſtand him juſt as if it were you that ſpoke to me.

Julia.

Yet you never told us this before.

Robert.

Becauſe we never yet loſt any thing.

The Counteſs.
[209]

Well, now, a truce to all this converſation, and begin.

Robert.

Not quite ſo faſt, my lady. I muſt perform my conjuring in the dark.

The Counteſs.

A very eaſy matter. You need only cloſe the ſhutters.

Julia.

I will go out and puſh them to.

The Counteſs.

You are much too ſhort: you cannot reach them. Robert will do that himſelf.

Robert.

Yes, madam.

(He goes out.)

SCENE XII.

The Counteſs, Auguſtus, Julia, the Hon. Mr. Oddly, Eliza, Gabriel, Lucius, Sophia.
Auguſtus,
(with the reſt, excepting the Hon. Mr. Oddly, who appears embarraſſed, lifting up the napkin.)

This ſame cock ſeems ſupernatural, I fancy.

(Looking at him earneſtly.)

How his eyes ſhine!

Julia.

And his comb, how red it looks! my patience! how it ſhakes upon his head!

Sophia.

Do you imagine, then, that it has ſo much knowledge as Robert ſays?

Lucius.

Papa has often told us, what we ought to think of ſuch ſtrange ſtories.

Gabriel.

Robert is a cunning ſportſman, and I am ſure can make birds hold their tongue, much better with his fowling piece, than teach a cock to talk by virtue of his wand.

Eliza.

Who knows! my governeſs has told me many wond'rous things of conjuration, and all that.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

I wonder, ſiſter, you can liſten to ſuch ſtories!

The Counteſs.

I am glad you have theſe notions of the matter, and ſhould like to laugh at Robert for his folly. What ſimplicity! a cock diſcover thieves!

The Hon. Mr. Oddly,
(forcing a ſmile.)

I fancy we ſhall have a deal of laughing very ſhortly.

(The ſhutters are cloſed all at once.)

But why put the ſhutters to?

(with uneaſineſs)

I do not love darkneſs.

Julia.

If the cock cannot ſee, he will never find the thief out.—Will he, pray, mama?

The Counteſs.
[210]

Well aſked: for I cannot tell you.

Sophia.

I ſhould like, if I knew how, to make him ſpeak. Come pretty little cock, ſay ſomething.—See how dark it is.—Look out a little.—He does not ſpeak a word!

Julia.

The reaſon is, I ſuppoſe, he will obey his maſter only.

(Robert comes in again.)

SCENE XIII.

The Counteſs, Auguſtus, Julia, the Hon. Mr. Oddly, Eliza, Gabriel, Lucius, Sophia, Robert.
The Counteſs.

Well, you are ſatisfied now, Robert, ſince you have thus ſhut out the day-light?

Robert.

Yes, my lady; every thing is as it ſhould be. And ſo now, let thoſe remain that have not ſtolen the counters, but if any one is guilty, let that one go out.—What all remain!

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

How cunning!

Robert.

I ſee clearly then that I muſt employ my art.

(He waves his wand, and draws a circle on the floor; pronouncing ſomething unintelligible.)
That's well! So now, my cock, take heed;
And tell us, who are rogues indeed.

Come now my little gentlemen and ladies, and let every one of you in turn, lift up the napkin here, and with his right hand, do you ſee, ſtroke Chanticleer upon the back. You will hear his muſic, when the thief once puts his hand upon him: but do not lift the cloth too high; juſt high enough to let your hand paſs under it.

So now, my pretty cock, take heed;
And tell us who are rogues indeed.

Well! what will none of you begin?

The Counteſs.

What, every one afraid? Why, one would think you all guilty, at this rate!

Sophia.

I am the youngeſt, but I will ſet the example.

(She lifts up the cloth, and ſtrokes the cock twice over in the baſket.)

Do you ſee, the cock does not ſpeak. It is not I that have ſtolen the counters.

Robert.

Very well. Stand now in this place, with your hand behind you.—Is it ſo?

Sophia.
[211]

Feel, feel.

Robert.

That is right. Now you, ſir.

(To Auguſtus.)
Auguſtus.

Oh! I fear as little as Miſs Sophia.—There. —He has not ſpoke.—Muſt I too hold my hand behind me?

Robert.

Certainly; and every one.—Come here, by this young lady.—Well, another.

Julia.

I will go next.—

(She ſtrokes him.)

If he had ſaid a word, he would have been a ſtory-teller.—

Robert.

By your brother here. Who is next?

Eliza.

It is my turn now.

(She ſtrokes him.)

As mute as any mackerel.—Yet I ſtroked him four times over.

Robert.

Are your right hands all behind you? Do not forget that part.

Gabriel,
(to the Hon. Mr. Oddly.)

I will follow you.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

As if I would have to do with ſuch child's play!

The Counteſs.

You would not ſurely ſpoil our ſport. A little complaiſance, pray, Mr. Oddly.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

If that is all, I have no objection. —

(He puts his hand under the cloth.)

There.—I do not find he has ſpoke for me, though I have ſtroked him more than others.

Robert.

Here, ſir, with the reſt; and keep your hand behind you.

Sophia.

There are none now, but my brothers left, that have not ſtroked him. It is one of them!—Oh, no; I do not think ſo.

(Gabriel and Lucius imitate the others; upon which, the children all burſt out a laughing.)
Lucius.

And where is the thief?—Why no where.

The Counteſs.

Robert, you ſhould ſend your cock to Norwood; he is not cunning enough: and all this while my counters are not found.

Robert.

I muſt acknowledge, this confounds me.—For a little while, however, patience; and do not ſtir.—Stand ſtill, I ſay.—They are juſt like ſo much quick-ſilver!— My circle, as I think, muſt be imperfect. I will go fetch a candle, and examine. I pray your ladyſhip, let no one quit his place.

SCENE XIV.

[212]
The Counteſs, Auguſtus, Julia, the Hon. Mr. Oddly, Eliza, Gabriel, Lucius, Sophia.
The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

I knew before-hand, how all this would end.—Stupid nonſenſe!

Sophia.

Why, this cock is no wiſer than his maſter.

Eliza.

Truly, I am glad to ſee him caught.

Julia.

And what does he deſign to do, when he has brought a light?

The Counteſs.

He will ſhew us.

Sophia.

I ſhould like to ſee the cock now.—He will ſcarce hold his head up, I ſuppoſe, for ſhame.

SCENE XV.

The Counteſs, Auguſtus, Julia, the Hon. Mr. Oddly, Eliza, Gabriel, Lucius, Sophia, Robert.
Robert.
(returning with a light, and going up to Sophia.)

Come, let me ſee your little hand.

(She holds him out the left.)

Not this,—but that behind you. Good!

Sophia,
(looking at her hand, and crying out.)

Oh, what a hand I have! as black as any coal! And will it always be ſo?

Robert.

Do not be frightened, little miſs! I will ſpeak about it to my cock, and you ſhall have both hands as white as ſnow.—

(The children have not patience, but look all together at their hands, and inſtantly cry out at once.)
Auguſtus.

How black my ſingers are too!

Julia.

And mine likewiſe! What does Robert mean by this?

Eliza.

I would twiſt the creature's neck off, if I had him.

Gabriel.

Fegs! my wriſtbands are come in a little for it!

Lucius.

It is as if my hand were painted!

The Hon. Mr. Oddly,
(lifting up his hand in triumph.)

But ſee mine! There is none of the company that has a hand fit to look at, except me.

Robert,
[213]
(taking hold of the Hon. Mr. Oddly by the collar.)

Very likely! Then, ſir, you have ſtole the counters.— Give them up, young gentleman, this inſtant, or I will ſearch your pockets, and then blacken you all over!

Eliza.

Blacken him? O, brother! if you have got the counters, give them up this moment.

The Counteſs.

Take care, Robert, what you ſay!

Robert.

I am ſure, he has them. So, quit the counters, or expect to have a countenance as grimy as the blackeſt negro's.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly,
(turning pale and trembling.)

Is it poſſible that I ſhould have put them in my pocket, and not thought of what I was about?

(He feels about him.)

I recollect, indeed, I had them in my hand.

(He ſeems ſurprized at finding them thruſt down into a corner of his waiſtcoat pocket.)

Dear me! they are here indeed! Who would have thought it?

(All the children look at one another with ſurpriſe, while the Hon. Mr. Oddly ſtands confounded.)
The Counteſs.

Robert!

(he approaches)

take away your cock and candle, and go open us the ſhutters. Take care

(in a whiſper)

not to tell your fellow-ſervants how you found the counters. Say that they were thruſt a great way back into the table-drawer.

Robert.

I will, my lady.

(He goes out.)

SCENE XVI.

The Counteſs, Auguſtus, Julia, the Hon. Mr. Oddly, Eliza, Gabricl, Lucius, Sophia.
The Counteſs

Go, my little friends, into the other room: you will find water there to waſh your hands. Take care, and do not ſplaſh one another's clothes.

Sophia.

No, no:—but if this black ſhould not come off?

The Counteſs.

It is nothing but a little ivory black, and water will remove it. You, ſir,

(to the Hon. Mr. Oddly,)

as your hands are clean, may ſtay with me.

SCENE XVII.

[214]
The Counteſs, the Hon. Mr. Oddly.
The Counteſs.

Well then, my haughty little gentleman! and is it poſſible you could be guilty of ſo ſcandalous an action? You, that ſcarce a quarter of an hour ago looked down wi [...]h ſo much ſoorn upon the children of a reputable worthy tradeſman, and ſuppoſed your quality diſgraced by being in their company. They have at preſent their reverge, ſince they may call you, and with juſtice, a vile thief!

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Pray pardon me, my lady!—I was playing with the counters—and without conſidering at the moment, muſt have put them into my pocket.—I have no other method of accounting for their being found upon me.

The Counteſs.

Pitiful excuſe! that aggravates your fault! At ſuch a tender age as yours, could I have poſſibly imagined one with ſo much front?

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Believe me, madam, I had certainly no had deſign!—I took them without meaning ſo to do, and afterwards concealed the matter, from my crend of being taken for a thief.

The Counteſs.

But after I had bid my daughter make enquiry for them with ſuch delicacy, you might eaſily have ſeemed to ſearch your peckets, and reſtored them without bluſhing. Your proceeding would have then been looked up was nothing but an inadvertoncy.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

I did not think of that, my lady.

The Counteſs.

What then did you think, when you durſt drop hints that poſſibly my honeſt ſervants might have taken them? or that my children's little friends were objects of ſuſpicion? What were your ideas, when you made believe to ſt [...]ke the cock?

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

But, madam, I did ſtroke him.

The Counteſs.

Hold your tongue, you little raſcal!— for that [...] is not too bad for your deſervings. Happlly, as yet, you have not got ſufficient cunning to conceal your wicked actions. You did ſtroke the cock! Is that then your aſſertion? Do not you ſee, that if you had, you would have blacked your hands as well as all the others, [215]Robert having ſmeared him over with a certain compoſition? Your companions were not in the leaſt afraid to ſtroke him, as their conſcience did not any way reproach them for the theft; but as for you, the apprehenſion leſt the ſervant's artifice might really be conju [...]ation awed you, and the means that you choſe to avoid detection have betrayed you. Oh! how politic you thought yourſelf, I warrant, in pretending only, as you did, to ſtroke the cock; but honeſty you would have found much better policy. You deſerve that I ſhould tell my lord, your father, of your laudable behaviour, when he comes to fetch you.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly,
(falling on his knees.)

Oh, no! Pray, my lady, I beſeech you! He would beat me: he would tread me under foot.

The Counteſs.

And it would be better that he ſhould do ſo, than bring up a monſter to diſgrace him at ſome future period; for of what hereafter will you not be capable, ſince in the ſeaſon of your infancy, as I may call it, you can perpetrate ſo great a crime?

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Ah! madam, pardon me for pity's ſake, and never—

The Counteſs.

Doubtleſs you have often made theſe promiſes to others; for this hardly is your firſt tranſgreſſion. Every circumſtance confirms it. So much falſity and impudence—

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Then hear me, my good lady! If you ever heat, in future, that I make free with any thing whatſoever that is not mine—

The Counteſs.

Inform me, in the firſt place, what did you intend to do with theſe ſix counters? You could hardly think that you would have any opportunity of uſing them, but they muſt inſtantly be known. You meant to ſell them, then, for money?

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

No, believe me! I was pleaſed with looking at them. I ſuppoſed that no one would remember having ſeen them elſewhere, and on that account ſecreted them, my lady.

The Counteſs.

And how could you deſire to have another's property? Confeſs! Is this your firſt offence?

The Hon. Mr. Oddly,
(hiding his face.)

No, no indeed, my lady. I have often been a thief at home; but never [216]having been ſuſpected there, I hoped to have the ſame good fortune here.

The Counteſs.

A very wicked ſort of reaſoning this! For, granting that no one upon earth ſuſpected you, do not you know that God ſees and puniſhes whatever people do amiſs? Perhaps, however, this event is for your benefit; and you will prove more likely to amend, when you have once been puniſhed as you merit.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Let it be by you, my lady, or by any one, but not by my papa. Let him know nothing of the matter, I conjure you. Tell it, if you pleaſe, to my mama, but keep the matter from his knowledge.

The Counteſs.

There again! You would not have your father know it, as you fear the blows that he might beſtow upon you. Thus, it is nothing but an abjectneſs that guides you, even in the work of your repentance; and it is not for his peace of mind that you would conceal it from him, for you are not afraid leſt your mama ſhould know it, becauſe ſhe would not beat you. It is not your idea to conſult her peace of mind.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

Then tell it my preceptor.

The Counteſs.

I am ſenſible, indeed, how much the knowledge of your fault would mortally afflict your parents, and from that conſideration, not upon your own account, conſent to ſpare you; but on this condition, that you come with your preceptor hither, and before him let me have your ſolemn promiſe of amendment. I will requeſt him to keep watch upon your conduct; but if ever you ſhould break your word, I will not only mention this adventure of the counters to his lordſhip, but let every body elſe know it.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

I conſent you ſhould do ſo, my lady.

The Counteſs.

You might think that, after this, I ſhould forbid your keeping company with Julia and Auguſtus; but I have at heart your reformation, and will judge thereof myſelf. You may continue therefore coming here.

The Hon. Mr. Oddly.

But how ſhall I dare to face your ſervants?

The Counteſs.

You have nothing to fear upon that account, for I have had more care and forethought for your reputation than yourſelf, by telling Robert not to ſpeak about it in the kitchen; and to hide your lie, have been [217]compelled to one myſelf, that they might not ſuppoſe you guilty.

Mr. Oddly.

Ah! my lady, how much am I indebted to your bounty! I ſhall never forget the ſervice that you have done me. But your children?—and the little company now with them?

The Counteſs.

I am well acquainted with their goodneſs, and am ſure that they will forgive you. Call them.

(Mr. Oddly, with a downcaſt look, goes ſlowly towards the door, and bids them enter.)

SCENE XVIII.

The Counteſs, Mr. Oddly, Auguſtus, Julia, Eliza, Gabriel, Lucius, Sophia.
Eliza.

Go, ſir, you are a diſgrace to me; I will never call you brother again.

The Counteſs.

No, my dear Eliza, he is not ſo guilty as you think him. He has told me every thing. It was to play a little with the counters out of doors that he took them; but when once the matter ſeemed conſidered as a theft, he was terrified at the idea of incurring my ſuſpicion. This apparent guilt has ſprung from a miſtaken ſhame, which I am very willing to excuſe; but not

(looking at the little Davenports)

his ſcandalous endeavours to make you, my little dears, ſeem guilty.

Gabriel.

Oh! my lady, we do not wiſh him any harm at preſent for it, as we know that we ſhould forgive even ſuch as wrong us, and particularly when we ſee them unhappy.

The Counteſs.

Do you mark that, Mr. Oddly? Such a conduct ought to ſhew you how much nobler it is to have an elevated way of thinking, than to boaſt an elevated birth. You find yourſelf entirely at the mercy even of thoſe whom you have inſulted; and, with all the boaſt of your nobility, you are the object of their pity.

Mr. Oddly.

Oh, what ſhame! but I ſubmit to undergo it.

Gabriel.

We will never introduce again the mention of this matter. It ſhall be a ſecret for the time to come between us; ſhan't it, brother?

Lucius.
[218]

Yes, he may rely upon my ſilence.

Gabriel.

And you, ſiſter?

Sophia.

I will not have him beat. I know what pain it gives one,

(Mr. Oddly in the tranſports of his gratitude embraces them.)
Mr. Oddly.

I deſire, but dare not aſk, to be acquainted with you for the future.

Gabriel.

It will be doing us an honour, if you will ſtill continue upon terms of friendſhip with us.

Auguſtus and Julia.

And for our part, we ſhall be no leſs delighted with your company, as long as you regard our friends.

Eliza.

You are all of you too good. He does not merit ſuch indulgence, and papa muſt be informed of every thing.

The Counteſs.

You will loſe my friendſhip and eſteem entirely, I muſt tell you, Miſs Eliza, could you poſſibly be unaffected with your brother's laudable repentance, when even ſtrangers overlook his error. Do not employ the advantage that his offence affords you, to undo him in his parents' good opinion; but, for the future, let your counſel ſhew him how to act, that he may merit their affection. I dare anſwer, you need never be aſhamed of any action of his hereafter.

Mr. Oddly.

I ſhould be unworthy of ſuch bounty, if this leſſon could be blotted out from my remembrance.

Sophia.

Take due care it be not, or Beware of the conjuring Bird.

THE END OF VOL. III.
Distributed by the University of Oxford under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License

Zitationsvorschlag für dieses Objekt
TextGrid Repository (2020). TEI. 4733 The children s friend Translated from the French of M Berquin complete in four volumes Ornamented with frontispieces pt 3. University of Oxford Text Archive. . https://hdl.handle.net/21.T11991/0000-001A-5F15-3